Per DCTCP RFC8257 (Section 3.2) the ACK reflecting the CE status change
has to be sent immediately so the sender can respond quickly:
""" When receiving packets, the CE codepoint MUST be processed as follows:
1. If the CE codepoint is set and DCTCP.CE is false, set DCTCP.CE to
true and send an immediate ACK.
2. If the CE codepoint is not set and DCTCP.CE is true, set DCTCP.CE
to false and send an immediate ACK.
"""
Previously DCTCP implementation may continue to delay the ACK. This
patch fixes that to implement the RFC by forcing an immediate ACK.
Tested with this packetdrill script provided by Larry Brakmo
0.000 socket(..., SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) = 3
0.000 setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, [1], 4) = 0
0.000 setsockopt(3, SOL_TCP, TCP_CONGESTION, "dctcp", 5) = 0
0.000 bind(3, ..., ...) = 0
0.000 listen(3, 1) = 0
0.100 < [ect0] SEW 0:0(0) win 32792 <mss 1000,sackOK,nop,nop,nop,wscale 7>
0.100 > SE. 0:0(0) ack 1 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 8>
0.110 < [ect0] . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257
0.200 accept(3, ..., ...) = 4
+0 setsockopt(4, SOL_SOCKET, SO_DEBUG, [1], 4) = 0
0.200 < [ect0] . 1:1001(1000) ack 1 win 257
0.200 > [ect01] . 1:1(0) ack 1001
0.200 write(4, ..., 1) = 1
0.200 > [ect01] P. 1:2(1) ack 1001
0.200 < [ect0] . 1001:2001(1000) ack 2 win 257
+0.005 < [ce] . 2001:3001(1000) ack 2 win 257
+0.000 > [ect01] . 2:2(0) ack 2001
// Previously the ACK below would be delayed by 40ms
+0.000 > [ect01] E. 2:2(0) ack 3001
+0.500 < F. 9501:9501(0) ack 4 win 257
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when a DCTCP receiver delays an ACK and receive a
data packet with a different CE mark from the previous one's, it
sends two immediate ACKs acking previous and latest sequences
respectly (for ECN accounting).
Previously sending the first ACK may mark off the delayed ACK timer
(tcp_event_ack_sent). This may subsequently prevent sending the
second ACK to acknowledge the latest sequence (tcp_ack_snd_check).
The culprit is that tcp_send_ack() assumes it always acknowleges
the latest sequence, which is not true for the first special ACK.
The fix is to not make the assumption in tcp_send_ack and check the
actual ack sequence before cancelling the delayed ACK. Further it's
safer to pass the ack sequence number as a local variable into
tcp_send_ack routine, instead of intercepting tp->rcv_nxt to avoid
future bugs like this.
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no need to store the name in separate area.
Furthermore, it uses kmalloc but not kfree and most accesses seem to treat
it as char[IFNAMSIZ] not char *.
Remove this and use dev->name instead.
In case event zeroed dev, just omit the name in the dump.
Fixes: d92191aa84 ("netfilter: nf_tables: cache device name in flowtable object")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In order to remove performance impact of having the extra u32 in every
single flowi, this change removes the flowi_xfrm struct, prefering to
take the if_id as a method parameter where needed.
In the inbound direction, if_id is only needed during the
__xfrm_check_policy() function, and the if_id can be determined at that
point based on the skb. As such, xfrmi_decode_session() is only called
with the skb in __xfrm_check_policy().
In the outbound direction, the only place where if_id is needed is the
xfrm_lookup() call in xfrmi_xmit2(). With this change, the if_id is
directly passed into the xfrm_lookup_with_ifid() call. All existing
callers can still call xfrm_lookup(), which uses a default if_id of 0.
This change does not change any behavior of XFRMIs except for improving
overall system performance via flowi size reduction.
This change has been tested against the Android Kernel Networking Tests:
https://android.googlesource.com/kernel/tests/+/master/net/test
Signed-off-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add dissection of the tos and ttl from the ip tunnel headers
fields in case a match is needed on them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rol32 call is currently rotating hash but the rol'd value is
being discarded. I believe the current code is incorrect and hash
should be assigned the rotated value returned from rol32.
Thanks to David Lebrun for spotting this.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We avoid 2 VLAs by using a pre-allocated field in dsa_switch. We also
try to avoid dynamic allocation whenever possible (when using fewer than
bits-per-long ports, which is the common case).
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180505185145.GB32630@lunn.ch
Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com>
[kees: tweak commit subject and message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPV6=m
DEFRAG_IPV6=m
CONNTRACK=y yields:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o: In function `nf_ct_netns_do_get':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.c:802: undefined reference to `nf_defrag_ipv6_enable'
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o:(.rodata+0x640): undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_l4proto_icmpv6'
Setting DEFRAG_IPV6=y causes undefined references to ip6_rhash_params
ip6_frag_init and ip6_expire_frag_queue so it would be needed to force
IPV6=y too.
This patch gets rid of the 'followup linker error' by removing
the dependency of ipv6.ko symbols from netfilter ipv6 defrag.
Shared code is placed into a header, then used from both.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Continue to use nftnl subsys mutex to protect (un)registration of hook types,
expressions and so on, but force batch operations to do their own
locking.
This allows distinct net namespaces to perform transactions in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The param helper of nf_ct_helper_ext_add is useless now, then remove
it now.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
cp->state was not used for templates. Add support for state bits
and for the first "assured" bit which indicates that some
connection controlled by this template was established or assured
by the real server. In a followup patch we will use it to drop
templates under SYN attack.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In preparation for followup patches, provide just the cp
ptr to ip_vs_state_name.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is originally from Florian Westphal.
This patch does the following 3 main tasks.
1) Add list lock to 'struct nf_conncount_list' so that we can
alter the lists containing the individual connections without holding the
main tree lock. It would be useful when we only need to add/remove to/from
a list without allocate/remove a node in the tree. With this change, we
update nft_connlimit accordingly since we longer need to maintain
a list lock in nft_connlimit now.
2) Use RCU for the initial tree search to improve tree look up performance.
3) Add a garbage collection worker. This worker is schedule when there
are excessive tree node that needed to be recycled.
Moreover,the rbnode reclaim logic is moved from search tree to insert tree
to avoid race condition.
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is originally from Florian Westphal.
This patch does the following three tasks.
It applies the same early exit technique for nf_conncount_lookup().
Since now we keep the number of connections in 'struct nf_conncount_list',
we no longer need to return the count in nf_conncount_lookup().
Moreover, we expose the garbage collection function nf_conncount_gc_list()
for nft_connlimit.
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Original patch is from Florian Westphal.
This patch switches from hlist to plain list to store the list of
connections with the same filtering key in nf_conncount. With the
plain list, we can insert new connections at the tail, so over time
the beginning of list holds long-running connections and those are
expired, while the newly creates ones are at the end.
Later on, we could probably move checked ones to the end of the list,
so the next run has higher chance to reclaim stale entries in the front.
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This unifies ipv4 and ipv6 protocol trackers and removes the l3proto
abstraction.
This gets rid of all l3proto indirect calls and the need to do
a lookup on the function to call for l3 demux.
It increases module size by only a small amount (12kbyte), so this reduces
size because nf_conntrack.ko is useless without either nf_conntrack_ipv4
or nf_conntrack_ipv6 module.
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
7357 1088 0 8445 20fd nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko
7405 1084 4 8493 212d nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
72614 13689 236 86539 1520b nf_conntrack.ko
19K nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko
19K nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
179K nf_conntrack.ko
after:
text data bss dec hex filename
79277 13937 236 93450 16d0a nf_conntrack.ko
191K nf_conntrack.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This an IPv6 version patch of "ipv4/igmp: init group mode as INCLUDE when
join source group". From RFC3810, part 6.1:
If no per-interface state existed for that
multicast address before the change (i.e., the change consisted of
creating a new per-interface record), or if no state exists after the
change (i.e., the change consisted of deleting a per-interface
record), then the "non-existent" state is considered to have an
INCLUDE filter mode and an empty source list.
Which means a new multicast group should start with state IN(). Currently,
for MLDv2 SSM JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP mode, we first call ipv6_sock_mc_join(),
then ip6_mc_source(), which will trigger a TO_IN() message instead of
ALLOW().
The issue was exposed by commit a052517a8f ("net/multicast: should not
send source list records when have filter mode change"). Before this change,
we sent both ALLOW(A) and TO_IN(A). Now, we only send TO_IN(A).
Fix it by adding a new parameter to init group mode. Also add some wrapper
functions to avoid changing too much code.
v1 -> v2:
In the first version I only cleared the group change record. But this is not
enough. Because when a new group join, it will init as EXCLUDE and trigger
a filter mode change in ip/ip6_mc_add_src(), which will clear all source
addresses sf_crcount. This will prevent early joined address sending state
change records if multi source addressed joined at the same time.
In v2 patch, I fixed it by directly initializing the mode to INCLUDE for SSM
JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP. I also split the original patch into two separated patches
for IPv4 and IPv6.
There is also a difference between v4 and v6 version. For IPv6, when the
interface goes down and up, we will send correct state change record with
unspecified IPv6 address (::) with function ipv6_mc_up(). But after DAD is
completed, we resend the change record TO_IN() in mld_send_initial_cr().
Fix it by sending ALLOW() for INCLUDE mode in mld_send_initial_cr().
Fixes: a052517a8f ("net/multicast: should not send source list records when have filter mode change")
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not needed, we can have the l4trackers fetch it themselvs.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Handle the common cases (tcp, udp, etc). in the core and only
do the indirect call for the protocols that need it (GRE for instance).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Handle it in the core instead.
ipv6_skip_exthdr() is built-in even if ipv6 is a module, i.e. this
doesn't create an ipv6 dependency.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Its simpler to just handle it directly in nf_ct_invert_tuple().
Also gets rid of need to pass l3proto pointer to resolve_conntrack().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
handle everything from ctnetlink directly.
After all these years we still only support ipv4 and ipv6, so it
seems reasonable to remove l3 protocol tracker support and instead
handle ipv4/ipv6 from a common, always builtin inet tracker.
Step 1: Get rid of all the l3proto->func() calls.
Start with ctnetlink, then move on to packet-path ones.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These versions deal with the l3proto/l4proto details internally.
It removes only caller of nf_ct_get_tuple, so make it static.
After this, l3proto->get_l4proto() can be removed in a followup patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This function is also necessary to implement nft tproxy support
Fixes: 45ca4e0cf2 ("netfilter: Libify xt_TPROXY")
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch completes the generic infrastructure to offload TLS crypto to a
network device. It enables the kernel to skip decryption and
authentication of some skbs marked as decrypted by the NIC. In the fast
path, all packets received are decrypted by the NIC and the performance
is comparable to plain TCP.
This infrastructure doesn't require a TCP offload engine. Instead, the
NIC only decrypts packets that contain the expected TCP sequence number.
Out-Of-Order TCP packets are provided unmodified. As a result, at the
worst case a received TLS record consists of both plaintext and ciphertext
packets. These partially decrypted records must be reencrypted,
only to be decrypted.
The notable differences between SW KTLS Rx and this offload are as
follows:
1. Partial decryption - Software must handle the case of a TLS record
that was only partially decrypted by HW. This can happen due to packet
reordering.
2. Resynchronization - tls_read_size calls the device driver to
resynchronize HW after HW lost track of TLS record framing in
the TCP stream.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits tls_sw_release_resources_rx into two functions one
which releases all inner software tls structures and another that also
frees the containing structure.
In TLS_DEVICE we will need to release the software structures without
freeeing the containing structure, which contains other information.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, decrypt_skb also updated the TLS context.
Now, decrypt_skb only decrypts the payload using the current context,
while decrypt_skb_update also updates the state.
Later, in the tls_device Rx flow, we will use decrypt_skb directly.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For symmetry, we rename tls_offload_context to
tls_offload_context_tx before we add tls_offload_context_rx.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-15
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Various different arm32 JIT improvements in order to optimize code emission
and make the JIT code itself more robust, from Russell.
2) Support simultaneous driver and offloaded XDP in order to allow for advanced
use-cases where some work is offloaded to the NIC and some to the host. Also
add ability for bpftool to load programs and maps beyond just the cgroup case,
from Jakub.
3) Add BPF JIT support in nfp for multiplication as well as division. For the
latter in particular, it uses the reciprocal algorithm to emulate it, from Jiong.
4) Add BTF pretty print functionality to bpftool in plain and JSON output
format, from Okash.
5) Add build and installation to the BPF helper man page into bpftool, from Quentin.
6) Add a TCP BPF callback for listening sockets which is triggered right after
the socket transitions to TCP_LISTEN state, from Andrey.
7) Add a new cgroup tree command to bpftool which iterates over the whole cgroup
tree and prints all attached programs, from Roman.
8) Improve xdp_redirect_cpu sample to support parsing of double VLAN tagged
packets, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After fixing the way DCTCP tracking delayed ACKs, the delayed-ACK
related callbacks are no longer needed
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend struct tcf_walker with additional 'cookie' field. It is intended to
be used by classifier walk implementations to continue iteration directly
from particular filter, instead of iterating 'skip' number of times.
Change flower walk implementation to save filter handle in 'cookie'. Each
time flower walk is called, it looks up filter with saved handle directly
with idr, instead of iterating over filter linked list 'skip' number of
times. This change improves complexity of dumping flower classifier from
quadratic to linearithmic. (assuming idr lookup has logarithmic complexity)
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic operations drivers perform during xdp setup and query can
be moved to helpers in the core. Encapsulate program and flags
into a structure and add helpers. Note that the structure is
intended as the "main" program information source in the driver.
Most drivers will additionally place the program pointer in their
fast path or ring structures.
The helpers don't have a huge impact now, but they will
decrease the code duplication when programs can be installed
in HW and driver at the same time. Encapsulating the basic
operations in helpers will hopefully also reduce the number
of changes to drivers which adopt them.
Helpers could really be static inline, but they depend on
definition of struct netdev_bpf which means they'd have
to be placed in netdevice.h, an already 4500 line header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The Link Quality Indication data exposed by drivers could not be accessed from
userspace. Since this data is per-datagram received, it makes sense to make it
available to userspace application through the ancillary data mechanism in
recvmsg rather than through ioctls. This can be activated using the socket
option WPAN_WANTLQI under SOL_IEEE802154 protocol.
This LQI data is available in the ancillary data buffer under the SOL_IEEE802154
level as the type WPAN_LQI. The value is an unsigned byte indicating the link
quality with values ranging 0-255.
Signed-off-by: Romuald Cari <romuald.cari@devialet.com>
Signed-off-by: Clément Peron <clement.peron@devialet.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
region_snapshot - When set enables capturing region snapshots
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each device address region can store multiple snapshots,
each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID.
This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address
region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add
a new snapshot to an address region.
The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function
when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command
from devlink user tool.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback
is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating
a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple
snapshots taken of different regions on the same time.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a device to register its supported address regions.
Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading
the snapshots taken of this address space.
Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions.
An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spin_{,un}lock_bh, to protect concurrent read/write on
act_skbedit configuration. This reduces the effects of contention in the
data path, in case multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using get_seconds() for timestamps is deprecated since it can lead
to overflows on 32-bit systems. While the interface generally doesn't
overflow until year 2106, the specific implementation of the TCP PAWS
algorithm breaks in 2038 when the intermediate signed 32-bit timestamps
overflow.
A related problem is that the local timestamps in CLOCK_REALTIME form
lead to unexpected behavior when settimeofday is called to set the system
clock backwards or forwards by more than 24 days.
While the first problem could be solved by using an overflow-safe method
of comparing the timestamps, a nicer solution is to use a monotonic
clocksource with ktime_get_seconds() that simply doesn't overflow (at
least not until 136 years after boot) and that doesn't change during
settimeofday().
To make 32-bit and 64-bit architectures behave the same way here, and
also save a few bytes in the tcp_options_received structure, I'm changing
the type to a 32-bit integer, which is now safe on all architectures.
Finally, the ts_recent_stamp field also (confusingly) gets used to store
a jiffies value in tcp_synq_overflow()/tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow().
This is currently safe, but changing the type to 32-bit requires
some small changes there to keep it working.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LAG devices (team or bond) recognize for each one of their slave devices
whether LAG traffic is going to be sent through that device. Bond calls
such devices "active", team calls them "txable". When this state
changes, a NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE notification is distributed, together
with a netdev_notifier_changelowerstate_info structure that for LAG
devices includes a tx_enabled flag that refers to the new state. The
notification thus makes it possible to react to the changes in txability
in drivers.
However there's no way to query txability from the outside on demand.
That is problematic namely for mlxsw, which when resolving ERSPAN packet
path, may encounter a LAG device, and needs to determine which of the
slaves it should choose.
To that end, introduce a new function, net_lag_port_dev_txable(), which
determines whether a given slave device is "active" or
"txable" (depending on the flavor of the LAG device). That function then
dispatches to per-LAG-flavor helpers, bond_is_active_slave_dev() resp.
team_port_dev_txable().
Because there currently is no good place where net_lag_port_dev_txable()
should be added, introduce a new header file, lag.h, which should from
now on hold any logic common to both team and bond. (But keep
netif_is_lag_master() together with the rest of netif_is_*_master()
functions).
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Congestion control algorithms, which access the rate sample
through the tcp_cong_control function, only have access to the maximum
of the send and receive interval, for cases where the acknowledgment
rate may be inaccurate due to ACK compression or decimation. Algorithms
may want to use send rates and receive rates as separate signals.
Signed-off-by: Deepti Raghavan <deeptir@mit.edu>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
get_seconds() is deprecated because it can overflow on 32-bit
architectures. For the xfrm_state->lastused member, we treat the data
as a 64-bit number already, so we just need to use the right accessor
that works on both 32-bit and 64-bit machines.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree:
1) Missing module autoloadfor icmp and icmpv6 x_tables matches,
from Florian Westphal.
2) Possible non-linear access to TCP header from tproxy, from
Mate Eckl.
3) Do not allow rbtree to be used for single elements, this patch
moves all set backend into one single module since such thing
can only happen if hashtable module is explicitly blacklisted,
which should not ever be done.
4) Reject error and standard targets from nft_compat for sanity
reasons, they are never used from there.
5) Don't crash on double hashsize module parameter, from Andrey
Ryabinin.
6) Drop dst on skb before placing it in the fragmentation
reassembly queue, from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-07-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
Plenty of fixes for different components:
1) A set of critical fixes for sockmap and sockhash, from John Fastabend.
2) fixes for several race conditions in af_xdp, from Magnus Karlsson.
3) hash map refcnt fix, from Mauricio Vasquez.
4) samples/bpf fixes, from Taeung Song.
5) ifup+mtu check for xdp_redirect, from Toshiaki Makita.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Act API used linked list to pass set of actions to functions. It is
intrusive data structure that stores list nodes inside action structure
itself, which means it is not safe to modify such list concurrently.
However, action API doesn't use any linked list specific operations on this
set of actions, so it can be safely refactored into plain pointer array.
Refactor action API to use array of pointers to tc_actions instead of
linked list. Change argument 'actions' type of exported action init,
destroy and dump functions.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement function that atomically checks if action exists and either takes
reference to it, or allocates idr slot for action index to prevent
concurrent allocations of actions with same index. Use EBUSY error pointer
to indicate that idr slot is reserved.
Implement cleanup helper function that removes temporary error pointer from
idr. (in case of error between idr allocation and insertion of newly
created action to specified index)
Refactor all action init functions to insert new action to idr using this
API.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend action ops with 'delete' function. Each action type to implements
its own delete function that doesn't depend on rtnl lock.
Implement delete function that is required to delete actions without
holding rtnl lock. Use action API function that atomically deletes action
only if it is still in action idr. This implementation prevents concurrent
threads from deleting same action twice.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement new action API function that atomically finds and deletes action
from idr by index. Intended to be used by lockless actions that do not rely
on rtnl lock.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional 'rtnl_held' argument to act API init functions. It is
required to implement actions that need to release rtnl lock before loading
kernel module and reacquire if afterwards.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change type of action reference counter to refcount_t.
Change type of action bind counter to atomic_t.
This type is used to allow decrementing bind counter without testing
for 0 result.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement functions to atomically update and free action cookie
using rcu mechanism.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit
'bpf: bpf_compute_data uses incorrect cb structure' (8108a77515)
we added the routine bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() to compute the
correct data_end values, but this has since been lost. In kernel
v4.14 this was correct and the above patch was applied in it
entirety. Then when v4.14 was merged into v4.15-rc1 net-next tree
we lost the piece that renamed bpf_compute_data_pointers to the
new function bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb. This was done here,
e1ea2f9856 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net")
When it conflicted with the following rename patch,
6aaae2b6c4 ("bpf: rename bpf_compute_data_end into bpf_compute_data_pointers")
Finally, after a refactor I thought even the function
bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() was no longer needed and it was
erroneously removed.
However, we never reverted the sk_skb_convert_ctx_access() usage of
tcp_skb_cb which had been committed and survived the merge conflict.
Here we fix this by adding back the helper and *_data_end_sk_skb()
usage. Using the bpf_skc_data_end mapping is not correct because it
expects a qdisc_skb_cb object but at the sock layer this is not the
case. Even though it happens to work here because we don't overwrite
any data in-use at the socket layer and the cb structure is cleared
later this has potential to create some subtle issues. But, even
more concretely the filter.c access check uses tcp_skb_cb.
And by some act of chance though,
struct bpf_skb_data_end {
struct qdisc_skb_cb qdisc_cb; /* 0 28 */
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
void * data_meta; /* 32 8 */
void * data_end; /* 40 8 */
/* size: 48, cachelines: 1, members: 3 */
/* sum members: 44, holes: 1, sum holes: 4 */
/* last cacheline: 48 bytes */
};
and then tcp_skb_cb,
struct tcp_skb_cb {
[...]
struct {
__u32 flags; /* 24 4 */
struct sock * sk_redir; /* 32 8 */
void * data_end; /* 40 8 */
} bpf; /* 24 */
};
So when we use offset_of() to track down the byte offset we get 40 in
either case and everything continues to work. Fix this mess and use
correct structures its unclear how long this might actually work for
until someone moves the structs around.
Reported-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Fixes: e1ea2f9856 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net")
Fixes: 6aaae2b6c4 ("bpf: rename bpf_compute_data_end into bpf_compute_data_pointers")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Dissect the QinQ packets to get both outer and inner vlan information,
then store to the extended flow keys.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change vlan dissector key to save vlan tpid to support both 802.1Q
and 802.1AD ethertype.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A newly added dummy helper function tries to return a failure from a "void"
function:
In file included from include/net/dsa.h:24,
from arch/arm/plat-orion/common.c:21:
include/net/devlink.h: In function 'devlink_param_value_changed':
include/net/devlink.h:771:9: error: 'return' with a value, in function returning void [-Werror]
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
This fixes it by removing the bogus statement.
Fixes: ea601e1709 ("devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_shinfo(skb)->tx_flags is derived from sk->sk_tsflags, possibly
after modification by __sock_cmsg_send, by calling sock_tx_timestamp.
The IPv4 and IPv6 paths do this conversion differently. In IPv4, the
individual protocols that support tx timestamps call this function
and store the result in ipc.tx_flags. In IPv6, sock_tx_timestamp is
called in __ip6_append_data.
There is no need to store both tx_flags and ts_flags in the cookie
as one is derived from the other. Convert when setting up the cork
and remove the redundant field. This is similar to IPv6, only have
the conversion happen only once per datagram, in ip(6)_setup_cork.
Also change __ip6_append_data to match __ip_append_data. Only update
tskey if timestamping is enabled with OPT_ID. The SOCK_.. test is
redundant: only valid protocols can have non-zero cork->tx_flags.
After this change the IPv4 and IPv6 logic is the same.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipcm_cookie includes sockcm_cookie. Do the same for ipcm6_cookie.
This reduces the number of arguments that need to be passed around,
applies ipcm6_init to all cookie fields at once and reduces code
differentiation between ipv4 and ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the cookie in one location to reduce code duplication and
avoid bugs from inconsistent initialization, such as that fixed in
commit 9887cba199 ("ip: limit use of gso_size to udp").
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the cookie in one location to reduce code duplication and
avoid bugs from inconsistent initialization, such as that fixed in
commit 9887cba199 ("ip: limit use of gso_size to udp").
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the cookie in one location to reduce code duplication and
avoid bugs from inconsistent initialization, such as that fixed in
commit 9887cba199 ("ip: limit use of gso_size to udp").
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements extended LE craete connection and enhanced
LE conn complete event if the controller supports.
For now it is as good as legacy LE connection and event as
no new features in the extended connection is handled.
< HCI Command: LE Extended Create Connection (0x08|0x0043) plen 26
Filter policy: White list is not used (0x00)
Own address type: Public (0x00)
Peer address type: Random (0x01)
Peer address: DB:7E:2E:1D:85:E8 (Static)
Initiating PHYs: 0x01
Entry 0: LE 1M
Scan interval: 60.000 msec (0x0060)
Scan window: 60.000 msec (0x0060)
Min connection interval: 50.00 msec (0x0028)
Max connection interval: 70.00 msec (0x0038)
Connection latency: 0 (0x0000)
Supervision timeout: 420 msec (0x002a)
Min connection length: 0.000 msec (0x0000)
Max connection length: 0.000 msec (0x0000)
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
LE Extended Create Connection (0x08|0x0043) ncmd 2
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: LE Meta Event (0x3e) plen 31
LE Enhanced Connection Complete (0x0a)
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 3585
Role: Master (0x00)
Peer address type: Random (0x01)
Peer address: DB:7E:2E:1D:85:E8 (Static)
Local resolvable private address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (Non-Resolvable)
Peer resolvable private address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (Non-Resolvable)
Connection interval: 67.50 msec (0x0036)
Connection latency: 0 (0x0000)
Supervision timeout: 420 msec (0x002a)
Master clock accuracy: 0x00
@ MGMT Event: Device Connected (0x000b) plen 40
LE Address: DB:7E:2E:1D:85:E8 (Static)
Flags: 0x00000000
Data length: 27
Name (complete): Designer Mouse
Appearance: Mouse (0x03c2)
Flags: 0x05
LE Limited Discoverable Mode
BR/EDR Not Supported
16-bit Service UUIDs (complete): 1 entry
Human Interface Device (0x1812)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch enables Extended ADV report event if extended scanning
is supported in the controller and process the same.
The new features are not handled and for now its as good as
legacy ADV report.
> HCI Event: LE Meta Event (0x3e) plen 53
LE Extended Advertising Report (0x0d)
Num reports: 1
Entry 0
Event type: 0x0013
Props: 0x0013
Connectable
Scannable
Use legacy advertising PDUs
Data status: Complete
Legacy PDU Type: ADV_IND (0x0013)
Address type: Random (0x01)
Address: DB:7E:2E:1A:85:E8 (Static)
Primary PHY: LE 1M
Secondary PHY: LE 1M
SID: 0x00
TX power: 0 dBm
RSSI: -90 dBm (0xa6)
Periodic advertising invteral: 0.00 msec (0x0000)
Direct address type: Public (0x00)
Direct address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (OUI 00-00-00)
Data length: 0x1b
0f 09 44 65 73 69 67 6e 65 72 20 4d 6f 75 73 65 ..Designer Mouse
03 19 c2 03 02 01 05 03 03 12 18 ...........
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This implements Set extended scan param and set extended scan enable
commands and use it for start LE scan based on controller support.
The new features added in these commands are setting of new PHY for
scanning and setting of scan duration. Both features are disabled
for now, meaning only 1M PHY is set and scan duration is set to 0
which means that scanning will be done untill scan disable is called.
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Scan Parameters (0x08|0x0041) plen 8
Own address type: Random (0x01)
Filter policy: Accept all advertisement (0x00)
PHYs: 0x01
Entry 0: LE 1M
Type: Active (0x01)
Interval: 11.250 msec (0x0012)
Window: 11.250 msec (0x0012)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Scan Parameters (0x08|0x0041) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Scan Enable (0x08|0x0042) plen 6
Extended scan: Enabled (0x01)
Filter duplicates: Enabled (0x01)
Duration: 0 msec (0x0000)
Period: 0.00 sec (0x0000)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Scan Enable (0x08|0x0042) ncmd 2
Status: Success (0x00)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch disallows rbtree with single elements, which is causing
problems with the recent timeout support. Before this patch, you
could opt out individual set representations per module, which is
just adding extra complexity.
Fixes: 8d8540c4f5e0("netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: add timeout support")
Reported-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The current implementation of cfg80211_rx_control_port assumed that the
caller could provide a contiguous region of memory for the control port
frame to be sent up to userspace. Unfortunately, many drivers produce
non-linear skbs, especially for data frames. This resulted in userspace
getting notified of control port frames with correct metadata (from
address, port, etc) yet garbage / nonsense contents, resulting in bad
handshakes, disconnections, etc.
mac80211 linearizes skbs containing management frames. But it didn't
seem worthwhile to do this for control port frames. Thus the signature
of cfg80211_rx_control_port was changed to take the skb directly.
nl80211 then takes care of obtaining control port frame data directly
from the (linear | non-linear) skb.
The caller is still responsible for freeing the skb,
cfg80211_rx_control_port does not take ownership of it.
Fixes: 6a671a50f8 ("nl80211: Add CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME API")
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
[fix some kernel-doc formatting, add fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes a silent out-of-bound read possibility that was present
because of the misuse of this function.
Mostly it was called with a struct udphdr *hp which had only the udphdr
part linearized by the skb_header_pointer, however
nf_tproxy_get_sock_v{4,6} uses it as a tcphdr pointer, so some reads for
tcp specific attributes may be invalid.
Fixes: a583636a83 ("inet: refactor inet[6]_lookup functions to take skb")
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
At present the ipv6_renew_options_kern() function ends up calling into
access_ok() which is problematic if done from inside an interrupt as
access_ok() calls WARN_ON_IN_IRQ() on some (all?) architectures
(x86-64 is affected). Example warning/backtrace is shown below:
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 3144 at lib/usercopy.c:11 _copy_from_user+0x85/0x90
...
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
ipv6_renew_option+0xb2/0xf0
ipv6_renew_options+0x26a/0x340
ipv6_renew_options_kern+0x2c/0x40
calipso_req_setattr+0x72/0xe0
netlbl_req_setattr+0x126/0x1b0
selinux_netlbl_inet_conn_request+0x80/0x100
selinux_inet_conn_request+0x6d/0xb0
security_inet_conn_request+0x32/0x50
tcp_conn_request+0x35f/0xe00
? __lock_acquire+0x250/0x16c0
? selinux_socket_sock_rcv_skb+0x1ae/0x210
? tcp_rcv_state_process+0x289/0x106b
tcp_rcv_state_process+0x289/0x106b
? tcp_v6_do_rcv+0x1a7/0x3c0
tcp_v6_do_rcv+0x1a7/0x3c0
tcp_v6_rcv+0xc82/0xcf0
ip6_input_finish+0x10d/0x690
ip6_input+0x45/0x1e0
? ip6_rcv_finish+0x1d0/0x1d0
ipv6_rcv+0x32b/0x880
? ip6_make_skb+0x1e0/0x1e0
__netif_receive_skb_core+0x6f2/0xdf0
? process_backlog+0x85/0x250
? process_backlog+0x85/0x250
? process_backlog+0xec/0x250
process_backlog+0xec/0x250
net_rx_action+0x153/0x480
__do_softirq+0xd9/0x4f7
do_softirq_own_stack+0x2a/0x40
</IRQ>
...
While not present in the backtrace, ipv6_renew_option() ends up calling
access_ok() via the following chain:
access_ok()
_copy_from_user()
copy_from_user()
ipv6_renew_option()
The fix presented in this patch is to perform the userspace copy
earlier in the call chain such that it is only called when the option
data is actually coming from userspace; that place is
do_ipv6_setsockopt(). Not only does this solve the problem seen in
the backtrace above, it also allows us to simplify the code quite a
bit by removing ipv6_renew_options_kern() completely. We also take
this opportunity to cleanup ipv6_renew_options()/ipv6_renew_option()
a small amount as well.
This patch is heavily based on a rough patch by Al Viro. I've taken
his original patch, converted a kmemdup() call in do_ipv6_setsockopt()
to a memdup_user() call, made better use of the e_inval jump target in
the same function, and cleaned up the use ipv6_renew_option() by
ipv6_renew_options().
CC: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enable_sriov - Enables Single-Root Input/Output Virtualization(SR-IOV)
characteristic of the device.
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set:
internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors.
max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications.
Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister
functions.
Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify
devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was
changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable
the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions
added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink:
devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and
devlink_param_driverinit_value_get().
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add param set command to set value for a parameter.
Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define configuration parameters data structure.
Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported
configuration parameters table.
For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's
fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit"
the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set
to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required
and should be set by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the socket error queue for reporting dropped packets if the
socket has enabled that feature through the SO_TXTIME API.
Packets are dropped either on enqueue() if they aren't accepted by the
qdisc or on dequeue() if the system misses their deadline. Those are
reported as different errors so applications can react accordingly.
Userspace can retrieve the errors through the socket error queue and the
corresponding cmsg interfaces. A struct sock_extended_err* is used for
returning the error data, and the packet's timestamp can be retrieved by
adding both ee_data and ee_info fields as e.g.:
((__u64) serr->ee_data << 32) + serr->ee_info
This feature is disabled by default and must be explicitly enabled by
applications. Enabling it can bring some overhead for the Tx cycles
of the application.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add infra so etf qdisc supports HW offload of time-based transmission.
For hw offload, the time sorted list is still used, so packets are
dequeued always in order of txtime.
Example:
$ tc qdisc replace dev enp2s0 parent root handle 100 mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 0
$ tc qdisc add dev enp2s0 parent 100:1 etf offload delta 100000 \
clockid CLOCK_REALTIME
In this example, the Qdisc will use HW offload for the control of the
transmission time through the network adapter. The hrtimer used for
packets scheduling inside the qdisc will use the clockid CLOCK_REALTIME
as reference and packets leave the Qdisc "delta" (100000) nanoseconds
before their transmission time. Because this will be using HW offload and
since dynamic clocks are not supported by the hrtimer, the system clock
and the PHC clock must be synchronized for this mode to behave as
expected.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds 'qdisc_watchdog_init_clockid()' that allows a clockid to be
passed, this allows other time references to be used when scheduling
the Qdisc to run.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a transmit_time field to struct inet_cork, then copy the
timestamp from the CMSG cookie at ip_setup_cork() so we can
safely copy it into the skb later during __ip_make_skb().
For the raw fast path, just perform the copy at raw_send_hdrinc().
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <rcochran@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces SO_TXTIME. User space enables this option in
order to pass a desired future transmit time in a CMSG when calling
sendmsg(2). The argument to this socket option is a 8-bytes long struct
provided by the uapi header net_tstamp.h defined as:
struct sock_txtime {
clockid_t clockid;
u32 flags;
};
Note that new fields were added to struct sock by filling a 2-bytes
hole found in the struct. For that reason, neither the struct size or
number of cachelines were altered.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <rcochran@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NetworkManager likes to manage linklocal prefix routes and does so with
the NLM_F_APPEND flag, breaking attempts to simplify the IPv6 route
code and by extension enable multipath routes with device only nexthops.
Revert f34436a430 and these followup patches:
6eba08c362 ("ipv6: Only emit append events for appended routes").
ce45bded64 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Align with new route replace logic")
53b562df8c ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Allow appending to dev-only routes")
Update the fib_tests cases to reflect the old behavior.
Fixes: f34436a430 ("net/ipv6: Simplify route replace and appending into multipath route")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Also involved adding a way to run a netfilter hook over a list of packets.
Rather than attempting to make netfilter know about lists (which would be
a major project in itself) we just let it call the regular okfn (in this
case ip_rcv_finish()) for any packets it steals, and have it give us back
a list of packets it's synchronously accepted (which normally NF_HOOK
would automatically call okfn() on, but we want to be able to potentially
pass the list to a listified version of okfn().)
The netfilter hooks themselves are indirect calls that still happen per-
packet (see nf_hook_entry_hookfn()), but again, changing that can be left
for future work.
There is potential for out-of-order receives if the netfilter hook ends up
synchronously stealing packets, as they will be processed before any
accepts earlier in the list. However, it was already possible for an
asynchronous accept to cause out-of-order receives, so presumably this is
considered OK.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like some other per transport params, flowlabel and dscp are added
in transport, asoc and sctp_sock. By default, transport sets its
value from asoc's, and asoc does it from sctp_sock. flowlabel
only works for ipv6 transport.
Other than that they need to be passed down in sctp_xmit, flow4/6
also needs to set them before looking up route in get_dst.
Note that it uses '& 0x100000' to check if flowlabel is set and
'& 0x1' (tos 1st bit is unused) to check if dscp is set by users,
so that they could be set to 0 by sockopt in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces __ip_queue_xmit(), through which the callers
can pass tos param into it without having to set inet->tos. For
ipv6, ip6_xmit() already allows passing tclass parameter.
It's needed when some transport protocol doesn't use inet->tos,
like sctp's per transport dscp, which will be added in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a potential race in the TX completion code for the SKB
case. One process enters the sendmsg code of an AF_XDP socket in order
to send a frame. The execution eventually trickles down to the driver
that is told to send the packet. However, it decides to drop the
packet due to some error condition (e.g., rings full) and frees the
SKB. This will trigger the SKB destructor and a completion will be
sent to the AF_XDP user space through its
single-producer/single-consumer queues.
At the same time a TX interrupt has fired on another core and it
dispatches the TX completion code in the driver. It does its HW
specific things and ends up freeing the SKB associated with the
transmitted packet. This will trigger the SKB destructor and a
completion will be sent to the AF_XDP user space through its
single-producer/single-consumer queues. With a pseudo call stack, it
would look like this:
Core 1:
sendmsg() being called in the application
netdev_start_xmit()
Driver entered through ndo_start_xmit
Driver decides to free the SKB for some reason (e.g., rings full)
Destructor of SKB called
xskq_produce_addr() is called to signal completion to user space
Core 2:
TX completion irq
NAPI loop
Driver irq handler for TX completions
Frees the SKB
Destructor of SKB called
xskq_produce_addr() is called to signal completion to user space
We now have a violation of the single-producer/single-consumer
principle for our queues as there are two threads trying to produce at
the same time on the same queue.
Fixed by introducing a spin_lock in the destructor. In regards to the
performance, I get around 1.74 Mpps for txonly before and after the
introduction of the spinlock. There is of course some impact due to
the spin lock but it is in the less significant digits that are too
noisy for me to measure. But let us say that the version without the
spin lock got 1.745 Mpps in the best case and the version with 1.735
Mpps in the worst case, then that would mean a maximum drop in
performance of 0.5%.
Fixes: 35fcde7f8d ("xsk: support for Tx")
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Simple overlapping changes in stmmac driver.
Adjust skb_gro_flush_final_remcsum function signature to make GRO list
changes in net-next, as per Stephen Rothwell's example merge
resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Verify netlink attributes properly in nf_queue, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Need to bump memory lock rlimit for test_sockmap bpf test, from
Yonghong Song.
3) Fix VLAN handling in lan78xx driver, from Dave Stevenson.
4) Fix uninitialized read in nf_log, from Jann Horn.
5) Fix raw command length parsing in mlx5, from Alex Vesker.
6) Cleanup loopback RDS connections upon netns deletion, from Sowmini
Varadhan.
7) Fix regressions in FIB rule matching during create, from Jason A.
Donenfeld and Roopa Prabhu.
8) Fix mpls ether type detection in nfp, from Pieter Jansen van Vuuren.
9) More bpfilter build fixes/adjustments from Masahiro Yamada.
10) Fix XDP_{TX,REDIRECT} flushing in various drivers, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) fib_tests.sh file permissions were broken, from Shuah Khan.
12) Make sure BH/preemption is disabled in data path of mac80211, from
Denis Kenzior.
13) Don't ignore nla_parse_nested() return values in nl80211, from
Johannes berg.
14) Properly account sock objects ot kmemcg, from Shakeel Butt.
15) Adjustments to setting bpf program permissions to read-only, from
Daniel Borkmann.
16) TCP Fast Open key endianness was broken, it always took on the host
endiannness. Whoops. Explicitly make it little endian. From Yuching
Cheng.
17) Fix prefix route setting for link local addresses in ipv6, from
David Ahern.
18) Potential Spectre v1 in zatm driver, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
19) Various bpf sockmap fixes, from John Fastabend.
20) Use after free for GRO with ESP, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) Passing bogus flags to crypto_alloc_shash() in ipv6 SR code, from
Eric Biggers.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (87 commits)
qede: Adverstise software timestamp caps when PHC is not available.
qed: Fix use of incorrect size in memcpy call.
qed: Fix setting of incorrect eswitch mode.
qed: Limit msix vectors in kdump kernel to the minimum required count.
ipvlan: call dev_change_flags when ipvlan mode is reset
ipv6: sr: fix passing wrong flags to crypto_alloc_shash()
net: fix use-after-free in GRO with ESP
tcp: prevent bogus FRTO undos with non-SACK flows
bpf: sockhash, add release routine
bpf: sockhash fix omitted bucket lock in sock_close
bpf: sockmap, fix smap_list_map_remove when psock is in many maps
bpf: sockmap, fix crash when ipv6 sock is added
net: fib_rules: bring back rule_exists to match rule during add
hv_netvsc: split sub-channel setup into async and sync
net: use dev_change_tx_queue_len() for SIOCSIFTXQLEN
atm: zatm: Fix potential Spectre v1
s390/qeth: consistently re-enable device features
s390/qeth: don't clobber buffer on async TX completion
s390/qeth: avoid using is_multicast_ether_addr_64bits on (u8 *)[6]
s390/qeth: fix race when setting MAC address
...
This patch adds support to pick Tx queue based on the Rx queue(s) map
configuration set by the admin through the sysfs attribute
for each Tx queue. If the user configuration for receive queue(s) map
does not apply, then the Tx queue selection falls back to CPU(s) map
based selection and finally to hashing.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new field to sock_common 'skc_rx_queue_mapping'
which holds the receive queue number for the connection. The Rx queue
is marked in tcp_finish_connect() to allow a client app to do
SO_INCOMING_NAPI_ID after a connect() call to get the right queue
association for a socket. Rx queue is also marked in tcp_conn_request()
to allow syn-ack to go on the right tx-queue associated with
the queue on which syn is received.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change 'skc_tx_queue_mapping' field in sock_common structure from
'int' to 'unsigned short' type with ~0 indicating unset and
other positive queue values being set. This will accommodate adding
a new 'unsigned short' field in sock_common in the next patch for
rx_queue_mapping.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* finally some of the promised HE code, but it turns
out to be small - but everything kept changing, so
one part I did in the driver was >30 patches for
what was ultimately <200 lines of code ... similar
here for this code.
* improved scan privacy support - can now specify scan
flags for randomizing the sequence number as well as
reducing the probe request element content
* rfkill cleanups
* a timekeeping cleanup from Arnd
* various other cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=sNaA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-06-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Small merge conflict in net/mac80211/scan.c, I preserved
the kcalloc() conversion. -DaveM
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This round's updates:
* finally some of the promised HE code, but it turns
out to be small - but everything kept changing, so
one part I did in the driver was >30 patches for
what was ultimately <200 lines of code ... similar
here for this code.
* improved scan privacy support - can now specify scan
flags for randomizing the sequence number as well as
reducing the probe request element content
* rfkill cleanups
* a timekeeping cleanup from Arnd
* various other cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMC-D relies on PNETIDs to find usable SMC-D/ISM devices for a SMC
connection. This patch adds SMC-D/ISM support to the current PNETID
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMC supports two variants: SMC-R and SMC-D. For data transport, SMC-R
uses RDMA devices, SMC-D uses so-called Internal Shared Memory (ISM)
devices. An ISM device only allows shared memory communication between
SMC instances on the same machine. For example, this allows virtual
machines on the same host to communicate via SMC without RDMA devices.
This patch adds the base infrastructure for SMC-D and ISM devices to
the existing SMC code. It contains the following:
* ISM driver interface:
This interface allows an ISM driver to register ISM devices in SMC. In
the process, the driver provides a set of device ops for each device.
SMC uses these ops to execute SMC specific operations on or transfer
data over the device.
* Core SMC-D link group, connection, and buffer support:
Link groups, SMC connections and SMC buffers (in smc_core) are
extended to support SMC-D.
* SMC type checks:
Some type checks are added to prevent using SMC-R specific code for
SMC-D and vice versa.
To actually use SMC-D, additional changes to pnetid, CLC, CDC, etc. are
required. These are added in follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
s390 hardware supports the definition of a so-call Physical NETwork
IDentifier (short PNETID) per network device port. These PNETIDS
can be used to identify network devices that are attached to the same
physical network (broadcast domain).
On s390 try to use the PNETID of the ethernet device port used for
initial connecting, and derive the IB device port used for SMC RDMA
traffic.
On platforms without PNETID support fall back to the existing
solution of a configured pnet table.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the tunnel option type stored in tunnel flags when creating options
for tunnels. Thereby ensuring we do not set geneve, vxlan or erspan tunnel
options on interfaces that are not associated with them.
Make sure all users of the infrastructure set correct flags, for the BPF
helper we have to set all bits to keep backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature is actually already supported by sk->sk_reuse which can be
set by socket level opt SO_REUSEADDR. But it's not working exactly as
RFC6458 demands in section 8.1.27, like:
- This option only supports one-to-one style SCTP sockets
- This socket option must not be used after calling bind()
or sctp_bindx().
Besides, SCTP_REUSE_PORT sockopt should be provided for user's programs.
Otherwise, the programs with SCTP_REUSE_PORT from other systems will not
work in linux.
To separate it from the socket level version, this patch adds 'reuse' in
sctp_sock and it works pretty much as sk->sk_reuse, but with some extra
setup limitations that are needed when it is being enabled.
"It should be noted that the behavior of the socket-level socket option
to reuse ports and/or addresses for SCTP sockets is unspecified", so it
leaves SO_REUSEADDR as is for the compatibility.
Note that the name SCTP_REUSE_PORT is somewhat confusing, as its
functionality is nearly identical to SO_REUSEADDR, but with some
extra restrictions. Here it uses 'reuse' in sctp_sock instead of
'reuseport'. As for sk->sk_reuseport support for SCTP, it will be
added in another patch.
Thanks to Neil to make this clear.
v1->v2:
- add sctp_sk->reuse to separate it from the socket level version.
v2->v3:
- improve changelog according to Marcelo's suggestion.
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The poll() changes were not well thought out, and completely
unexplained. They also caused a huge performance regression, because
"->poll()" was no longer a trivial file operation that just called down
to the underlying file operations, but instead did at least two indirect
calls.
Indirect calls are sadly slow now with the Spectre mitigation, but the
performance problem could at least be largely mitigated by changing the
"->get_poll_head()" operation to just have a per-file-descriptor pointer
to the poll head instead. That gets rid of one of the new indirections.
But that doesn't fix the new complexity that is completely unwarranted
for the regular case. The (undocumented) reason for the poll() changes
was some alleged AIO poll race fixing, but we don't make the common case
slower and more complex for some uncommon special case, so this all
really needs way more explanations and most likely a fundamental
redesign.
[ This revert is a revert of about 30 different commits, not reverted
individually because that would just be unnecessarily messy - Linus ]
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Netfilter assumes that if the socket is present in the skb, then
it can be used because that reference is cleaned up while the skb
is crossing netns.
We want to change that to preserve the socket reference in a future
patch, so this is a preparation updating netfilter to check if the
socket netns matches before use it.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix coding style issues in tc pedit headers detected by the
checkpatch script.
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree:
1) Missing netlink attribute validation in nf_queue, uncovered by KASAN,
from Eric Dumazet.
2) Use pointer to sysctl table, save us 192 bytes of memory per netns.
Also from Eric.
3) Possible use-after-free when removing conntrack helper modules due
to missing synchronize RCU call. From Taehee Yoo.
4) Fix corner case in systcl writes to nf_log that lead to appending
data to uninitialized buffer, from Jann Horn.
5) Jann Horn says we may indefinitely block other users of nf_log_mutex
if a userspace access in proc_dostring() blocked e.g. due to a
userfaultfd.
6) Fix garbage collection race for unconfirmed conntrack entries,
from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC shared blocks allow multiple qdiscs to be grouped together and filters
shared between them. Currently the chains of filters attached to a block
are only flushed when the block is removed. If a qdisc is removed from a
block but the block still exists, flow del messages are not passed to the
callback registered for that qdisc. For the NFP, this presents the
possibility of rules still existing in hw when they should be removed.
Prevent binding to shared blocks until the kernel can send per qdisc del
messages when block unbinds occur.
tcf_block_shared() was not used outside of the core until now, so also
add an empty implementation for builds with CONFIG_NET_CLS=n.
Fixes: 4861738775 ("net: sched: introduce shared filter blocks infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call the reoffload tcf_proto_op on all tcf_proto nodes in all chains of a
block when a callback tries to register to a block that already has
offloaded rules. If all existing rules cannot be offloaded then the
registration is rejected. This replaces the previous policy of rejecting
such callback registration outright.
On unregistration of a callback, the rules are flushed for that given cb.
The implementation of block sharing in the NFP driver, for example,
duplicates shared rules to all devs bound to a block. This meant that
rules could still exist in hw even after a device is unbound from a block
(assuming the block still remains active).
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the reoffload tcf_proto_op in flower to generate an offload message
for each filter in the given tcf_proto. Call the specified callback with
this new offload message. The function only returns an error if the
callback rejects adding a 'hardware only' rule.
A filter contains a flag to indicate if it is in hardware or not. To
ensure the reoffload function properly maintains this flag, keep a
reference counter for the number of instances of the filter that are in
hardware. Only update the flag when this counter changes from or to 0. Add
a generic helper function to implement this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new tcf_proto_op called 'reoffload' that generates a new offload
message for each node in a tcf_proto. Pointers to the tcf_proto and
whether the offload request is to add or delete the node are included.
Also included is a callback function to send the offload message to and
the option of priv data to go with the cb.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Manage pending per-NAPI GRO packets via list_head.
Return an SKB pointer from the GRO receive handlers. When GRO receive
handlers return non-NULL, it means that this SKB needs to be completed
at this time and removed from the NAPI queue.
Several operations are greatly simplified by this transformation,
especially timing out the oldest SKB in the list when gro_count
exceeds MAX_GRO_SKBS, and napi_gro_flush() which walks the queue
in reverse order.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kristian Evensen says:
In a project I am involved in, we are running ipsec (Strongswan) on
different mt7621-based routers. Each router is configured as an
initiator and has around ~30 tunnels to different responders (running
on misc. devices). Before the flow cache was removed (kernel 4.9), we
got a combined throughput of around 70Mbit/s for all tunnels on one
router. However, we recently switched to kernel 4.14 (4.14.48), and
the total throughput is somewhere around 57Mbit/s (best-case). I.e., a
drop of around 20%. Reverting the flow cache removal restores, as
expected, performance levels to that of kernel 4.9.
When pcpu xdst exists, it has to be validated first before it can be
used.
A negative hit thus increases cost vs. no-cache.
As number of tunnels increases, hit rate decreases so this pcpu caching
isn't a viable strategy.
Furthermore, the xdst cache also needs to run with BH off, so when
removing this the bh disable/enable pairs can be removed too.
Kristian tested a 4.14.y backport of this change and reported
increased performance:
In our tests, the throughput reduction has been reduced from around -20%
to -5%. We also see that the overall throughput is independent of the
number of tunnels, while before the throughput was reduced as the number
of tunnels increased.
Reported-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch adds support for virtual xfrm interfaces.
Packets that are routed through such an interface
are guaranteed to be IPsec transformed or dropped.
It is a generic virtual interface that ensures IPsec
transformation, no need to know what happens behind
the interface. This means that we can tunnel IPv4 and
IPv6 through the same interface and support all xfrm
modes (tunnel, transport and beet) on it.
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Co-developed-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
This patch adds the xfrm interface id as a lookup key
for xfrm states and policies. With this we can assign
states and policies to virtual xfrm interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Add a new flowi_xfrm structure with informations needed to do
a xfrm lookup. At the moment it keeps the informations about
the new xfrm interface id needed to lookup xfrm interfaces
that are introduced with a followup patch. We need this new
lookup key as other possible keys, like the ifindex is
already part of the xfrm selector and used as a key to
enforce the output device after the transformation in the
policy/state lookup.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
We already support setting an output mark at the xfrm_state,
unfortunately this does not support the input direction and
masking the marks that will be applied to the skb. This change
adds support applying a masked value in both directions.
The existing XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK number is reused for this purpose
and as it is now bi-directional, it is renamed to XFRMA_SET_MARK.
An additional XFRMA_SET_MARK_MASK attribute is added for setting the
mask. If the attribute mask not provided, it is set to 0xffffffff,
keeping the XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK existing 'full mask' semantics.
Co-developed-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias@strongswan.org>
Co-developed-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
struct net are effectively allocated from order-1 pages on x86,
with one object per slab, meaning that the 13 low order bits
of their addresses are zero.
Once shifted by L1_CACHE_SHIFT, this leaves 7 zero-bits,
meaning that net_hash_mix() does not help spreading
objects on various hash tables.
For example, TCP listen table has 32 buckets, meaning that
all netns use the same bucket for port 80 or port 443.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes BBR use only the MSS (without any headers) to
calculate pacing rates when internal TCP-layer pacing is used.
This is necessary to achieve the correct pacing behavior in this case,
since tcp_internal_pacing() uses only the payload length to calculate
pacing delays.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the use of rhashtables in net namespaces,
rhashtable.h is included in lots of the kernel,
so a small changes can required a large recompilation.
This makes development painful.
This patch splits out rhashtable-types.h which just includes
the major type declarations, and does not include (non-trivial)
inline code. rhashtable.h is no longer included by anything
in the include/ directory.
Common include files only include rhashtable-types.h so a large
recompilation is only triggered when that changes.
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove comparison of audit_enabled to magic numbers outside of audit.
Related: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-kernel/issues/86
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Add support for HE in mac80211 conforming with P802.11ax_D1.4.
Johannes: Fix another bug with the buf_size comparison in agg-rx.c.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is a waste of memory to use a full "struct netns_sysctl_ipv6"
while only one pointer is really used, considering netns_sysctl_ipv6
keeps growing.
Also, since "struct netns_frags" has cache line alignment,
it is better to move the frags_hdr pointer outside, otherwise
we spend a full cache line for this pointer.
This saves 192 bytes of memory per netns.
Fixes: c038a767cd ("ipv6: add a new namespace for nf_conntrack_reasm")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support for the HE in cfg80211 and also add userspace API to
nl80211 to send rate information out, conforming with P802.11ax_D2.0.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Now sctp GSO uses skb_gro_receive() to append the data into head
skb frag_list. However it actually only needs very few code from
skb_gro_receive(). Besides, NAPI_GRO_CB has to be set while most
of its members are not needed here.
This patch is to add sctp_packet_gso_append() to build GSO frames
instead of skb_gro_receive(), and it would avoid many unnecessary
checks and make the code clearer.
Note that sctp will use page frags instead of frag_list to build
GSO frames in another patch. But it may take time, as sctp's GSO
frames may have different size. skb_segment() can only split it
into the frags with the same size, which would break the border
of sctp chunks.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we use check_hlist() for garbage colleciton. However, we
use the ‘zone’ from the counted entry to query the existence of
existing entries in the hlist. This could be wrong when they are in
different zones, and this patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: e59ea3df3f ("netfilter: xt_connlimit: honor conntrack zone if available")
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
While hacking on kTLS, I ran into the following panic from an
unprivileged netserver / netperf TCP session:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000000
PGD 800000037f378067 P4D 800000037f378067 PUD 3c0e61067 PMD 0
Oops: 0010 [#1] SMP KASAN PTI
CPU: 1 PID: 2289 Comm: netserver Not tainted 4.17.0+ #139
Hardware name: LENOVO 20FBCTO1WW/20FBCTO1WW, BIOS N1FET47W (1.21 ) 11/28/2016
RIP: 0010: (null)
Code: Bad RIP value.
RSP: 0018:ffff88036abcf740 EFLAGS: 00010246
RAX: dffffc0000000000 RBX: ffff88036f5f6800 RCX: 1ffff1006debed26
RDX: ffff88036abcf920 RSI: ffff8803cb1a4f00 RDI: ffff8803c258c280
RBP: ffff8803c258c280 R08: ffff8803c258c280 R09: ffffed006f559d48
R10: ffff88037aacea43 R11: ffffed006f559d49 R12: ffff8803c258c280
R13: ffff8803cb1a4f20 R14: 00000000000000db R15: ffffffffc168a350
FS: 00007f7e631f4700(0000) GS:ffff8803d1c80000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: ffffffffffffffd6 CR3: 00000003ccf64005 CR4: 00000000003606e0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Call Trace:
? tls_sw_poll+0xa4/0x160 [tls]
? sock_poll+0x20a/0x680
? do_select+0x77b/0x11a0
? poll_schedule_timeout.constprop.12+0x130/0x130
? pick_link+0xb00/0xb00
? read_word_at_a_time+0x13/0x20
? vfs_poll+0x270/0x270
? deref_stack_reg+0xad/0xe0
? __read_once_size_nocheck.constprop.6+0x10/0x10
[...]
Debugging further, it turns out that calling into ctx->sk_poll() is
invalid since sk_poll itself is NULL which was saved from the original
TCP socket in order for tls_sw_poll() to invoke it.
Looks like the recent conversion from poll to poll_mask callback started
in 1525242310 ("net: add support for ->poll_mask in proto_ops") missed
to eventually convert kTLS, too: TCP's ->poll was converted over to the
->poll_mask in commit 2c7d3daceb ("net/tcp: convert to ->poll_mask")
and therefore kTLS wrongly saved the ->poll old one which is now NULL.
Convert kTLS over to use ->poll_mask instead. Also instead of POLLIN |
POLLRDNORM use the proper EPOLLIN | EPOLLRDNORM bits as the case in
tcp_poll_mask() as well that is mangled here.
Fixes: 2c7d3daceb ("net/tcp: convert to ->poll_mask")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Tested-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree:
1) Reject non-null terminated helper names from xt_CT, from Gao Feng.
2) Fix KASAN splat due to out-of-bound access from commit phase, from
Alexey Kodanev.
3) Missing conntrack hook registration on IPVS FTP helper, from Julian
Anastasov.
4) Incorrect skbuff allocation size in bridge nft_reject, from Taehee Yoo.
5) Fix inverted check on packet xmit to non-local addresses, also from
Julian.
6) Fix ebtables alignment compat problems, from Alin Nastac.
7) Hook mask checks are not correct in xt_set, from Serhey Popovych.
8) Fix timeout listing of element in ipsets, from Jozsef.
9) Cap maximum timeout value in ipset, also from Jozsef.
10) Don't allow family option for hash:mac sets, from Florent Fourcot.
11) Restrict ebtables to work with NFPROTO_BRIDGE targets only, this
Florian.
12) Another bug reported by KASAN in the rbtree set backend, from
Taehee Yoo.
13) Missing __IPS_MAX_BIT update doesn't include IPS_OFFLOAD_BIT.
From Gao Feng.
14) Missing initialization of match/target in ebtables, from Florian
Westphal.
15) Remove useless nft_dup.h file in include path, from C. Labbe.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 6b229cf77d ("udp: add batching to udp_rmem_release()")
the sk_rmem_alloc field does not measure exactly anymore the
receive queue length, because we batch the rmem release. The issue
is really apparent only after commit 0d4a6608f6 ("udp: do rmem bulk
free even if the rx sk queue is empty"): the user space can easily
check for an empty socket with not-0 queue length reported by the 'ss'
tool or the procfs interface.
We need to use a custom UDP helper to report the correct queue length,
taking into account the forward allocation deficit.
Reported-by: trevor.francis@46labs.com
Fixes: 6b229cf77d ("UDP: add batching to udp_rmem_release()")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/netfilter/nft_dup.h was introduced in d877f07112 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add nft_dup expression")
but was never user since this date.
Furthermore, the only struct in this file is unused elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add Maglev hashing scheduler to IPVS, from Inju Song.
2) Lots of new TC subsystem tests from Roman Mashak.
3) Add TCP zero copy receive and fix delayed acks and autotuning with
SO_RCVLOWAT, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Add XDP_REDIRECT support to mlx5 driver, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
5) Add ttl inherit support to vxlan, from Hangbin Liu.
6) Properly separate ipv6 routes into their logically independant
components. fib6_info for the routing table, and fib6_nh for sets of
nexthops, which thus can be shared. From David Ahern.
7) Add bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper, which can be used to generate ICMP
messages from XDP programs. From Nikita V. Shirokov.
8) Lots of long overdue cleanups to the r8169 driver, from Heiner
Kallweit.
9) Add BTF ("BPF Type Format"), from Martin KaFai Lau.
10) Add traffic condition monitoring to iwlwifi, from Luca Coelho.
11) Plumb extack down into fib_rules, from Roopa Prabhu.
12) Add Flower classifier offload support to igb, from Vinicius Costa
Gomes.
13) Add UDP GSO support, from Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add documentation for eBPF helpers, from Quentin Monnet.
15) Add TLS tx offload to mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
16) Allow applications to be given the number of bytes available to read
on a socket via a control message returned from recvmsg(), from
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh.
17) Add x86_32 eBPF JIT compiler, from Wang YanQing.
18) Add AF_XDP sockets, with zerocopy support infrastructure as well.
From Björn Töpel.
19) Remove indirect load support from all of the BPF JITs and handle
these operations in the verifier by translating them into native BPF
instead. From Daniel Borkmann.
20) Add GRO support to ipv6 gre tunnels, from Eran Ben Elisha.
21) Allow XDP programs to do lookups in the main kernel routing tables
for forwarding. From David Ahern.
22) Allow drivers to store hardware state into an ELF section of kernel
dump vmcore files, and use it in cxgb4. From Rahul Lakkireddy.
23) Various RACK and loss detection improvements in TCP, from Yuchung
Cheng.
24) Add TCP SACK compression, from Eric Dumazet.
25) Add User Mode Helper support and basic bpfilter infrastructure, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
26) Support ports and protocol values in RTM_GETROUTE, from Roopa
Prabhu.
27) Support bulking in ->ndo_xdp_xmit() API, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
28) Add lots of forwarding selftests, from Petr Machata.
29) Add generic network device failover driver, from Sridhar Samudrala.
* ra.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1959 commits)
strparser: Add __strp_unpause and use it in ktls.
rxrpc: Fix terminal retransmission connection ID to include the channel
net: hns3: Optimize PF CMDQ interrupt switching process
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox receiving unknown message
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox cannot receiving PF response
bnx2x: use the right constant
Revert "net: sched: cls: Fix offloading when ingress dev is vxlan"
net: dsa: b53: Fix for brcm tag issue in Cygnus SoC
enic: fix UDP rss bits
netdev-FAQ: clarify DaveM's position for stable backports
rtnetlink: validate attributes in do_setlink()
mlxsw: Add extack messages for port_{un, }split failures
netdevsim: Add extack error message for devlink reload
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations
net: metrics: add proper netlink validation
ipmr: fix error path when ipmr_new_table fails
ip6mr: only set ip6mr_table from setsockopt when ip6mr_new_table succeeds
net: hns3: remove unused hclgevf_cfg_func_mta_filter
netfilter: provide udp*_lib_lookup for nf_tproxy
qed*: Utilize FW 8.37.2.0
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=10u6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'audit-pr-20180605' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/audit
Pull audit updates from Paul Moore:
"Another reasonable chunk of audit changes for v4.18, thirteen patches
in total.
The thirteen patches can mostly be broken down into one of four
categories: general bug fixes, accessor functions for audit state
stored in the task_struct, negative filter matches on executable
names, and extending the (relatively) new seccomp logging knobs to the
audit subsystem.
The main driver for the accessor functions from Richard are the
changes we're working on to associate audit events with containers,
but I think they have some standalone value too so I figured it would
be good to get them in now.
The seccomp/audit patches from Tyler apply the seccomp logging
improvements from a few releases ago to audit's seccomp logging;
starting with this patchset the changes in
/proc/sys/kernel/seccomp/actions_logged should apply to both the
standard kernel logging and audit.
As usual, everything passes the audit-testsuite and it happens to
merge cleanly with your tree"
[ Heh, except it had trivial merge conflicts with the SELinux tree that
also came in from Paul - Linus ]
* tag 'audit-pr-20180605' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/audit:
audit: Fix wrong task in comparison of session ID
audit: use existing session info function
audit: normalize loginuid read access
audit: use new audit_context access funciton for seccomp_actions_logged
audit: use inline function to set audit context
audit: use inline function to get audit context
audit: convert sessionid unset to a macro
seccomp: Don't special case audited processes when logging
seccomp: Audit attempts to modify the actions_logged sysctl
seccomp: Configurable separator for the actions_logged string
seccomp: Separate read and write code for actions_logged sysctl
audit: allow not equal op for audit by executable
audit: add syscall information to FEATURE_CHANGE records
strp_unpause queues strp_work in order to parse any messages that
arrived while the strparser was paused. However, the process invoking
strp_unpause could eagerly parse a buffered message itself if it held
the sock lock.
__strp_unpause is an alternative to strp_pause that avoids the scheduling
overhead that results when a receiving thread unpauses the strparser
and waits for the next message to be delivered by the workqueue thread.
This patch more than doubled the IOPS achieved in a benchmark of NBD
traffic encrypted using ktls.
Signed-off-by: Doron Roberts-Kedes <doronrk@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-06-05
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a new BPF hook for sendmsg similar to existing hooks for bind and
connect: "This allows to override source IP (including the case when it's
set via cmsg(3)) and destination IP:port for unconnected UDP (slow path).
TCP and connected UDP (fast path) are not affected. This makes UDP support
complete, that is, connected UDP is handled by connect hooks, unconnected
by sendmsg ones.", from Andrey.
2) Rework of the AF_XDP API to allow extending it in future for type writer
model if necessary. In this mode a memory window is passed to hardware
and multiple frames might be filled into that window instead of just one
that is the case in the current fixed frame-size model. With the new
changes made this can be supported without having to add a new descriptor
format. Also, core bits for the zero-copy support for AF_XDP have been
merged as agreed upon, where i40e bits will be routed via Jeff later on.
Various improvements to documentation and sample programs included as
well, all from Björn and Magnus.
3) Given BPF's flexibility, a new program type has been added to implement
infrared decoders. Quote: "The kernel IR decoders support the most
widely used IR protocols, but there are many protocols which are not
supported. [...] There is a 'long tail' of unsupported IR protocols,
for which lircd is need to decode the IR. IR encoding is done in such
a way that some simple circuit can decode it; therefore, BPF is ideal.
[...] user-space can define a decoder in BPF, attach it to the rc
device through the lirc chardev.", from Sean.
4) Several improvements and fixes to BPF core, among others, dumping map
and prog IDs into fdinfo which is a straight forward way to correlate
BPF objects used by applications, removing an indirect call and therefore
retpoline in all map lookup/update/delete calls by invoking the callback
directly for 64 bit archs, adding a new bpf_skb_cgroup_id() BPF helper
for tc BPF programs to have an efficient way of looking up cgroup v2 id
for policy or other use cases. Fixes to make sure we zero tunnel/xfrm
state that hasn't been filled, to allow context access wrt pt_regs in
32 bit archs for tracing, and last but not least various test cases
for fixes that landed in bpf earlier, from Daniel.
5) Get rid of the ndo_xdp_flush API and extend the ndo_xdp_xmit with
a XDP_XMIT_FLUSH flag instead which allows to avoid one indirect
call as flushing is now merged directly into ndo_xdp_xmit(), from Jesper.
6) Add a new bpf_get_current_cgroup_id() helper that can be used in
tracing to retrieve the cgroup id from the current process in order
to allow for e.g. aggregation of container-level events, from Yonghong.
7) Two follow-up fixes for BTF to reject invalid input values and
related to that also two test cases for BPF kselftests, from Martin.
8) Various API improvements to the bpf_fib_lookup() helper, that is,
dropping MPLS bits which are not fully hashed out yet, rejecting
invalid helper flags, returning error for unsupported address
families as well as renaming flowlabel to flowinfo, from David.
9) Various fixes and improvements to sockmap BPF kselftests in particular
in proper error detection and data verification, from Prashant.
10) Two arm32 BPF JIT improvements. One is to fix imm range check with
regards to whether immediate fits into 24 bits, and a naming cleanup
to get functions related to rsh handling consistent to those handling
lsh, from Wang.
11) Two compile warning fixes in BPF, one for BTF and a false positive
to silent gcc in stack_map_get_build_id_offset(), from Arnd.
12) Add missing seg6.h header into tools include infrastructure in order
to fix compilation of BPF kselftests, from Mathieu.
13) Several formatting cleanups in the BPF UAPI helper description that
also fix an error during rst2man compilation, from Quentin.
14) Hide an unused variable in sk_msg_convert_ctx_access() when IPv6 is
not built into the kernel, from Yue.
15) Remove a useless double assignment in dev_map_enqueue(), from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested: 'git grep tw_timeout' comes up empty and it builds :-)
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here we add the functionality required to support zero-copy Tx, and
also exposes various zero-copy related functions for the netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Extend the xsk_rcv to support the new MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY memory, and
wireup ndo_bpf call in bind.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Here, a new type of allocator support is added to the XDP return
API. A zero-copy allocated xdp_buff cannot be converted to an
xdp_frame. Instead is the buff has to be copied. This is not supported
at all in this commit.
Also, an opaque "handle" is added to xdp_buff. This can be used as a
context for the zero-copy allocator implementation.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The xdp_umem_page holds the address for a page. Trade memory for
faster lookup. Later, we'll add DMA address here as well.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Moved struct xdp_umem to xdp_sock.h, in order to prepare for zero-copy
support.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pull aio updates from Al Viro:
"Majority of AIO stuff this cycle. aio-fsync and aio-poll, mostly.
The only thing I'm holding back for a day or so is Adam's aio ioprio -
his last-minute fixup is trivial (missing stub in !CONFIG_BLOCK case),
but let it sit in -next for decency sake..."
* 'work.aio-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (46 commits)
aio: sanitize the limit checking in io_submit(2)
aio: fold do_io_submit() into callers
aio: shift copyin of iocb into io_submit_one()
aio_read_events_ring(): make a bit more readable
aio: all callers of aio_{read,write,fsync,poll} treat 0 and -EIOCBQUEUED the same way
aio: take list removal to (some) callers of aio_complete()
aio: add missing break for the IOCB_CMD_FDSYNC case
random: convert to ->poll_mask
timerfd: convert to ->poll_mask
eventfd: switch to ->poll_mask
pipe: convert to ->poll_mask
crypto: af_alg: convert to ->poll_mask
net/rxrpc: convert to ->poll_mask
net/iucv: convert to ->poll_mask
net/phonet: convert to ->poll_mask
net/nfc: convert to ->poll_mask
net/caif: convert to ->poll_mask
net/bluetooth: convert to ->poll_mask
net/sctp: convert to ->poll_mask
net/tipc: convert to ->poll_mask
...
Some of the code paths calculating flow hash for IPv6 use flowlabel member
of struct flowi6 which, despite its name, encodes both flow label and
traffic class. If traffic class changes within a TCP connection (as e.g.
ssh does), ECMP route can switch between path. It's also inconsistent with
other code paths where ip6_flowlabel() (returning only flow label) is used
to feed the key.
Use only flow label everywhere, including one place where hash key is set
using ip6_flowinfo().
Fixes: 51ebd31815 ("ipv6: add support of equal cost multipath (ECMP)")
Fixes: f70ea018da ("net: Add functions to get skb->hash based on flow structures")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the code paths calculating flow hash for IPv6 use flowlabel member
of struct flowi6 which, despite its name, encodes both flow label and
traffic class. If traffic class changes within a TCP connection (as e.g.
ssh does), ECMP route can switch between path. It's also incosistent with
other code paths where ip6_flowlabel() (returning only flow label) is used
to feed the key.
Use only flow label everywhere, including one place where hash key is set
using ip6_flowinfo().
Fixes: 51ebd31815 ("ipv6: add support of equal cost multipath (ECMP)")
Fixes: f70ea018da ("net: Add functions to get skb->hash based on flow structures")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing XDP_XMIT_FLAGS_NONE as all driver now implement
a flush operation in their ndo_xdp_xmit call. The compiler
will catch if any users of XDP_XMIT_FLAGS_NONE remains.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch only change the API and reject any use of flags. This is an
intermediate step that allows us to implement the flush flag operation
later, for each individual driver in a separate patch.
The plan is to implement flush operation via XDP_XMIT_FLUSH flag
and then remove XDP_XMIT_FLAGS_NONE when done.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
If there is a significant amount of chains list search is too slow, so
add an rhlist table for this.
This speeds up ruleset loading: for every new rule we have to check if
the name already exists in current generation.
We need to be able to cope with duplicate chain names in case a transaction
drops the nfnl mutex (for request_module) and the abort of this old
transaction is still pending.
The list is kept -- we need a way to iterate chains even if hash resize is
in progress without missing an entry.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Before this patch, cloned expressions are released via ->destroy. This
is a problem for the new connlimit expression since the ->destroy path
drop a reference on the conntrack modules and it unregisters hooks. The
new ->destroy_clone provides context that this expression is being
released from the packet path, so it is mirroring ->clone(), where
neither module reference is dropped nor hooks need to be unregistered -
because this done from the control plane path from the ->init() path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use garbage collector to schedule removal of elements based of feedback
from expression that this element comes with. Therefore, the garbage
collector is not guided by timeout expirations in this new mode.
The new connlimit expression sets on the NFT_EXPR_GC flag to enable this
behaviour, the dynset expression needs to explicitly enable the garbage
collector via set->ops->gc_init call.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nft_set_elem_destroy() can be called from call_rcu context. Annotate
netns and table in set object so we can populate the context object.
Moreover, pass context object to nf_tables_set_elem_destroy() from the
commit phase, since it is already available from there.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch provides an interface to maintain the list of connections and
the lookup function to obtain the number of connections in the list.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The extracted functions will likely be usefull to implement tproxy
support in nf_tables.
Extrancted functions:
- nf_tproxy_sk_is_transparent
- nf_tproxy_laddr4
- nf_tproxy_handle_time_wait4
- nf_tproxy_get_sock_v4
- nf_tproxy_laddr6
- nf_tproxy_handle_time_wait6
- nf_tproxy_get_sock_v6
(nf_)tproxy_handle_time_wait6 also needed some refactor as its current
implementation was xtables-specific.
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is a function in include/net/netfilter/nf_socket.h to decide if a
socket has IP(V6)_TRANSPARENT socket option set or not. However this
does the same as inet_sk_transparent() in include/net/tcp.h
include/net/tcp.h:1733
/* This helper checks if socket has IP_TRANSPARENT set */
static inline bool inet_sk_transparent(const struct sock *sk)
{
switch (sk->sk_state) {
case TCP_TIME_WAIT:
return inet_twsk(sk)->tw_transparent;
case TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV:
return inet_rsk(inet_reqsk(sk))->no_srccheck;
}
return inet_sk(sk)->transparent;
}
tproxy_sk_is_transparent has also been refactored to use this function
instead of reimplementing it.
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, the most relevant things in this batch are:
1) Compile masquerade infrastructure into NAT module, from Florian Westphal.
Same thing with the redirection support.
2) Abort transaction if early initialization of the commit phase fails.
Also from Florian.
3) Get rid of synchronize_rcu() by using rule array in nf_tables, from
Florian.
4) Abort nf_tables batch if fatal signal is pending, from Florian.
5) Use .call_rcu nfnetlink from nf_tables to make dumps fully lockless.
From Florian Westphal.
6) Support to match transparent sockets from nf_tables, from Máté Eckl.
7) Audit support for nf_tables, from Phil Sutter.
8) Validate chain dependencies from commit phase, fall back to fine grain
validation only in case of errors.
9) Attach dst to skbuff from netfilter flowtable packet path, from
Jason A. Donenfeld.
10) Use artificial maximum attribute cap to remove VLA from nfnetlink.
Patch from Kees Cook.
11) Add extension to allow to forward packets through neighbour layer.
12) Add IPv6 conntrack helper support to IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
13) Add IPv6 FTP conntrack support to IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_vs_ftp requires conntrack modules for mangling
of FTP command responses in passive mode.
Make sure the conntrack hooks are registered when
real servers use NAT method in FTP virtual service.
The hooks will be registered while the service is
present.
Fixes: 0c66dc1ea3 ("netfilter: conntrack: register hooks in netns when needed by ruleset")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support for FTP commands with extended format (RFC 2428):
- FTP EPRT: IPv4 and IPv6, active mode, similar to PORT
- FTP EPSV: IPv4 and IPv6, passive mode, similar to PASV.
EPSV response usually contains only port but we allow real
server to provide different address
We restrict control and data connection to be from same
address family.
Allow the "(" and ")" to be optional in PASV response.
Also, add ipvsh argument to the pkt_in/pkt_out handlers to better
access the payload after transport header.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The following ruleset:
add table ip filter
add chain ip filter input { type filter hook input priority 4; }
add chain ip filter ap
add rule ip filter input jump ap
add rule ip filter ap masquerade
results in a panic, because the masquerade extension should be rejected
from the filter chain. The existing validation is missing a chain
dependency check when the rule is added to the non-base chain.
This patch fixes the problem by walking down the rules from the
basechains, searching for either immediate or lookup expressions, then
jumping to non-base chains and again walking down the rules to perform
the expression validation, so we make sure the full ruleset graph is
validated. This is done only once from the commit phase, in case of
problem, we abort the transaction and perform fine grain validation for
error reporting. This patch requires 003087911a ("netfilter:
nfnetlink: allow commit to fail") to achieve this behaviour.
This patch also adds a cleanup callback to nfnl batch interface to reset
the validate state from the exit path.
As a result of this patch, nf_tables_check_loops() doesn't use
->validate to check for loops, instead it just checks for immediate
expressions.
Reported-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In the quest to remove all stack VLA usage from the kernel[1], this
allocates the maximum size expected for all possible types and adds
sanity-checks at both registration and usage to make sure nothing gets
out of sync. This matches the proposed VLA solution for nfnetlink[2]. The
values chosen here were based on finding assignments for .maxtype and
.slave_maxtype and manually counting the enums:
slave_maxtype (max 33):
IFLA_BRPORT_MAX 33
IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_MAX 9
maxtype (max 45):
IFLA_BOND_MAX 28
IFLA_BR_MAX 45
__IFLA_CAIF_HSI_MAX 8
IFLA_CAIF_MAX 4
IFLA_CAN_MAX 16
IFLA_GENEVE_MAX 12
IFLA_GRE_MAX 25
IFLA_GTP_MAX 5
IFLA_HSR_MAX 7
IFLA_IPOIB_MAX 4
IFLA_IPTUN_MAX 21
IFLA_IPVLAN_MAX 3
IFLA_MACSEC_MAX 15
IFLA_MACVLAN_MAX 7
IFLA_PPP_MAX 2
__IFLA_RMNET_MAX 4
IFLA_VLAN_MAX 6
IFLA_VRF_MAX 2
IFLA_VTI_MAX 7
IFLA_VXLAN_MAX 28
VETH_INFO_MAX 2
VXCAN_INFO_MAX 2
This additionally changes maxtype and slave_maxtype fields to unsigned,
since they're only ever using positive values.
[1] https://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
[2] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10439647/
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is additional to the
commit ea1627c20c ("tcp: minor optimizations around tcp_hdr() usage").
At this point, skb->data is same with tcp_hdr() as tcp header has not
been pulled yet. So use the less expensive one to get the tcp header.
Remove the third parameter of tcp_rcv_established() and put it into
the function body.
Furthermore, the local variables are listed as a reverse christmas tree :)
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for IFA_RT_PRIORITY to ipv6 addresses.
If the metric is changed on an existing address then the new route
is inserted before removing the old one. Since the metric is one
of the route keys, the prefix route can not be atomically replaced.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for IFA_RT_PRIORITY to ipv4 addresses.
If the metric is changed on an existing address then the new route
is inserted before removing the old one. Since the metric is one
of the route keys, the prefix route can not be replaced.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move config parameters for adding an ipv6 address to a struct. struct
names stem from inet6_rtm_newaddr which is the modern handler for
adding an address.
Start the conversion to ifa6_config with ipv6_add_addr. This is an argument
move only; no functional change intended. Mapping of variable changes:
addr --> cfg->pfx
peer_addr --> cfg->peer_pfx
pfxlen --> cfg->plen
flags --> cfg->ifa_flags
scope, valid_lft, prefered_lft have the same names within cfg
(with corrected spelling).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MQ doesn't hold any statistics on its own, however, statistic
from offloads are requested starting from the root, hence MQ
will read the old values for its sums. Call into the drivers,
because of the additive nature of the stats drivers are aware
of how much "pending updates" they have to children of the MQ.
Since MQ reset its stats on every dump we can simply offset
the stats, predicting how stats of offloaded children will
change.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mq offload is trivial, we just need to let the device know
that the root qdisc is mq. Alternative approach would be
to export qdisc_lookup() and make drivers check the root
type themselves, but notification via ndo_setup_tc is more
in line with other qdiscs.
Note that mq doesn't hold any stats on it's own, it just
adds up stats of its children.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AFAICT struct gnet_stats_queue.qlen is not used in Qdiscs.
It may, however, be useful for offloads to report HW queue
length there. Add that value to the result of qdisc_qlen_sum().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
synchronize_rcu() is expensive.
The commit phase currently enforces an unconditional
synchronize_rcu() after incrementing the generation counter.
This is to make sure that a packet always sees a consistent chain, either
nft_do_chain is still using old generation (it will skip the newly added
rules), or the new one (it will skip old ones that might still be linked
into the list).
We could just remove the synchronize_rcu(), it would not cause a crash but
it could cause us to evaluate a rule that was removed and new rule for the
same packet, instead of either-or.
To resolve this, add rule pointer array holding two generations, the
current one and the future generation.
In commit phase, allocate the rule blob and populate it with the rules that
will be active in the new generation.
Then, make this rule blob public, replacing the old generation pointer.
Then the generation counter can be incremented.
nft_do_chain() will either continue to use the current generation
(in case loop was invoked right before increment), or the new one.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The struct Qdisc has a lot of holes, especially after commit
a53851e2c3 ("net: sched: explicit locking in gso_cpu fallback"),
which as a side effect, moved the fields just after 'busylock'
on a new cacheline.
Since both 'padded' and 'refcnt' are not updated frequently, and
there is a hole before 'gso_skb', we can move such fields there,
saving a cacheline without any performance side effect.
Before this commit:
pahole -C Qdisc net/sche/sch_generic.o
# ...
/* size: 384, cachelines: 6, members: 25 */
/* sum members: 236, holes: 3, sum holes: 92 */
/* padding: 56 */
After this commit:
pahole -C Qdisc net/sche/sch_generic.o
# ...
/* size: 320, cachelines: 5, members: 25 */
/* sum members: 236, holes: 2, sum holes: 28 */
/* padding: 56 */
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net_failover driver provides an automated failover mechanism via APIs
to create and destroy a failover master netdev and manages a primary and
standby slave netdevs that get registered via the generic failover
infrastructure.
The failover netdev acts a master device and controls 2 slave devices. The
original paravirtual interface gets registered as 'standby' slave netdev and
a passthru/vf device with the same MAC gets registered as 'primary' slave
netdev. Both 'standby' and 'failover' netdevs are associated with the same
'pci' device. The user accesses the network interface via 'failover' netdev.
The 'failover' netdev chooses 'primary' netdev as default for transmits when
it is available with link up and running.
This can be used by paravirtual drivers to enable an alternate low latency
datapath. It also enables hypervisor controlled live migration of a VM with
direct attached VF by failing over to the paravirtual datapath when the VF
is unplugged.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The failover module provides a generic interface for paravirtual drivers
to register a netdev and a set of ops with a failover instance. The ops
are used as event handlers that get called to handle netdev register/
unregister/link change/name change events on slave pci ethernet devices
with the same mac address as the failover netdev.
This enables paravirtual drivers to use a VF as an accelerated low latency
datapath. It also allows migration of VMs with direct attached VFs by
failing over to the paravirtual datapath when the VF is unplugged.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These have to be included always when nf_socket.h is included.
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Factor out two busy poll related helpers for late reuse, and remove
a command that isn't very helpful, especially with the __poll_t
annotations in place.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
This series contains updates for mlx5e netdevice driver with one subject,
DSCP to priority mapping, in the first patch Huy adds the needed API in
dcbnl, the second patch adds the needed mlx5 core capability bits for the
feature, and all other patches are mlx5e (netdev) only changes to add
support for the feature.
From: Huy Nguyen
Dscp to priority mapping for Ethernet packet:
These patches enable differentiated services code point (dscp) to
priority mapping for Ethernet packet. Once this feature is
enabled, the packet is routed to the corresponding priority based on its
dscp. User can combine this feature with priority flow control (pfc)
feature to have priority flow control based on the dscp.
Firmware interface:
Mellanox firmware provides two control knobs for this feature:
QPTS register allow changing the trust state between dscp and
pcp mode. The default is pcp mode. Once in dscp mode, firmware will
route the packet based on its dscp value if the dscp field exists.
QPDPM register allow mapping a specific dscp (0 to 63) to a
specific priority (0 to 7). By default, all the dscps are mapped to
priority zero.
Software interface:
This feature is controlled via application priority TLV. IEEE
specification P802.1Qcd/D2.1 defines priority selector id 5 for
application priority TLV. This APP TLV selector defines DSCP to priority
map. This APP TLV can be sent by the switch or can be set locally using
software such as lldptool. In mlx5 drivers, we add the support for net
dcb's getapp and setapp call back. Mlx5 driver only handles the selector
id 5 application entry (dscp application priority application entry).
If user sends multiple dscp to priority APP TLV entries on the same
dscp, the last sent one will take effect. All the previous sent will be
deleted.
This attribute combined with pfc attribute allows advanced user to
fine tune the qos setting for specific priority queue. For example,
user can give dedicated buffer for one or more priorities or user
can give large buffer to certain priorities.
The dcb buffer configuration will be controlled by lldptool.
>> lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER prio 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
maps priorities 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 to receive buffer 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
>> lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER size 87296,87296,0,87296,0,0,0,0
sets receive buffer size for buffer 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 respectively
After discussion on mailing list with Jakub, Jiri, Ido and John, we agreed to
choose dcbnl over devlink interface since this feature is intended to set
port attributes which are governed by the netdev instance of that port, where
devlink API is more suitable for global ASIC configurations.
The firmware trust state (in QPTS register) is changed based on the
number of dscp to priority application entries. When the first dscp to
priority application entry is added by the user, the trust state is
changed to dscp. When the last dscp to priority application entry is
deleted by the user, the trust state is changed to pcp.
When the port is in DSCP trust state, the transmit queue is selected
based on the dscp of the skb.
When the port is in DSCP trust state and vport inline mode is not NONE,
firmware requires mlx5 driver to copy the IP header to the
wqe ethernet segment inline header if the skb has it.
This is done by changing the transmit queue sq's min inline mode to L3.
Note that the min inline mode of sqs that belong to other features
such as xdpsq, icosq are not modified.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbBy2YAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+RkYIAId0h3GqVof41/qCHPuqx+7j
J/lTJSU+PHDZfVAuXhoQN5lFGsRku/wkqdSZNXxwvbUxVzIoUpxWvlaEv+481Cmj
+WhVC1QIExGYUs4CCGjgl853kNtGpDrZmk+olY3QaQISHdpcmgs/W13YlEKRyw5q
nFSa6GLA/3IQXb7eOwUiSW1gYYjn/eM2XFHntTTOeasa9dwb2QDqDQdoYiKdS+yS
KxqxrlADU4V+CtNlOmZ4QGxOa7suBBr+a6JvNnvviYOKKpYMNQRbhUbgu0pPdKAt
zbHHS7Twy1ka3s6CKk/QIT7/YWfCOQgWy6LGPCtUuGUA6dy5xsV7i2BtoDwMC7o=
=EJd2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-05-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-05-19
This series contains updates for mlx5e netdevice driver with one subject,
DSCP to priority mapping, in the first patch Huy adds the needed API in
dcbnl, the second patch adds the needed mlx5 core capability bits for the
feature, and all other patches are mlx5e (netdev) only changes to add
support for the feature.
From: Huy Nguyen
Dscp to priority mapping for Ethernet packet:
These patches enable differentiated services code point (dscp) to
priority mapping for Ethernet packet. Once this feature is
enabled, the packet is routed to the corresponding priority based on its
dscp. User can combine this feature with priority flow control (pfc)
feature to have priority flow control based on the dscp.
Firmware interface:
Mellanox firmware provides two control knobs for this feature:
QPTS register allow changing the trust state between dscp and
pcp mode. The default is pcp mode. Once in dscp mode, firmware will
route the packet based on its dscp value if the dscp field exists.
QPDPM register allow mapping a specific dscp (0 to 63) to a
specific priority (0 to 7). By default, all the dscps are mapped to
priority zero.
Software interface:
This feature is controlled via application priority TLV. IEEE
specification P802.1Qcd/D2.1 defines priority selector id 5 for
application priority TLV. This APP TLV selector defines DSCP to priority
map. This APP TLV can be sent by the switch or can be set locally using
software such as lldptool. In mlx5 drivers, we add the support for net
dcb's getapp and setapp call back. Mlx5 driver only handles the selector
id 5 application entry (dscp application priority application entry).
If user sends multiple dscp to priority APP TLV entries on the same
dscp, the last sent one will take effect. All the previous sent will be
deleted.
This attribute combined with pfc attribute allows advanced user to
fine tune the qos setting for specific priority queue. For example,
user can give dedicated buffer for one or more priorities or user
can give large buffer to certain priorities.
The dcb buffer configuration will be controlled by lldptool.
>> lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER prio 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
maps priorities 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 to receive buffer 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
>> lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER size 87296,87296,0,87296,0,0,0,0
sets receive buffer size for buffer 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 respectively
After discussion on mailing list with Jakub, Jiri, Ido and John, we agreed to
choose dcbnl over devlink interface since this feature is intended to set
port attributes which are governed by the netdev instance of that port, where
devlink API is more suitable for global ASIC configurations.
The firmware trust state (in QPTS register) is changed based on the
number of dscp to priority application entries. When the first dscp to
priority application entry is added by the user, the trust state is
changed to dscp. When the last dscp to priority application entry is
deleted by the user, the trust state is changed to pcp.
When the port is in DSCP trust state, the transmit queue is selected
based on the dscp of the skb.
When the port is in DSCP trust state and vport inline mode is not NONE,
firmware requires mlx5 driver to copy the IP header to the
wqe ethernet segment inline header if the skb has it.
This is done by changing the transmit queue sq's min inline mode to L3.
Note that the min inline mode of sqs that belong to other features
such as xdpsq, icosq are not modified.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 05f0fe6b74 ("RCU, workqueue: Implement rcu_work") introduces
new API's for dispatching work in a RCU callback. Now we can just
switch to the new API's for tc filters. This could get rid of a lot
of code.
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-05-24
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Björn Töpel cleans up AF_XDP (removes rebind, explicit cache alignment from uapi, etc).
2) David Ahern adds mtu checks to bpf_ipv{4,6}_fib_lookup() helpers.
3) Jesper Dangaard Brouer adds bulking support to ndo_xdp_xmit.
4) Jiong Wang adds support for indirect and arithmetic shifts to NFP
5) Martin KaFai Lau cleans up BTF uapi and makes the btf_header extensible.
6) Mathieu Xhonneux adds an End.BPF action to seg6local with BPF helpers allowing
to edit/grow/shrink a SRH and apply on a packet generic SRv6 actions.
7) Sandipan Das adds support for bpf2bpf function calls in ppc64 JIT.
8) Yonghong Song adds BPF_TASK_FD_QUERY command for introspection of tracing events.
9) other misc fixes from Gustavo A. R. Silva, Sirio Balmelli, John Fastabend, and Magnus Karlsson
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending an xdp_frame through xdp_do_redirect call, then error
cases can happen where the xdp_frame needs to be dropped, and
returning an -errno code isn't sufficient/possible any-longer
(e.g. for cpumap case). This is already fully supported, by simply
calling xdp_return_frame.
This patch is an optimization, which provides xdp_return_frame_rx_napi,
which is a faster variant for these error cases. It take advantage of
the protection provided by XDP RX running under NAPI protection.
This change is mostly relevant for drivers using the page_pool
allocator as it can take advantage of this. (Tested with mlx5).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
In this patch, we add dcbnl buffer attribute to allow user
change the NIC's buffer configuration such as priority
to buffer mapping and buffer size of individual buffer.
This attribute combined with pfc attribute allows advanced user to
fine tune the qos setting for specific priority queue. For example,
user can give dedicated buffer for one or more priorities or user
can give large buffer to certain priorities.
The dcb buffer configuration will be controlled by lldptool.
lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER prio 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
maps priorities 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 to receive buffer 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER size 87296,87296,0,87296,0,0,0,0
sets receive buffer size for buffer 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 respectively
After discussion on mailing list with Jakub, Jiri, Ido and John, we agreed to
choose dcbnl over devlink interface since this feature is intended to set
port attributes which are governed by the netdev instance of that port, where
devlink API is more suitable for global ASIC configurations.
We present an use case scenario where dcbnl buffer attribute configured
by advance user helps reduce the latency of messages of different sizes.
Scenarios description:
On ConnectX-5, we run latency sensitive traffic with
small/medium message sizes ranging from 64B to 256KB and bandwidth sensitive
traffic with large messages sizes 512KB and 1MB. We group small, medium,
and large message sizes to their own pfc enables priorities as follow.
Priorities 1 & 2 (64B, 256B and 1KB)
Priorities 3 & 4 (4KB, 8KB, 16KB, 64KB, 128KB and 256KB)
Priorities 5 & 6 (512KB and 1MB)
By default, ConnectX-5 maps all pfc enabled priorities to a single
lossless fixed buffer size of 50% of total available buffer space. The
other 50% is assigned to lossy buffer. Using dcbnl buffer attribute,
we create three equal size lossless buffers. Each buffer has 25% of total
available buffer space. Thus, the lossy buffer size reduces to 25%. Priority
to lossless buffer mappings are set as follow.
Priorities 1 & 2 on lossless buffer #1
Priorities 3 & 4 on lossless buffer #2
Priorities 5 & 6 on lossless buffer #3
We observe improvements in latency for small and medium message sizes
as follows. Please note that the large message sizes bandwidth performance is
reduced but the total bandwidth remains the same.
256B message size (42 % latency reduction)
4K message size (21% latency reduction)
64K message size (16% latency reduction)
CC: Ido Schimmel <idosch@idosch.org>
CC: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Or Gerlitz <gerlitz.or@gmail.com>
CC: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
CC: Aron Silverton <aron.silverton@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The BPF seg6local hook should be powerful enough to enable users to
implement most of the use-cases one could think of. After some thinking,
we figured out that the following actions should be possible on a SRv6
packet, requiring 3 specific helpers :
- bpf_lwt_seg6_store_bytes: Modify non-sensitive fields of the SRH
- bpf_lwt_seg6_adjust_srh: Allow to grow or shrink a SRH
(to add/delete TLVs)
- bpf_lwt_seg6_action: Apply some SRv6 network programming actions
(specifically End.X, End.T, End.B6 and
End.B6.Encap)
The specifications of these helpers are provided in the patch (see
include/uapi/linux/bpf.h).
The non-sensitive fields of the SRH are the following : flags, tag and
TLVs. The other fields can not be modified, to maintain the SRH
integrity. Flags, tag and TLVs can easily be modified as their validity
can be checked afterwards via seg6_validate_srh. It is not allowed to
modify the segments directly. If one wants to add segments on the path,
he should stack a new SRH using the End.B6 action via
bpf_lwt_seg6_action.
Growing, shrinking or editing TLVs via the helpers will flag the SRH as
invalid, and it will have to be re-validated before re-entering the IPv6
layer. This flag is stored in a per-CPU buffer, along with the current
header length in bytes.
Storing the SRH len in bytes in the control block is mandatory when using
bpf_lwt_seg6_adjust_srh. The Header Ext. Length field contains the SRH
len rounded to 8 bytes (a padding TLV can be inserted to ensure the 8-bytes
boundary). When adding/deleting TLVs within the BPF program, the SRH may
temporary be in an invalid state where its length cannot be rounded to 8
bytes without remainder, hence the need to store the length in bytes
separately. The caller of the BPF program can then ensure that the SRH's
final length is valid using this value. Again, a final SRH modified by a
BPF program which doesn’t respect the 8-bytes boundary will be discarded
as it will be considered as invalid.
Finally, a fourth helper is provided, bpf_lwt_push_encap, which is
available from the LWT BPF IN hook, but not from the seg6local BPF one.
This helper allows to encapsulate a Segment Routing Header (either with
a new outer IPv6 header, or by inlining it directly in the existing IPv6
header) into a non-SRv6 packet. This helper is required if we want to
offer the possibility to dynamically encapsulate a SRH for non-SRv6 packet,
as the BPF seg6local hook only works on traffic already containing a SRH.
This is the BPF equivalent of the seg6 LWT infrastructure, which achieves
the same purpose but with a static SRH per route.
These helpers require CONFIG_IPV6=y (and not =m).
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Xhonneux <m.xhonneux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Lebrun <dlebrun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The function lookup_nexthop is essential to implement most of the seg6local
actions. As we want to provide a BPF helper allowing to apply some of these
actions on the packet being processed, the helper should be able to call
this function, hence the need to make it public.
Moreover, if one argument is incorrect or if the next hop can not be found,
an error should be returned by the BPF helper so the BPF program can adapt
its processing of the packet (return an error, properly force the drop,
...). This patch hence makes this function return dst->error to indicate a
possible error.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Xhonneux <m.xhonneux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Lebrun <dlebrun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
include/net/seg6.h cannot be included in a source file if CONFIG_IPV6 is
not enabled:
include/net/seg6.h: In function 'seg6_pernet':
>> include/net/seg6.h:52:14: error: 'struct net' has no member named
'ipv6'; did you mean 'ipv4'?
return net->ipv6.seg6_data;
^~~~
ipv4
This commit makes seg6_pernet return NULL if IPv6 is not compiled, hence
allowing seg6.h to be included regardless of the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Xhonneux <m.xhonneux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Remove obsolete nf_log tracing from nf_tables, from Florian Westphal.
2) Add support for map lookups to numgen, random and hash expressions,
from Laura Garcia.
3) Allow to register nat hooks for iptables and nftables at the same
time. Patchset from Florian Westpha.
4) Timeout support for rbtree sets.
5) ip6_rpfilter works needs interface for link-local addresses, from
Vincent Bernat.
6) Add nf_ct_hook and nf_nat_hook structures and use them.
7) Do not drop packets on packets raceing to insert conntrack entries
into hashes, this is particularly a problem in nfqueue setups.
8) Address fallout from xt_osf separation to nf_osf, patches
from Florian Westphal and Fernando Mancera.
9) Remove reference to struct nft_af_info, which doesn't exist anymore.
From Taehee Yoo.
This batch comes with is a conflict between 25fd386e0b ("netfilter:
core: add missing __rcu annotation") in your tree and 2c205dd398
("netfilter: add struct nf_nat_hook and use it") coming in this batch.
This conflict can be solved by leaving the __rcu tag on
__netfilter_net_init() - added by 25fd386e0b - and remove all code
related to nf_nat_decode_session_hook - which is gone after
2c205dd398, as described by:
diff --cc net/netfilter/core.c
index e0ae4aae96f5,206fb2c4c319..168af54db975
--- a/net/netfilter/core.c
+++ b/net/netfilter/core.c
@@@ -611,7 -580,13 +611,8 @@@ const struct nf_conntrack_zone nf_ct_zo
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nf_ct_zone_dflt);
#endif /* CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK */
- static void __net_init __netfilter_net_init(struct nf_hook_entries **e, int max)
-#ifdef CONFIG_NF_NAT_NEEDED
-void (*nf_nat_decode_session_hook)(struct sk_buff *, struct flowi *);
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(nf_nat_decode_session_hook);
-#endif
-
+ static void __net_init
+ __netfilter_net_init(struct nf_hook_entries __rcu **e, int max)
{
int h;
I can also merge your net-next tree into nf-next, solve the conflict and
resend the pull request if you prefer so.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* a fix for a race in aggregation, which I want to let
bake for a bit longer before sending to stable
* some new statistics (ACK RSSI, TXQ)
* TXQ configuration
* preparations for HE, particularly radiotap
* replace confusing "country IE" by "country element" since it's
not referring to Ireland
Note that I merged net-next to get a fix from mac80211 that got
there via net, to apply one patch that would otherwise conflict.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=G98y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-05-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
For this round, we have various things all over the place, notably
* a fix for a race in aggregation, which I want to let
bake for a bit longer before sending to stable
* some new statistics (ACK RSSI, TXQ)
* TXQ configuration
* preparations for HE, particularly radiotap
* replace confusing "country IE" by "country element" since it's
not referring to Ireland
Note that I merged net-next to get a fix from mac80211 that got
there via net, to apply one patch that would otherwise conflict.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a followup to fib rules sport, dport and ipproto
match support. Only supports tcp, udp and icmp for ipproto.
Used by fib rule self tests.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS to update new ERP information,
Association IEs and the Authentication type to driver / firmware which
will be used in subsequent roamings.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vidyullatha@codeaurora.org>
[arend: extended fils-sk kernel doc and added check in wiphy_register()]
Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of FILS shared key offload the parameters can change
upon roaming of which user-space needs to be notified.
Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put FILS related parameters into their own struct definition so
it can be reused for roam events in subsequent change.
Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that
might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support
for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx()
operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame
exchange.
Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange,
as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE
P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504).
As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify
the relevant code in iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Bring in net-next which had pulled in net, so I have the changes
from mac80211 and can apply a patch that would otherwise conflict.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the packet rewrite and instantiation of nat NULL bindings
happens from the protocol specific nat backend.
Invocation occurs either via ip(6)table_nat or the nf_tables nat chain type.
Invocation looks like this (simplified):
NF_HOOK()
|
`---iptable_nat
|
`---> nf_nat_l3proto_ipv4 -> nf_nat_packet
|
new packet? pass skb though iptables nat chain
|
`---> iptable_nat: ipt_do_table
In nft case, this looks the same (nft_chain_nat_ipv4 instead of
iptable_nat).
This is a problem for two reasons:
1. Can't use iptables nat and nf_tables nat at the same time,
as the first user adds a nat binding (nf_nat_l3proto_ipv4 adds a
NULL binding if do_table() did not find a matching nat rule so we
can detect post-nat tuple collisions).
2. If you use e.g. nft_masq, snat, redir, etc. uses must also register
an empty base chain so that the nat core gets called fro NF_HOOK()
to do the reverse translation, which is neither obvious nor user
friendly.
After this change, the base hook gets registered not from iptable_nat or
nftables nat hooks, but from the l3 nat core.
iptables/nft nat base hooks get registered with the nat core instead:
NF_HOOK()
|
`---> nf_nat_l3proto_ipv4 -> nf_nat_packet
|
new packet? pass skb through iptables/nftables nat chains
|
+-> iptables_nat: ipt_do_table
+-> nft nat chain x
`-> nft nat chain y
The nat core deals with null bindings and reverse translation.
When no mapping exists, it calls the registered nat lookup hooks until
one creates a new mapping.
If both iptables and nftables nat hooks exist, the first matching
one is used (i.e., higher priority wins).
Also, nft users do not need to create empty nat hooks anymore,
nat core always registers the base hooks that take care of reverse/reply
translation.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This adds the infrastructure to register nat hooks with the nat core
instead of the netfilter core.
nat hooks are used to configure nat bindings. Such hooks are registered
from ip(6)table_nat or by the nftables core when a nat chain is added.
After next patch, nat hooks will be registered with nf_nat instead of
netfilter core. This allows to use many nat lookup functions at the
same time while doing the real packet rewrite (nat transformation) in
one place.
This change doesn't convert the intended users yet to ease review.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Will be used in followup patch when nat types no longer
use nf_register_net_hook() but will instead register with the nat core.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Copy-pasted, both l3 helpers almost use same code here.
Split out the common part into an 'inet' helper.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Bring consistency to ipv6 route replace and append semantics.
Remove rt6_qualify_for_ecmp which is just guess work. It fails in 2 cases:
1. can not replace a route with a reject route. Existing code appends
a new route instead of replacing the existing one.
2. can not have a multipath route where a leg uses a dev only nexthop
Existing use cases affected by this change:
1. adding a route with existing prefix and metric using NLM_F_CREATE
without NLM_F_APPEND or NLM_F_EXCL (ie., what iproute2 calls
'prepend'). Existing code auto-determines that the new nexthop can
be appended to an existing route to create a multipath route. This
change breaks that by requiring the APPEND flag for the new route
to be added to an existing one. Instead the prepend just adds another
route entry.
2. route replace. Existing code replaces first matching multipath route
if new route is multipath capable and fallback to first matching
non-ECMP route (reject or dev only route) in case one isn't available.
New behavior replaces first matching route. (Thanks to Ido for spotting
this one)
Note: Newer iproute2 is needed to display multipath routes with a dev-only
nexthop. This is due to a bug in iproute2 and parsing nexthops.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp uses inet_dgram_connect as its proto_ops .connect, and the flags
param can't be passed into its proto .connect where this flags is really
needed.
sctp works around it by getting flags from socket file in __sctp_connect.
It works for connecting from userspace, as inherently the user sock has
socket file and it passes f_flags as the flags param into the proto_ops
.connect.
However, the sock created by sock_create_kern doesn't have a socket file,
and it passes the flags (like O_NONBLOCK) by using the flags param in
kernel_connect, which calls proto_ops .connect later.
So to fix it, this patch defines a new proto_ops .connect for sctp,
sctp_inet_connect, which calls __sctp_connect() directly with this
flags param. After this, the sctp's proto .connect can be removed.
Note that sctp_inet_connect doesn't need to do some checks that are not
needed for sctp, which makes thing better than with inet_dgram_connect.
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the kernel-doc missed earlier.
Fixes: 52539ca89f ("cfg80211: Expose TXQ stats and parameters to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Determine path MTU from a FIB lookup result. Logic is based on
ip6_dst_mtu_forward plus lookup of nexthop exception.
Add ip6_dst_mtu_forward to ipv6_stubs to handle access by core
bpf code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Determine path MTU from a FIB lookup result. Logic is a distillation of
ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.
TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.
The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.
Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the patch, the erspan BSO bit (Bad/Short/Oversized) is not
handled. BSO has 4 possible values:
00 --> Good frame with no error, or unknown integrity
11 --> Payload is a Bad Frame with CRC or Alignment Error
01 --> Payload is a Short Frame
10 --> Payload is an Oversized Frame
Based the short/oversized definitions in RFC1757, the patch sets
the bso bit based on the mirrored packet's size.
Reported-by: Xiaoyan Jin <xiaoyanj@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2018-05-18
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.18 kernel:
- Refactoring of the btbcm driver
- New USB IDs for QCA_ROME and LiteOn controllers
- Buffer overflow fix if the controller sends invalid advertising data length
- Various cleanups & fixes for Qualcomm controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However
as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its
users. So implement this helper in devlink.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink ports can have specific flavour according to the purpose of use.
This patch extend attrs_set so the driver can say which flavour port
has. Initial flavours are:
physical, cpu, dsa
User can query this to see right away what is the purpose of each port.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change existing setter for split port information into more generic
attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport
number for split ports.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This per netns sysctl allows for TCP SACK compression fine-tuning.
This limits number of SACK that can be compressed.
Using 0 disables SACK compression.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This per netns sysctl allows for TCP SACK compression fine-tuning.
Its default value is 1,000,000, or 1 ms to meet TSO autosizing period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TCP receives an out-of-order packet, it immediately sends
a SACK packet, generating network load but also forcing the
receiver to send 1-MSS pathological packets, increasing its
RTX queue length/depth, and thus processing time.
Wifi networks suffer from this aggressive behavior, but generally
speaking, all these SACK packets add fuel to the fire when networks
are under congestion.
This patch adds a high resolution timer and tp->compressed_ack counter.
Instead of sending a SACK, we program this timer with a small delay,
based on RTT and capped to 1 ms :
delay = min ( 5 % of RTT, 1 ms)
If subsequent SACKs need to be sent while the timer has not yet
expired, we simply increment tp->compressed_ack.
When timer expires, a SACK is sent with the latest information.
Whenever an ACK is sent (if data is sent, or if in-order
data is received) timer is canceled.
Note that tcp_sack_new_ofo_skb() is able to force a SACK to be sent
if the sack blocks need to be shuffled, even if the timer has not
expired.
A new SNMP counter is added in the following patch.
Two other patches add sysctls to allow changing the 1,000,000 and 44
values that this commit hard-coded.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Socket can not disappear under us.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up SPDX-License-Identifier and removing licensing leftovers.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This fixes memory leaks in cases where we got the station
info but failed sending it out properly.
Fixes: 8689c051a2 ("cfg80211: dynamically allocate per-tid stats for station info")
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the addition of TXQ stats in the per-tid statistics the struct
station_info grew significantly. This resulted in stack size warnings
due to the structure itself being above the limit for the warnings.
Add an allocation function that those who want to provide per-tid
stats should use to allocate the tid array, i.e.
struct station_info::pertid.
Cc: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Fixes: 52539ca89f ("cfg80211: Expose TXQ stats and parameters to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <aspriel@gmail.com>
[johannes: fix missing BIT() and logic by removing]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function allows to send a HCI command without expecting any
controller event/response in return. This is allowed for vendor-
specific commands only.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Create and export a new helper tcp_rack_skb_timeout and move tcp_is_rack
to prepare the final RTO change.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous approach for the lost and retransmit bits was to
wipe the slate clean: zero all the lost and retransmit bits,
correspondingly zero the lost_out and retrans_out counters, and
then add back the lost bits (and correspondingly increment lost_out).
The new approach is to treat this very much like marking packets
lost in fast recovery. We don’t wipe the slate clean. We just say
that for all packets that were not yet marked sacked or lost, we now
mark them as lost in exactly the same way we do for fast recovery.
This fixes the lost retransmit accounting at RTO time and greatly
simplifies the RTO code by sharing much of the logic with Fast
Recovery.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a rewrite of NewReno loss recovery implementation that is
simpler and standalone for readability and better performance by
using less states.
Note that NewReno refers to RFC6582 as a modification to the fast
recovery algorithm. It is used only if the connection does not
support SACK in Linux. It should not to be confused with the Reno
(AIMD) congestion control.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the classic DUPACK threshold rule
(#DupThresh) in RACK.
When the number of packets SACKed is greater or equal to the
threshold, RACK sets the reordering window to zero which would
immediately mark all the unsacked packets below the highest SACKed
sequence lost. Since this approach is known to not work well with
reordering, RACK only uses it if no reordering has been observed.
The DUPACK threshold rule is a particularly useful extension to the
fast recoveries triggered by RACK reordering timer. For example
data-center transfers where the RTT is much smaller than a timer
tick, or high RTT path where the default RTT/4 may take too long.
Note that this patch differs slightly from RFC6675. RFC6675
considers a packet lost when at least #DupThresh higher-sequence
packets are SACKed.
With RACK, for connections that have seen reordering, RACK
continues to use a dynamically-adaptive time-based reordering
window to detect losses. But for connections on which we have not
yet seen reordering, this patch considers a packet lost when at
least one higher sequence packet is SACKed and the total number
of SACKed packets is at least DupThresh. For example, suppose a
connection has not seen reordering, and sends 10 packets, and
packets 3, 5, 7 are SACKed. RFC6675 considers packets 1 and 2
lost. RACK considers packets 1, 2, 4, 6 lost.
There is some small risk of spurious retransmits here due to
reordering. However, this is mostly limited to the first flight of
a connection on which the sender receives SACKs from reordering.
And RFC 6675 and FACK loss detection have a similar risk on the
first flight with reordering (it's just that the risk of spurious
retransmits from reordering was slightly narrower for those older
algorithms due to the margin of 3*MSS).
Also the minimum reordering window is reduced from 1 msec to 0
to recover quicker on short RTT transfers. Therefore RACK is more
aggressive in marking packets lost during recovery to reduce the
reordering window timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
scatterlist code expects virt_to_page() to work, which fails with
CONFIG_VMAP_STACK=y.
Fixes: c46234ebb4 ("tls: RX path for ktls")
Signed-off-by: Matt Mullins <mmullins@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can use lockdep on it.
The newly introduced sequence lock has the same scope of busylock,
so it shares the same lockdep annotation, but it's only used for
NOLOCK qdiscs.
With this changeset we acquire such lock in the control path around
flushing operation (qdisc reset), to allow more NOLOCK qdisc perf
improvement in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-05-17
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Provide a new BPF helper for doing a FIB and neighbor lookup
in the kernel tables from an XDP or tc BPF program. The helper
provides a fast-path for forwarding packets. The API supports
IPv4, IPv6 and MPLS protocols, but currently IPv4 and IPv6 are
implemented in this initial work, from David (Ahern).
2) Just a tiny diff but huge feature enabled for nfp driver by
extending the BPF offload beyond a pure host processing offload.
Offloaded XDP programs are allowed to set the RX queue index and
thus opening the door for defining a fully programmable RSS/n-tuple
filter replacement. Once BPF decided on a queue already, the device
data-path will skip the conventional RSS processing completely,
from Jakub.
3) The original sockmap implementation was array based similar to
devmap. However unlike devmap where an ifindex has a 1:1 mapping
into the map there are use cases with sockets that need to be
referenced using longer keys. Hence, sockhash map is added reusing
as much of the sockmap code as possible, from John.
4) Introduce BTF ID. The ID is allocatd through an IDR similar as
with BPF maps and progs. It also makes BTF accessible to user
space via BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID and adds exposure of the BTF data
through BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD, from Martin.
5) Enable BPF stackmap with build_id also in NMI context. Due to the
up_read() of current->mm->mmap_sem build_id cannot be parsed.
This work defers the up_read() via a per-cpu irq_work so that
at least limited support can be enabled, from Song.
6) Various BPF JIT follow-up cleanups and fixups after the LD_ABS/LD_IND
JIT conversion as well as implementation of an optimized 32/64 bit
immediate load in the arm64 JIT that allows to reduce the number of
emitted instructions; in case of tested real-world programs they
were shrinking by three percent, from Daniel.
7) Add ifindex parameter to the libbpf loader in order to enable
BPF offload support. Right now only iproute2 can load offloaded
BPF and this will also enable libbpf for direct integration into
other applications, from David (Beckett).
8) Convert the plain text documentation under Documentation/bpf/ into
RST format since this is the appropriate standard the kernel is
moving to for all documentation. Also add an overview README.rst,
from Jesper.
9) Add __printf verification attribute to the bpf_verifier_vlog()
helper. Though it uses va_list we can still allow gcc to check
the format string, from Mathieu.
10) Fix a bash reference in the BPF selftest's Makefile. The '|& ...'
is a bash 4.0+ feature which is not guaranteed to be available
when calling out to shell, therefore use a more portable variant,
from Joe.
11) Fix a 64 bit division in xdp_umem_reg() by using div_u64()
instead of relying on the gcc built-in, from Björn.
12) Fix a sock hashmap kmalloc warning reported by syzbot when an
overly large key size is used in hashmap then causing overflows
in htab->elem_size. Reject bogus attr->key_size early in the
sock_hash_alloc(), from Yonghong.
13) Ensure in BPF selftests when urandom_read is being linked that
--build-id is always enabled so that test_stacktrace_build_id[_nmi]
won't be failing, from Alexei.
14) Add bitsperlong.h as well as errno.h uapi headers into the tools
header infrastructure which point to one of the arch specific
uapi headers. This was needed in order to fix a build error on
some systems for the BPF selftests, from Sirio.
15) Allow for short options to be used in the xdp_monitor BPF sample
code. And also a bpf.h tools uapi header sync in order to fix a
selftest build failure. Both from Prashant.
16) More formally clarify the meaning of ID in the direct packet access
section of the BPF documentation, from Wang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently NOLOCK qdiscs pay a measurable overhead to atomically
manipulate the __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING. Such bit is flipped twice per
packet in the uncontended scenario with packet rate below the
line rate: on packed dequeue and on the next, failing dequeue attempt.
This changeset moves the bit manipulation into the qdisc_run_{begin,end}
helpers, so that the bit is now flipped only once per packet, with
measurable performance improvement in the uncontended scenario.
This also allows simplifying the qdisc teardown code path - since
qdisc_is_running() is now effective for each qdisc type - and avoid a
possible race between qdisc_run() and dev_deactivate_many(), as now
the some_qdisc_is_busy() can properly detect NOLOCK qdiscs being busy
dequeuing packets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rx load balancing provided by balance-alb is not mutually
exclusive with using hashing for tx selection, and should provide a decent
speed increase because this eliminates spinlocks and cache contention.
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variants of proc_create{,_data} that directly take a struct seq_operations
and deal with network namespaces in ->open and ->release. All callers of
proc_create + seq_open_net converted over, and seq_{open,release}_net are
removed entirely.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Variants of proc_create{,_data} that directly take a struct seq_operations
argument and drastically reduces the boilerplate code in the callers.
All trivial callers converted over.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
This patch only refactors the existing sockmap code. This will allow
much of the psock initialization code path and bpf helper codes to
work for both sockmap bpf map types that are backed by an array, the
currently supported type, and the new hash backed bpf map type
sockhash.
Most the fallout comes from three changes,
- Pushing bpf programs into an independent structure so we
can use it from the htab struct in the next patch.
- Generalizing helpers to use void *key instead of the hardcoded
u32.
- Instead of passing map/key through the metadata we now do
the lookup inline. This avoids storing the key in the metadata
which will be useful when keys can be longer than 4 bytes. We
rename the sk pointers to sk_redir at this point as well to
avoid any confusion between the current sk pointer and the
redirect pointer sk_redir.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Recognizing that the audit context is an internal audit value, use an
access function to retrieve the audit context pointer for the task
rather than reaching directly into the task struct to get it.
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
[PM: merge fuzz in auditsc.c and selinuxfs.c, checkpatch.pl fixes]
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Currently, when the rule is not to be exclusively executed by the
hardware, extack is not passed along and offloading failures don't
get logged. The idea was that hardware failures are okay because the
rule will get executed in software then and this way it doesn't confuse
unware users.
But this is not helpful in case one needs to understand why a certain
rule failed to get offloaded. Considering it may have been a temporary
failure, like resources exceeded or so, reproducing it later and knowing
that it is triggering the same reason may be challenging.
The ultimate goal is to improve Open vSwitch debuggability when using
flower offloading.
This patch adds a new flag to enable verbose logging. With the flag set,
extack will be passed to the driver, which will be able to log the
error. As the operation itself probably won't fail (not because of this,
at least), current iproute will already log it as a Warning.
The flag is generic, so it can be reused later. No need to restrict it
just for HW offloading. The command line will follow the syntax that
tc-ebpf already uses, tc ... [ verbose ] ... , and extend its meaning.
For example:
# ./tc qdisc add dev p7p1 ingress
# ./tc filter add dev p7p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
flower verbose \
src_mac ed:13:db:00:00:00 dst_mac 01:80:c2:00:00:d0 \
src_ip 56.0.0.0 dst_ip 55.0.0.0 action drop
Warning: TC offload is disabled on net device.
# echo $?
0
# ./tc filter add dev p7p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
flower \
src_mac ff:13:db:00:00:00 dst_mac 01:80:c2:00:00:d0 \
src_ip 56.0.0.0 dst_ip 55.0.0.0 action drop
# echo $?
0
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a macro, "AUDIT_SID_UNSET", to replace each instance of
initialization and comparison to an audit session ID.
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix handling of simultaneous open TCP connection in conntrack,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
2) Insufficient sanitify check of xtables extension names, from
Florian Westphal.
3) Skip unnecessary synchronize_rcu() call when transaction log
is already empty, from Florian Westphal.
4) Incorrect destination mac validation in ebt_stp, from Stephen
Hemminger.
5) xtables module reference counter leak in nft_compat, from
Florian Westphal.
6) Incorrect connection reference counting logic in IPVS
one-packet scheduler, from Julian Anastasov.
7) Wrong stats for 32-bits CPU in IPVS, also from Julian.
8) Calm down sparse error in netfilter core, also from Florian.
9) Use nla_strlcpy to fix compilation warning in nfnetlink_acct
and nfnetlink_cthelper, again from Florian.
10) Missing module alias in icmp and icmp6 xtables extensions,
from Florian Westphal.
11) Base chain statistics in nf_tables may be unset/null, from Florian.
12) Fix handling of large matchinfo size in nft_compat, this includes
one preparation for before this fix. From Florian.
13) Fix bogus EBUSY error when deleting chains due to incorrect reference
counting from the preparation phase of the two-phase commit protocol.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bpf syscall and selftests conflicts were trivial
overlapping changes.
The r8169 change involved moving the added mdelay from 'net' into a
different function.
A TLS close bug fix overlapped with the splitting of the TLS state
into separate TX and RX parts. I just expanded the tests in the bug
fix from "ctx->conf == X" into "ctx->tx_conf == X && ctx->rx_conf
== X".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
linux-4.16 got support for softirq based hrtimers.
TCP can switch its pacing hrtimer to this variant, since this
avoids going through a tasklet and some atomic operations.
pacing timer logic looks like other (jiffies based) tcp timers.
v2: use hrtimer_try_to_cancel() in tcp_clear_xmit_timers()
to correctly release reference on socket if needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more
complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G
PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of
complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree.
Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different
stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain
functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during
phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps.
Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_*
operations that DSA wraps.
We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of
drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done
dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still.
Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need
to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK
*does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of
operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing.
Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches.
We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig
such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly
taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without
requiring stubs or anything.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was a regression at some point from the intended functionality of
commit f60c3704e8 ("bonding: Fix alb mode to only use first level
vlans.")
Given the return value vlan_get_encap_level() we need to store the nest
level of the bond device, and then compare the vlan's encap level to
this. Without this, this check always fails and learning packets are
never sent.
In addition, this same commit caused a regression in the behavior of
balance_alb, which requires learning packets be sent for all interfaces
using the slave's mac in order to load balance properly. For vlan's
that have not set a user mac, we can send after checking one bit.
Otherwise we need send the set mac, albeit defeating rx load balancing
for that vlan.
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add stubs to retrieve a handle to an IPv6 FIB table, fib6_get_table,
a stub to do a lookup in a specific table, fib6_table_lookup, and
a stub for a full route lookup.
The stubs are needed for core bpf code to handle the case when the
IPv6 module is not builtin.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add IPv6 equivalent to fib_lookup. Does a fib lookup, including rules,
but returns a FIB entry, fib6_info, rather than a dst based rt6_info.
fib6_lookup is any where from 140% (MULTIPLE_TABLES config disabled)
to 60% faster than any of the dst based lookup methods (without custom
rules) and 25% faster with custom rules (e.g., l3mdev rule).
Since the lookup function has a completely different signature,
fib6_rule_action is split into 2 paths: the existing one is
renamed __fib6_rule_action and a new one for the fib6_info path
is added. fib6_rule_action decides which to call based on the
lookup_ptr. If it is fib6_table_lookup then the new path is taken.
Caller must hold rcu lock as no reference is taken on the returned
fib entry.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
ip6_pol_route is used for ingress and egress FIB lookups. Refactor it
moving the table lookup into a separate fib6_table_lookup that can be
invoked separately and export the new function.
ip6_pol_route now calls fib6_table_lookup and uses the result to generate
a dst based rt6_info.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Rename rt6_multipath_select to fib6_multipath_select and export it.
A later patch wants access to it similar to IPv4's fib_select_path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Rename fib6_lookup to fib6_node_lookup to better reflect what it
returns. The fib6_lookup name will be used in a later patch for
an IPv6 equivalent to IPv4's fib_lookup.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This version has some suggestions by Eric Dumazet:
- Use a local variable for the mark in IPv6 instead of ctl_sk to avoid SMP
races.
- Use the more elegant "IP4_REPLY_MARK(net, skb->mark) ?: sk->sk_mark"
statement.
- Factorize code as sk_fullsock() check is not necessary.
Aidan McGurn from Openwave Mobility systems reported the following bug:
"Marked routing is broken on customer deployment. Its effects are large
increase in Uplink retransmissions caused by the client never receiving
the final ACK to their FINACK - this ACK misses the mark and routes out
of the incorrect route."
Currently marks are added to sk_buffs for replies when the "fwmark_reflect"
sysctl is enabled. But not for TW sockets that had sk->sk_mark set via
setsockopt(SO_MARK..).
Fix this in IPv4/v6 by adding tw->tw_mark for TIME_WAIT sockets. Copy the the
original sk->sk_mark in __inet_twsk_hashdance() to the new tw->tw_mark location.
Then progate this so that the skb gets sent with the correct mark. Do the same
for resets. Give the "fwmark_reflect" sysctl precedence over sk->sk_mark so that
netfilter rules are still honored.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INET_CSK_DEBUG is always set and only is used for 2 pr_debug calls.
EXPORT_SYMBOL(inet_csk_timer_bug_msg) is only used by these 2
pr_debug calls and is also unnecessary as the exported string can
be used directly by these calls.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* WMM element validation
* SAE timeout
* add-BA timeout
* docbook parsing
* a few memory leaks in error paths
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=mJ4m
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-05-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We only have a few fixes this time:
* WMM element validation
* SAE timeout
* add-BA timeout
* docbook parsing
* a few memory leaks in error paths
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No changes in refcount semantics -- key init is false; replace
static_key_slow_inc|dec with static_branch_inc|dec
static_key_false with static_branch_unlikely
Added a '_key' suffix to memalloc_socks, for better self
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No changes in refcount semantics -- key init is false; replace
static_key_slow_inc|dec with static_branch_inc|dec
static_key_false with static_branch_unlikely
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing a rule that jumps to chain and such chain in the same
batch, this bogusly hits EBUSY. Add activate and deactivate operations
to expression that can be called from the preparation and the
commit/abort phases.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is meant to allow us to avoid having to recompute the checksum
from scratch and have it passed as a parameter.
Instead of taking that approach we can take advantage of the fact that the
length that was used to compute the existing checksum is included in the
UDP header.
Finally to avoid the need to invert the result we can just call csum16_add
and csum16_sub directly. By doing this we can avoid a number of
instructions in the loop that is handling segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in passing MSS as a parameter for for the GSO
segmentation call as it is already available via the shared info for the
skb itself.
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for exporting the mac80211 TXQ stats via nl80211 by
way of a nested TXQ stats attribute, as well as for configuring the
quantum and limits that were previously only changeable through debugfs.
This commit adds just the nl80211 API, a subsequent commit adds support to
mac80211 itself.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change fixes a couple of type mismatch reported by the sparse
tool, explicitly using the requested type for the offending arguments.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the core networking needs to detect the transport offset in a given
packet and parse it explicitly, a full-blown flow_keys struct is used for
storage.
This patch introduces a smaller keys store, rework the basic flow dissect
helper to use it, and apply this new helper where possible - namely in
skb_probe_transport_header(). The used flow dissector data structures
are renamed to match more closely the new role.
The above gives ~50% performance improvement in micro benchmarking around
skb_probe_transport_header() and ~30% around eth_get_headlen(), mostly due
to the smaller memset. Small, but measurable improvement is measured also
in macro benchmarking.
v1 -> v2: use the new helper in eth_get_headlen() and skb_get_poff(),
as per DaveM suggestion
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2018-05-07
1) Always verify length of provided sadb_key to fix a
slab-out-of-bounds read in pfkey_add. From Kevin Easton.
2) Make sure that all states are really deleted
before we check that the state lists are empty.
Otherwise we trigger a warning.
3) Fix MTU handling of the VTI6 interfaces on
interfamily tunnels. From Stefano Brivio.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflict, a CHECK was placed into an if() statement
in net-next, whilst a newline was added to that CHECK
call in 'net'. Thanks to Daniel for the merge resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Average ack rssi will be given to userspace via NL80211 interface
if firmware is capable. Userspace tool ‘iw’ can process this
information and give the output as one of the fields in
‘iw dev wlanX station dump’.
Example output :
localhost ~ #iw dev wlan-5000mhz station dump Station
34:f3:9a:aa:3b:29 (on wlan-5000mhz)
inactive time: 5370 ms
rx bytes: 85321
rx packets: 576
tx bytes: 14225
tx packets: 71
tx retries: 0
tx failed: 2
beacon loss: 0
rx drop misc: 0
signal: -54 dBm
signal avg: -53 dBm
tx bitrate: 866.7 MBit/s VHT-MCS 9 80MHz short GI VHT-NSS 2
rx bitrate: 866.7 MBit/s VHT-MCS 9 80MHz short GI VHT-NSS 2
avg ack signal: -56 dBm
authorized: yes
authenticated: yes
associated: yes
preamble: short
WMM/WME: yes
MFP: no
TDLS peer: no
DTIM period: 2
beacon interval:100
short preamble: yes
short slot time:yes
connected time: 203 seconds
Main use case is to measure the signal strength of a connected station
to AP. Data packet transmit rates and bandwidth used by station can vary
a lot even if the station is at fixed location, especially if the rates
used are multi stream(2stream, 3stream) rates with different bandwidth(20/40/80 Mhz).
These multi stream rates are sensitive and station can use different transmit power
for each of the rate and bandwidth combinations. RSSI measured from these RX packets
on AP will be not stable and can vary a lot with in a short time.
Whereas 802.11 ack frames from station are sent relatively at a constant
rate (6/12/24 Mbps) with constant bandwidth(20 Mhz).
So average rssi of the ack packets is good and more accurate.
Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes the most updated CSA counter values are known only
to the device. Add an API to pass this data to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix 88 instances of a kernel-doc warning:
../include/net/mac80211.h:2083: warning: bad line: >
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, more relevant updates in this batch are:
1) Add Maglev support to IPVS. Moreover, store lastest server weight in
IPVS since this is needed by maglev, patches from from Inju Song.
2) Preparation works to add iptables flowtable support, patches
from Felix Fietkau.
3) Hand over flows back to conntrack slow path in case of TCP RST/FIN
packet is seen via new teardown state, also from Felix.
4) Add support for extended netlink error reporting for nf_tables.
5) Support for larger timeouts that 23 days in nf_tables, patch from
Florian Westphal.
6) Always set an upper limit to dynamic sets, also from Florian.
7) Allow number generator to make map lookups, from Laura Garcia.
8) Use hash_32() instead of opencode hashing in IPVS, from Vicent Bernat.
9) Extend ip6tables SRH match to support previous, next and last SID,
from Ahmed Abdelsalam.
10) Move Passive OS fingerprint nf_osf.c, from Fernando Fernandez.
11) Expose nf_conntrack_max through ctnetlink, from Florent Fourcot.
12) Several housekeeping patches for xt_NFLOG, x_tables and ebtables,
from Taehee Yoo.
13) Unify meta bridge with core nft_meta, then make nft_meta built-in.
Make rt and exthdr built-in too, again from Florian.
14) Missing initialization of tbl->entries in IPVS, from Cong Wang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This slipped through the cracks in the followup set to the fib6_info flip.
Rename rt6_next to fib6_next.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another setsockopt (XDP_TX_QUEUE) is added to let the process allocate
a queue, where the user process can pass frames to be transmitted by
the kernel.
The mmapping of the queue is done using the XDP_PGOFF_TX_QUEUE offset.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The xskmap is yet another BPF map, very much inspired by
dev/cpu/sockmap, and is a holder of AF_XDP sockets. A user application
adds AF_XDP sockets into the map, and by using the bpf_redirect_map
helper, an XDP program can redirect XDP frames to an AF_XDP socket.
Note that a socket that is bound to certain ifindex/queue index will
*only* accept XDP frames from that netdev/queue index. If an XDP
program tries to redirect from a netdev/queue index other than what
the socket is bound to, the frame will not be received on the socket.
A socket can reside in multiple maps.
v3: Fixed race and simplified code.
v2: Removed one indirection in map lookup.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Here the actual receive functions of AF_XDP are implemented, that in a
later commit, will be called from the XDP layers.
There's one set of functions for the XDP_DRV side and another for
XDP_SKB (generic).
A new XDP API, xdp_return_buff, is also introduced.
Adding xdp_return_buff, which is analogous to xdp_return_frame, but
acts upon an struct xdp_buff. The API will be used by AF_XDP in future
commits.
Support for the poll syscall is also implemented.
v2: xskq_validate_id did not update cons_tail.
The entries variable was calculated twice in xskq_nb_avail.
Squashed xdp_return_buff commit.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Here, the bind syscall is added. Binding an AF_XDP socket, means
associating the socket to an umem, a netdev and a queue index. This
can be done in two ways.
The first way, creating a "socket from scratch". Create the umem using
the XDP_UMEM_REG setsockopt and an associated fill queue with
XDP_UMEM_FILL_QUEUE. Create the Rx queue using the XDP_RX_QUEUE
setsockopt. Call bind passing ifindex and queue index ("channel" in
ethtool speak).
The second way to bind a socket, is simply skipping the
umem/netdev/queue index, and passing another already setup AF_XDP
socket. The new socket will then have the same umem/netdev/queue index
as the parent so it will share the same umem. You must also set the
flags field in the socket address to XDP_SHARED_UMEM.
v2: Use PTR_ERR instead of passing error variable explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Another setsockopt (XDP_RX_QUEUE) is added to let the process allocate
a queue, where the kernel can pass completed Rx frames from the kernel
to user process.
The mmapping of the queue is done using the XDP_PGOFF_RX_QUEUE offset.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
In this commit the base structure of the AF_XDP address family is set
up. Further, we introduce the abilty register a window of user memory
to the kernel via the XDP_UMEM_REG setsockopt syscall. The memory
window is viewed by an AF_XDP socket as a set of equally large
frames. After a user memory registration all frames are "owned" by the
user application, and not the kernel.
v2: More robust checks on umem creation and unaccount on error.
Call set_page_dirty_lock on cleanup.
Simplified xdp_umem_reg.
Co-authored-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The following patch enables sending notifications also for events on FDB
entries that weren't added by the user. Give the drivers the information
necessary to distinguish between the two origins of FDB entries.
To maintain the current behavior, have switchdev-implementing drivers
bail out on notifications about non-user-added FDB entries. In case of
mlxsw driver, allow a call to mlxsw_sp_span_respin() so that SPAN over
bridge catches up with the changed FDB.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit edd7ceb782 ("ipv6: Allow non-gateway ECMP for
IPv6").
Eric reported a division by zero in rt6_multipath_rebalance() which is
caused by above commit that considers identical local routes to be
siblings. The division by zero happens because a nexthop weight is not
set for local routes.
Revert the commit as it does not fix a bug and has side effects.
To reproduce:
# ip -6 address add 2001:db8::1/64 dev dummy0
# ip -6 address add 2001:db8::1/64 dev dummy1
Fixes: edd7ceb782 ("ipv6: Allow non-gateway ECMP for IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is reported that in some cases, write_space may be called in
do_tcp_sendpages, such that we recursively invoke do_tcp_sendpages again:
[ 660.468802] ? do_tcp_sendpages+0x8d/0x580
[ 660.468826] ? tls_push_sg+0x74/0x130 [tls]
[ 660.468852] ? tls_push_record+0x24a/0x390 [tls]
[ 660.468880] ? tls_write_space+0x6a/0x80 [tls]
...
tls_push_sg already does a loop over all sending sg's, so ignore
any tls_write_space notifications until we are done sending.
We then have to call the previous write_space to wake up
poll() waiters after we are done with the send loop.
Reported-by: Andre Tomt <andre@tomt.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is valid to have static routes where the nexthop
is an interface not an address such as tunnels.
For IPv4 it was possible to use ECMP on these routes
but not for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Winter <Thomas.Winter@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And do so if the skb doesn't have enough space for the payload.
This is a preparation for the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a generic infrastructure to offload TLS crypto to a
network device. It enables the kernel TLS socket to skip encryption
and authentication operations on the transmit side of the data path.
Leaving those computationally expensive operations to the NIC.
The NIC offload infrastructure builds TLS records and pushes them to
the TCP layer just like the SW KTLS implementation and using the same
API.
TCP segmentation is mostly unaffected. Currently the only exception is
that we prevent mixed SKBs where only part of the payload requires
offload. In the future we are likely to add a similar restriction
following a change cipher spec record.
The notable differences between SW KTLS and NIC offloaded TLS
implementations are as follows:
1. The offloaded implementation builds "plaintext TLS record", those
records contain plaintext instead of ciphertext and place holder bytes
instead of authentication tags.
2. The offloaded implementation maintains a mapping from TCP sequence
number to TLS records. Thus given a TCP SKB sent from a NIC offloaded
TLS socket, we can use the tls NIC offload infrastructure to obtain
enough context to encrypt the payload of the SKB.
A TLS record is released when the last byte of the record is ack'ed,
this is done through the new icsk_clean_acked callback.
The infrastructure should be extendable to support various NIC offload
implementations. However it is currently written with the
implementation below in mind:
The NIC assumes that packets from each offloaded stream are sent as
plaintext and in-order. It keeps track of the TLS records in the TCP
stream. When a packet marked for offload is transmitted, the NIC
encrypts the payload in-place and puts authentication tags in the
relevant place holders.
The responsibility for handling out-of-order packets (i.e. TCP
retransmission, qdisc drops) falls on the netdev driver.
The netdev driver keeps track of the expected TCP SN from the NIC's
perspective. If the next packet to transmit matches the expected TCP
SN, the driver advances the expected TCP SN, and transmits the packet
with TLS offload indication.
If the next packet to transmit does not match the expected TCP SN. The
driver calls the TLS layer to obtain the TLS record that includes the
TCP of the packet for transmission. Using this TLS record, the driver
posts a work entry on the transmit queue to reconstruct the NIC TLS
state required for the offload of the out-of-order packet. It updates
the expected TCP SN accordingly and transmits the now in-order packet.
The same queue is used for packet transmission and TLS context
reconstruction to avoid the need for flushing the transmit queue before
issuing the context reconstruction request.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In TLS inline crypto, we can have one direction in software
and another in hardware. Thus, we split the TLS configuration to separate
structures for receive and transmit.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With socket dependent offloads we rely on the netdev to transform
the transmitted packets before sending them to the wire.
When a packet from an offloaded socket is rerouted to a different
device we need to detect it and do the transformation in software.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Called when a TCP segment is acknowledged.
Could be used by application protocols who hold additional
metadata associated with the stream data.
This is required by TLS device offload to release
metadata associated with acknowledged TLS records.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are now keeping the MTU information synced between asoc, transport
and dst, which makes the check at sctp_packet_config() not needed
anymore. As it was the sole caller to this function, lets remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Which makes sure that the MTU respects the minimum value of
SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT and that it is correctly aligned.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
and avoid the open-coded versions of it.
Now sctp_datamsg_from_user can just re-use asoc->frag_point as it will
always be updated.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When given a MTU, this function calculates how much payload we can carry
on it. Without a MTU, it calculates the amount of header overhead we
have.
So that when we have extra overhead, like the one added for IP options
on SELinux patches, it is easier to handle it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All changes to asoc PMTU should now go through this wrapper, making it
easier to track them and to do other actions upon it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This value is not used anywhere in the code. In essence it is a
duplicate of SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT, which is used by the stack.
SCTP_MIN_PMTU value makes more sense, but we should not change to it now
as it would risk breaking applications.
So this patch removes SCTP_MIN_PMTU and adjust the comment above it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the same type of ethtool diversion that we have for
ETH_SS_STATS and make it work with ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. This allows
providing PHY level statistics for CPU ports that are directly
connecting to a PHY device.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS
type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with
the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS.
Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act
on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simon Horman says:
====================
IPVS Updates for v4.18
please consider these IPVS enhancements for v4.18.
* Whitepace cleanup
* Add Maglev hashing algorithm as a IPVS scheduler
Inju Song says "Implements the Google's Maglev hashing algorithm as a
IPVS scheduler. Basically it provides consistent hashing but offers some
special features about disruption and load balancing.
1) minimal disruption: when the set of destinations changes,
a connection will likely be sent to the same destination
as it was before.
2) load balancing: each destination will receive an almost
equal number of connections.
Seel also: [3.4 Consistent Hasing] in
https://www.usenix.org/system/files/conference/nsdi16/nsdi16-paper-eisenbud.pdf
"
* Fix to correct implementation of Knuth's multiplicative hashing
which is used in sh/dh/lblc/lblcr algorithms. Instead the
implementation provided by the hash_32() macro is used.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Allow specifying segment size in the send call.
The new control message performs the same function as socket option
UDP_SEGMENT while avoiding the extra system call.
[ Export udp_cmsg_send for ipv6. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support generic segmentation offload for udp datagrams. Callers can
concatenate and send at once the payload of multiple datagrams with
the same destination.
To set segment size, the caller sets socket option UDP_SEGMENT to the
length of each discrete payload. This value must be smaller than or
equal to the relevant MTU.
A follow-up patch adds cmsg UDP_SEGMENT to specify segment size on a
per send call basis.
Total byte length may then exceed MTU. If not an exact multiple of
segment size, the last segment will be shorter.
The implementation adds a gso_size field to the udp socket, ip(v6)
cmsg cookie and inet_cork structure to be able to set the value at
setsockopt or cmsg time and to work with both lockless and corked
paths.
Initial benchmark numbers show UDP GSO about as expensive as TCP GSO.
tcp tso
3197 MB/s 54232 msg/s 54232 calls/s
6,457,754,262 cycles
tcp gso
1765 MB/s 29939 msg/s 29939 calls/s
11,203,021,806 cycles
tcp without tso/gso *
739 MB/s 12548 msg/s 12548 calls/s
11,205,483,630 cycles
udp
876 MB/s 14873 msg/s 624666 calls/s
11,205,777,429 cycles
udp gso
2139 MB/s 36282 msg/s 36282 calls/s
11,204,374,561 cycles
[*] after reverting commit 0a6b2a1dc2
("tcp: switch to GSO being always on")
Measured total system cycles ('-a') for one core while pinning both
the network receive path and benchmark process to that core:
perf stat -a -C 12 -e cycles \
./udpgso_bench_tx -C 12 -4 -D "$DST" -l 4
Note the reduction in calls/s with GSO. Bytes per syscall drops
increases from 1470 to 61818.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement generic segmentation offload support for udp datagrams. A
follow-up patch adds support to the protocol stack to generate such
packets.
UDP GSO is not UFO. UFO fragments a single large datagram. GSO splits
a large payload into a number of discrete UDP datagrams.
The implementation adds a GSO type SKB_UDP_GSO_L4 to differentiate it
from UFO (SKB_UDP_GSO).
IPPROTO_UDPLITE is excluded, as that protocol has no gso handler
registered.
[ Export __udp_gso_segment for ipv6. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP segmentation offload needs access to inet_cork in the udp layer.
Pass the struct to ip(6)_make_skb instead of allocating it on the
stack in that function itself.
This patch is a noop otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Commit 4f00878126 ("sctp: apply rhashtable api to send/recv
path"), there's no place using sctp_assoc_is_match, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_make_sack() make changes to the asoc and this cast is just
bypassing the const attribute. As there is no need to have the const
there, just remove it and fix the violation.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends NTF_EXT_LEARNED support to the neighbour system.
Example use-case: An Ethernet VPN implementation (eg in FRR routing suite)
can use this flag to add dynamic reachable external neigh entires
learned via control plane. The use of neigh NTF_EXT_LEARNED in this
patch is consistent with its use with bridge and vxlan fdb entries.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ECMP (equal-cost multipath) hashes are typically computed on the packets'
5-tuple(src IP, dst IP, src port, dst port, L4 proto).
For encapsulated packets, the L4 data is not readily available and ECMP
hashing will often revert to (src IP, dst IP). This will lead to traffic
polarization on a single ECMP path, causing congestion and waste of network
capacity.
In IPv6, the 20-bit flow label field is also used as part of the ECMP hash.
In the lack of L4 data, the hashing will be on (src IP, dst IP, flow
label). Having a non-zero flow label is thus important for proper traffic
load balancing when L4 data is unavailable (i.e., when packets are
encapsulated).
Currently, the seg6_do_srh_encap() function extracts the original packet's
flow label and set it as the outer IPv6 flow label. There are two issues
with this behaviour:
a) There is no guarantee that the inner flow label is set by the source.
b) If the original packet is not IPv6, the flow label will be set to
zero (e.g., IPv4 or L2 encap).
This patch adds a function, named seg6_make_flowlabel(), that computes a
flow label from a given skb. It supports IPv6, IPv4 and L2 payloads, and
leverages the per namespace 'seg6_flowlabel" sysctl value.
The currently support behaviours are as follows:
-1 set flowlabel to zero.
0 copy flowlabel from Inner paceket in case of Inner IPv6
(Set flowlabel to 0 in case IPv4/L2)
1 Compute the flowlabel using seg6_make_flowlabel()
This patch has been tested for IPv6, IPv4, and L2 traffic.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Abdelsalam <amsalam20@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Lebrun <dlebrun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It overcomplicates things for no reason.
nft_meta_bridge only offers retrieval of bridge port interface name.
Because of this being its own module, we had to export all nft_meta
functions, which we can then make static again (which even reduces
the size of nft_meta -- including bridge port retrieval...):
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
1838 832 0 2670 a6e net/bridge/netfilter/nft_meta_bridge.ko
6147 936 1 7084 1bac net/netfilter/nft_meta.ko
after:
5826 936 1 6763 1a6b net/netfilter/nft_meta.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Marco De Benedetto says:
I would like to use a timeout of 30 days for elements in a set but it
seems there is a some kind of problem above 24d20h31m23s.
Fix this by using 'jiffies64' for timeout handling to get same behaviour
on 32 and 64bit systems.
nftables passes timeouts as u64 in milliseconds to the kernel,
but on kernel side we used a mixture of 'long' and jiffies conversions
rather than u64 and jiffies64.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1237
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is a patch proposal to support shifted ranges in portmaps. (i.e. tcp/udp
incoming port 5000-5100 on WAN redirected to LAN 192.168.1.5:2000-2100)
Currently DNAT only works for single port or identical port ranges. (i.e.
ports 5000-5100 on WAN interface redirected to a LAN host while original
destination port is not altered) When different port ranges are configured,
either 'random' mode should be used, or else all incoming connections are
mapped onto the first port in the redirect range. (in described example
WAN:5000-5100 will all be mapped to 192.168.1.5:2000)
This patch introduces a new mode indicated by flag NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_OFFSET
which uses a base port value to calculate an offset with the destination port
present in the incoming stream. That offset is then applied as index within the
redirect port range (index modulo rangewidth to handle range overflow).
In described example the base port would be 5000. An incoming stream with
destination port 5004 would result in an offset value 4 which means that the
NAT'ed stream will be using destination port 2004.
Other possibilities include deterministic mapping of larger or multiple ranges
to a smaller range : WAN:5000-5999 -> LAN:5000-5099 (maps WAN port 5*xx to port
51xx)
This patch does not change any current behavior. It just adds new NAT proto
range functionality which must be selected via the specific flag when intended
to use.
A patch for iptables (libipt_DNAT.c + libip6t_DNAT.c) will also be proposed
which makes this functionality immediately available.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Du Tre <thierry@dtsystems.be>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Drop nft_set_type's ability to act as a container of multiple backend
implementations it chooses from. Instead consolidate the whole selection
logic in nft_select_set_ops() and the actual backend provided estimate()
callback.
This turns nf_tables_set_types into a list containing all available
backends which is traversed when selecting one matching userspace
requested criteria.
Also, this change allows to embed nft_set_ops structure into
nft_set_type and pull flags field into the latter as it's only used
during selection phase.
A crucial part of this change is to make sure the new layout respects
hash backend constraints formerly enforced by nft_hash_select_ops()
function: This is achieved by introduction of a specific estimate()
callback for nft_hash_fast_ops which returns false for key lengths != 4.
In turn, nft_hash_estimate() is changed to return false for key lengths
== 4 so it won't be chosen by accident. Also, both callbacks must return
false for unbounded sets as their size estimate depends on a known
maximum element count.
Note that this patch partially reverts commit 4f2921ca21 ("netfilter:
nf_tables: meter: pick a set backend that supports updates") by making
nft_set_ops_candidate() not explicitly look for an update callback but
make NFT_SET_EVAL a regular backend feature flag which is checked along
with the others. This way all feature requirements are checked in one
go.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Replace the nf_tables_ prefix by nft_ and merge code into single lookup
function whenever possible. In many cases we go over the 80-chars
boundary function names, this save us ~50 LoC.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
On cleanup, this will be treated differently from FLOW_OFFLOAD_DYING:
If FLOW_OFFLOAD_DYING is set, the connection is going away, so both the
offload state and the connection tracking entry will be deleted.
If FLOW_OFFLOAD_TEARDOWN is set, the connection remains alive, but
the offload state is torn down. This is useful for cases that require
more complex state tracking / timeout handling on TCP, or if the
connection has been idle for too long.
Support for sending flows back to the slow path will be implemented in
a following patch
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It is too trivial to keep as a separate exported function
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Avoids having nf_flow_table depend on nftables (useful for future
iptables backport work)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reduces duplication of .gc and .params in flowtable type definitions and
makes the API clearer
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is currently no handling to check on a invalid tlv length. This
patch adds such handling to avoid killing the kernel with a malformed
ife packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The connection timers of an llc sock could be still flying
after we delete them in llc_sk_free(), and even possibly
after we free the sock. We could just wait synchronously
here in case of troubles.
Note, I leave other call paths as they are, since they may
not have to wait, at least we can change them to synchronously
when needed.
Also, move the code to net/llc/llc_conn.c, which is apparently
a better place.
Reported-by: <syzbot+f922284c18ea23a8e457@syzkaller.appspotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a dst entry is created from a fib entry, the 'from' in rt6_info
is set to the fib entry. The 'from' reference is used most notably for
cookie checking - making sure stale dst entries are updated if the
fib entry is changed.
When a fib entry is deleted, the pcpu routes on it are walked releasing
the fib6_info reference. This is needed for the fib6_info cleanup to
happen and to make sure all device references are released in a timely
manner.
There is a race window when a FIB entry is deleted and the 'from' on the
pcpu route is dropped and the pcpu route hits a cookie check. Handle
this race using rcu on from.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch protects 'from' in rt6_info and this simplifies the
locking needed by it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_get_cookie_safe takes a fib6_info and checks the sernum of
the node. Update the name to reflect its purpose.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_clean_expires and rt6_set_expires are no longer used. Removed them.
rt6_update_expires has 1 caller in route.c, so move it from the header.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduces the number of cache lines touched in the offload forwarding
path. This is safe because PMTU limits are bypassed for the forwarding
path (see commit f87c10a8aa for more details).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Just like ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward(), to avoid a dependency with ipv6.ko.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
To be able to tell the ax88796 driver whether it is sensible to enter
the 8390 interrupt handler, an "is this interrupt caused by the 88796"
callback has been added to the ax_plat_data structure (with NULL being
compatible to the previous behaviour).
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add platform specific hooks for block transfer reads/writes of packet
buffer data, superseding the default provided ax_block_input/output.
Currently used for m68k Amiga XSurf100.
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_idev can be obtained from __in6_dev_get on the nexthop device
rather than caching it in the fib6_info. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on device
with address") the comparison of idev does not add value since it
correlates to the nexthop device which is already compared. Remove
the idev comparison.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on device
with address") host routes and anycast routes were installed with the
device set to loopback (or VRF device once that feature was added). In the
older code dst.dev was set to loopback (needed for packet tx) and rt6i_idev
was used to denote the actual interface.
Commit 4832c30d54 changed the code to have dst.dev pointing to the real
device with the switch to lo or vrf device done on dst clones. As a
consequence of this change ip6_route_get_saddr can just pass the nexthop
device to ipv6_dev_get_saddr.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
aca_idev has only 1 user - inet6_fill_ifacaddr - and it only
wants the device index which can be extracted from the fib6_info
nexthop.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addrconf_dst_alloc now returns a fib6_info. Update the name
and its users to reflect the change.
Rename only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the prefix for fib6_info struct elements from rt6i_ to fib6_.
rt6i_pcpu and rt6i_exception_bucket are left as is given that they
point to rt6_info entries.
Rename only; not functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nfulnl_log_packet() is added to make sure that the NFLOG target
works as only user-space logger. but now, nf_log_packet() can find proper
log function using NF_LOG_TYPE_ULOG and NF_LOG_TYPE_LOG.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Drop unneeded elements from rt6_info struct and rearrange layout to
something more relevant for the data path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all code paths referencing a FIB entry from
rt6_info to fib6_info.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last step before flipping the data type for FIB entries:
- use fib6_info_alloc to create FIB entries in ip6_route_info_create
and addrconf_dst_alloc
- use fib6_info_release in place of dst_release, ip6_rt_put and
rt6_release
- remove the dst_hold before calling __ip6_ins_rt or ip6_del_rt
- when purging routes, drop per-cpu routes
- replace inc and dec of rt6i_ref with fib6_info_hold and fib6_info_release
- use rt->from since it points to the FIB entry
- drop references to exception bucket, fib6_metrics and per-cpu from
dst entries (those are relevant for fib entries only)
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib6_info struct and alloc, destroy, hold and release helpers.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 FIB will only contain FIB entries with exception routes added to
the FIB entry. Once this transformation is complete, FIB lookups will
return a fib6_info with the lookup functions still returning a dst
based rt6_info. The current code uses rt6_info for both paths and
overloads the rt6_info variable usually called 'rt'.
This patch introduces a new 'f6i' variable name for the result of the FIB
lookup and keeps 'rt' as the dst based return variable. 'f6i' becomes a
fib6_info in a later patch which is why it is introduced as f6i now;
avoids the additional churn in the later patch.
In addition, remove RTF_CACHE and dst checks from fib6 add and delete
since they can not happen now and will never happen after the data
type flip.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most FIB entries can be added using memory allocated with GFP_KERNEL.
Add gfp_flags to ip6_route_add and addrconf_dst_alloc. Code paths that
can be reached from the packet path (e.g., ndisc and autoconfig) or
atomic notifiers use GFP_ATOMIC; paths from user context (adding
addresses and routes) use GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The router discovery code has a FIB entry and wants to validate the
gateway has a neighbor entry. Refactor the existing dst_neigh_lookup
for IPv6 and create a new function that takes the gateway and device
and returns a neighbor entry. Use the new function in
ndisc_router_discovery to validate the gateway.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Continuing to wean FIB paths off of dst_entry, use a bool to hold
requests for certain dst settings. Add a helper to convert the
flags to DST flags when a FIB entry is converted to a dst_entry.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_null_entry will stay a dst based return for lookups that fail to
match an entry.
Add a new fib6_null_entry which constitutes the root node and leafs
for fibs. Replace existing references to ip6_null_entry with the
new fib6_null_entry when dealing with FIBs.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add expires to rt6_info for FIB entries, and add fib6 helpers to
manage it. Data path use of dst.expires remains.
The transition is fairly straightforward: when working with fib entries,
rt->dst.expires is just rt->expires, rt6_clean_expires is replaced with
fib6_clean_expires, rt6_set_expires becomes fib6_set_expires, and
rt6_check_expired becomes fib6_check_expired, where the fib6 versions
are added by this patch.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, add fib metrics to the fib struct, which at the moment
is rt6_info. Will be moved to fib6_info in a later patch. Copy metrics
into dst by reference using refcount.
To make the transition:
- add dst_metrics to rt6_info. Default to dst_default_metrics if no
metrics are passed during route add. No need for a separate pmtu
entry; it can reference the MTU slot in fib6_metrics
- ip6_convert_metrics allocates memory in the FIB entry and uses
ip_metrics_convert to copy from netlink attribute to metrics entry
- the convert metrics call is done in ip6_route_info_create simplifying
the route add path
+ fib6_commit_metrics and fib6_copy_metrics and the temporary
mx6_config are no longer needed
- add fib6_metric_set helper to change the value of a metric in the
fib entry since dst_metric_set can no longer be used
- cow_metrics for IPv6 can drop to dst_cow_metrics_generic
- rt6_dst_from_metrics_check is no longer needed
- rt6_fill_node needs the FIB entry and dst as separate arguments to
keep compatibility with existing output. Current dst address is
renamed to dest.
(to be consistent with IPv4 rt6_fill_node really should be split
into 2 functions similar to fib_dump_info and rt_fill_info)
- rt6_fill_node no longer needs the temporary metrics variable
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce fib6_nh structure and move nexthop related data from
rt6_info and rt6_info.dst to fib6_nh. References to dev, gateway or
lwtstate from a FIB lookup perspective are converted to use fib6_nh;
datapath references to dst version are left as is.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RTN_ type for IPv6 FIB entries is currently embedded in rt6i_flags
and dst.error. Since dst is going to be removed, it can no longer be
relied on for FIB dumps so save the route type as fib6_type.
fc_type is set in current users based on the algorithm in rt6_fill_node:
- rt6i_flags contains RTF_LOCAL: fc_type = RTN_LOCAL
- rt6i_flags contains RTF_ANYCAST: fc_type = RTN_ANYCAST
- else fc_type = RTN_UNICAST
Similarly, fib6_type is set in the rt6_info templates based on the
RTF_REJECT section of rt6_fill_node converting dst.error to RTN type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass network namespace reference into route add, delete and get
functions.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass net namespace to fib6_update_sernum. It can not be marked const
as fib6_new_sernum will change ipv6.fib6_sernum.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move logic of fib_convert_metrics into ip_metrics_convert. This allows
the code that converts netlink attributes into metrics struct to be
re-used in a later patch by IPv6.
This is mostly a code move with the following changes to variable names:
- fi->fib_net becomes net
- fc_mx and fc_mx_len are passed as inputs pulled from fib_config
- metrics array is passed as an input from fi->fib_metrics->metrics
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like tos inherit, ttl inherit should also means inherit the inner protocol's
ttl values, which actually not implemented in vxlan yet.
But we could not treat ttl == 0 as "use the inner TTL", because that would be
used also when the "ttl" option is not specified and that would be a behavior
change, and breaking real use cases.
So add a different attribute IFLA_VXLAN_TTL_INHERIT when "ttl inherit" is
specified with ip cmd.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics such as InHdrErrors should be counted on the ingress
netdev rather than on the dev from the dst, which is the egress.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF core gets access to __inet6_bind via ipv6_bpf_stub_impl, so it is
not invoked directly outside of af_inet6.c. Make it static and move
inet6_bind after to avoid forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing API xdp_return_frame() to take struct xdp_frame as argument,
seems like a natural choice. But there are some subtle performance
details here that needs extra care, which is a deliberate choice.
When de-referencing xdp_frame on a remote CPU during DMA-TX
completion, result in the cache-line is change to "Shared"
state. Later when the page is reused for RX, then this xdp_frame
cache-line is written, which change the state to "Modified".
This situation already happens (naturally) for, virtio_net, tun and
cpumap as the xdp_frame pointer is the queued object. In tun and
cpumap, the ptr_ring is used for efficiently transferring cache-lines
(with pointers) between CPUs. Thus, the only option is to
de-referencing xdp_frame.
It is only the ixgbe driver that had an optimization, in which it can
avoid doing the de-reference of xdp_frame. The driver already have
TX-ring queue, which (in case of remote DMA-TX completion) have to be
transferred between CPUs anyhow. In this data area, we stored a
struct xdp_mem_info and a data pointer, which allowed us to avoid
de-referencing xdp_frame.
To compensate for this, a prefetchw is used for telling the cache
coherency protocol about our access pattern. My benchmarks show that
this prefetchw is enough to compensate the ixgbe driver.
V7: Adjust for commit d9314c474d ("i40e: add support for XDP_REDIRECT")
V8: Adjust for commit bd658dda42 ("net/mlx5e: Separate dma base address
and offset in dma_sync call")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New allocator type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_POOL for page_pool usage.
The registered allocator page_pool pointer is not available directly
from xdp_rxq_info, but it could be (if needed). For now, the driver
should keep separate track of the page_pool pointer, which it should
use for RX-ring page allocation.
As suggested by Saeed, to maintain a symmetric API it is the drivers
responsibility to allocate/create and free/destroy the page_pool.
Thus, after the driver have called xdp_rxq_info_unreg(), it is drivers
responsibility to free the page_pool, but with a RCU free call. This
is done easily via the page_pool helper page_pool_destroy() (which
avoids touching any driver code during the RCU callback, which could
happen after the driver have been unloaded).
V8: address issues found by kbuild test robot
- Address sparse should be static warnings
- Allow xdp.o to be compiled without page_pool.o
V9: Remove inline from .c file, compiler knows best
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need a fast page recycle mechanism for ndo_xdp_xmit API for returning
pages on DMA-TX completion time, which have good cross CPU
performance, given DMA-TX completion time can happen on a remote CPU.
Refurbish my page_pool code, that was presented[1] at MM-summit 2016.
Adapted page_pool code to not depend the page allocator and
integration into struct page. The DMA mapping feature is kept,
even-though it will not be activated/used in this patchset.
[1] http://people.netfilter.org/hawk/presentations/MM-summit2016/generic_page_pool_mm_summit2016.pdf
V2: Adjustments requested by Tariq
- Changed page_pool_create return codes, don't return NULL, only
ERR_PTR, as this simplifies err handling in drivers.
V4: many small improvements and cleanups
- Add DOC comment section, that can be used by kernel-doc
- Improve fallback mode, to work better with refcnt based recycling
e.g. remove a WARN as pointed out by Tariq
e.g. quicker fallback if ptr_ring is empty.
V5: Fixed SPDX license as pointed out by Alexei
V6: Adjustments requested by Eric Dumazet
- Adjust ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp usage/placement
- Move rcu_head in struct page_pool
- Free pages quicker on destroy, minimize resources delayed an RCU period
- Remove code for forward/backward compat ABI interface
V8: Issues found by kbuild test robot
- Address sparse should be static warnings
- Only compile+link when a driver use/select page_pool,
mlx5 selects CONFIG_PAGE_POOL, although its first used in two patches
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the IDA infrastructure for getting a cyclic increasing ID number,
that is used for keeping track of each registered allocator per
RX-queue xdp_rxq_info. Instead of using the IDR infrastructure, which
uses a radix tree, use a dynamic rhashtable, for creating ID to
pointer lookup table, because this is faster.
The problem that is being solved here is that, the xdp_rxq_info
pointer (stored in xdp_buff) cannot be used directly, as the
guaranteed lifetime is too short. The info is needed on a
(potentially) remote CPU during DMA-TX completion time . In an
xdp_frame the xdp_mem_info is stored, when it got converted from an
xdp_buff, which is sufficient for the simple page refcnt based recycle
schemes.
For more advanced allocators there is a need to store a pointer to the
registered allocator. Thus, there is a need to guard the lifetime or
validity of the allocator pointer, which is done through this
rhashtable ID map to pointer. The removal and validity of of the
allocator and helper struct xdp_mem_allocator is guarded by RCU. The
allocator will be created by the driver, and registered with
xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model().
It is up-to debate who is responsible for freeing the allocator
pointer or invoking the allocator destructor function. In any case,
this must happen via RCU freeing.
Use the IDA infrastructure for getting a cyclic increasing ID number,
that is used for keeping track of each registered allocator per
RX-queue xdp_rxq_info.
V4: Per req of Jason Wang
- Use xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model() in all drivers implementing
XDP_REDIRECT, even-though it's not strictly necessary when
allocator==NULL for type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_SHARED (given it's zero).
V6: Per req of Alex Duyck
- Introduce rhashtable_lookup() call in later patch
V8: Address sparse should be static warnings (from kbuild test robot)
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic xdp_frame format, was inspired by the cpumap own internal
xdp_pkt format. It is now time to convert it over to the generic
xdp_frame format. The cpumap needs one extra field dev_rx.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is needed to convert drivers tuntap and virtio_net.
This is a generalization of what is done inside cpumap, which will be
converted later.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done to prepare for the next patch, and it is also
nice to move this XDP related struct out of filter.h.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an xdp_return_frame API, and convert over cpumap as
the first user, given it have queued XDP frame structure to leverage.
V3: Cleanup and remove C99 style comments, pointed out by Alex Duyck.
V6: Remove comment that id will be added later (Req by Alex Duyck)
V8: Rename enum mem_type to xdp_mem_type (found by kbuild test robot)
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some networks can make sure TCP payload can exactly fit 4KB pages,
with well chosen MSS/MTU and architectures.
Implement mmap() system call so that applications can avoid
copying data without complex splice() games.
Note that a successful mmap( X bytes) on TCP socket is consuming
bytes, as if recvmsg() has been done. (tp->copied += X)
Only PROT_READ mappings are accepted, as skb page frags
are fundamentally shared and read only.
If tcp_mmap() finds data that is not a full page, or a patch of
urgent data, -EINVAL is returned, no bytes are consumed.
Application must fallback to recvmsg() to read the problematic sequence.
mmap() wont block, regardless of socket being in blocking or
non-blocking mode. If not enough bytes are in receive queue,
mmap() would return -EAGAIN, or -EIO if socket is in a state
where no other bytes can be added into receive queue.
An application might use SO_RCVLOWAT, poll() and/or ioctl( FIONREAD)
to efficiently use mmap()
On the sender side, MSG_EOR might help to clearly separate unaligned
headers and 4K-aligned chunks if necessary.
Tested:
mlx4 (cx-3) 40Gbit NIC, with tcp_mmap program provided in following patch.
MTU set to 4168 (4096 TCP payload, 40 bytes IPv6 header, 32 bytes TCP header)
Without mmap() (tcp_mmap -s)
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.13342 s, 33.7961 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.034 sys:3.778, 116.333 usec per MB, 63062 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.14501 s, 33.748 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.029 sys:3.997, 122.864 usec per MB, 61903 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.11723 s, 33.8635 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.048 sys:3.964, 122.437 usec per MB, 62983 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.39189 s, 32.7552 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.038 sys:4.181, 128.754 usec per MB, 55834 c-switches
With mmap() on receiver (tcp_mmap -s -z)
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 8.03083 s, 34.2278 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.024 sys:1.466, 45.4712 usec per MB, 65479 c-switches
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 7.98805 s, 34.4111 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.026 sys:1.401, 43.5486 usec per MB, 65447 c-switches
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 7.98377 s, 34.4296 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.028 sys:1.452, 45.166 usec per MB, 65496 c-switches
received 32768 MB (99.9969 % mmap'ed) in 8.01838 s, 34.281 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.02 sys:1.446, 44.7388 usec per MB, 65505 c-switches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SO_RCVLOWAT is properly handled in tcp_poll(), so that POLLIN is only
generated when enough bytes are available in receive queue, after
David change (commit c7004482e8 "tcp: Respect SO_RCVLOWAT in tcp_poll().")
But TCP still calls sk->sk_data_ready() for each chunk added in receive
queue, meaning thread is awaken, and goes back to sleep shortly after.
Tested:
tcp_mmap test program, receiving 32768 MB of data with SO_RCVLOWAT set to 512KB
-> Should get ~2 wakeups (c-switches) per MB, regardless of how many
(tiny or big) packets were received.
High speed (mostly full size GRO packets)
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 8.03112 s, 34.2266 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.037 sys:1.404, 43.9758 usec per MB, 65497 c-switches
received 32768 MB (99.9954 % mmap'ed) in 7.98453 s, 34.4263 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.03 sys:1.422, 44.3115 usec per MB, 65485 c-switches
Low speed (sender is ratelimited and sends 1-MSS at a time, so GRO is not helping)
received 22474.5 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 6015.35 s, 0.0313414 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.05 sys:1.586, 72.7952 usec per MB, 44950 c-switches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Applications might use SO_RCVLOWAT on TCP socket hoping to receive
one [E]POLLIN event only when a given amount of bytes are ready in socket
receive queue.
Problem is that receive autotuning is not aware of this constraint,
meaning sk_rcvbuf might be too small to allow all bytes to be stored.
Add a new (struct proto_ops)->set_rcvlowat method so that a protocol
can override the default setsockopt(SO_RCVLOWAT) behavior.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make sure that all states are really deleted
before we check that the state lists are empty. Otherwise
we trigger a warning.
Fixes: baeb0dbbb5 ("xfrm6_tunnel: exit_net cleanup check added")
Reported-and-tested-by:syzbot+777bf170a89e7b326405@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
On receiving a packet the state index points to the rstate which must be
used to fill up IP and TCP headers. But if the state index points to a
rstate which is unitialized, i.e. filled with zeros, it gets stuck in an
infinite loop inside ip_fast_csum trying to compute the ip checsum of a
header with zero length.
89.666953: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e94d38>] slhc_uncompress+0x464/0x468
89.666965: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e87d88>] ppp_receive_nonmp_frame+0x3b4/0x65c
89.666978: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e89dd4>] ppp_receive_frame+0x64/0x7e0
89.666991: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e8a708>] ppp_input+0x104/0x198
89.667005: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e93868>] pppopns_recv_core+0x238/0x370
89.667027: <2> [<ffffff9dd4428fc8>] __sk_receive_skb+0xdc/0x250
89.667040: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e939e4>] pppopns_recv+0x44/0x60
89.667053: <2> [<ffffff9dd4426848>] __sock_queue_rcv_skb+0x16c/0x24c
89.667065: <2> [<ffffff9dd4426954>] sock_queue_rcv_skb+0x2c/0x38
89.667085: <2> [<ffffff9dd44f7358>] raw_rcv+0x124/0x154
89.667098: <2> [<ffffff9dd44f7568>] raw_local_deliver+0x1e0/0x22c
89.667117: <2> [<ffffff9dd44c8ba0>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x70/0x24c
89.667131: <2> [<ffffff9dd44c92f4>] ip_local_deliver+0x100/0x10c
./scripts/faddr2line vmlinux slhc_uncompress+0x464/0x468 output:
ip_fast_csum at arch/arm64/include/asm/checksum.h:40
(inlined by) slhc_uncompress at drivers/net/slip/slhc.c:615
Adding a variable to indicate if the current rstate is initialized. If
such a packet arrives, move to toss state.
Signed-off-by: Tejaswi Tanikella <tejaswit@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) The sockmap code has to free socket memory on close if there is
corked data, from John Fastabend.
2) Tunnel names coming from userspace need to be length validated. From
Eric Dumazet.
3) arp_filter() has to take VRFs properly into account, from Miguel
Fadon Perlines.
4) Fix oops in error path of tcf_bpf_init(), from Davide Caratti.
5) Missing idr_remove() in u32_delete_key(), from Cong Wang.
6) More syzbot stuff. Several use of uninitialized value fixes all
over, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Do not leak kernel memory to userspace in sctp, also from Eric
Dumazet.
8) Discard frames from unused ports in DSA, from Andrew Lunn.
9) Fix DMA mapping and reset/failover problems in ibmvnic, from Thomas
Falcon.
10) Do not access dp83640 PHY registers prematurely after reset, from
Esben Haabendal.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (46 commits)
vhost-net: set packet weight of tx polling to 2 * vq size
net: thunderx: rework mac addresses list to u64 array
inetpeer: fix uninit-value in inet_getpeer
dp83640: Ensure against premature access to PHY registers after reset
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration
ARM: dts: ls1021a: Specify TBIPA register address
net/fsl_pq_mdio: Allow explicit speficition of TBIPA address
ibmvnic: Do not reset CRQ for Mobility driver resets
ibmvnic: Fix failover case for non-redundant configuration
ibmvnic: Fix reset scheduler error handling
ibmvnic: Zero used TX descriptor counter on reset
ibmvnic: Fix DMA mapping mistakes
tipc: use the right skb in tipc_sk_fill_sock_diag()
sctp: sctp_sockaddr_af must check minimal addr length for AF_INET6
net: dsa: Discard frames from unused ports
sctp: do not leak kernel memory to user space
soreuseport: initialise timewait reuseport field
ipv4: fix uninit-value in ip_route_output_key_hash_rcu()
dccp: initialize ireq->ir_mark
net: fix uninit-value in __hw_addr_add_ex()
...
The hashing table in scheduler such as source hash or maglev hash
should ignore the changed weight to 0 and allow changing the weight
from/to non-0 values. So, struct ip_vs_dest needs to keep weight
with latest non-0 weight.
Signed-off-by: Inju Song <inju.song@navercorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2018-04-08
Here's one important Bluetooth fix for the 4.17-rc series that's needed
to pass several Bluetooth qualification test cases.
Let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This resolves race during initialization where the resources with
ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get
op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when
all structs are initialized.
The example flows, as it is in mlxsw:
1) driver load/asic probe:
mlxsw_core
-> mlxsw_sp_resources_register
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register
-> devlink_resource_register IDX
mlxsw_spectrum
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init
-> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup
size from devlink)
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current
occupancy getter)
2) reload triggered by devlink command:
-> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload
-> mlxsw_sp_fini
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX
(struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get
which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free)
-> mlxsw_sp_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init
-> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup
size from devlink)
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current
occupancy getter)
Fixes: d9f9b9a4d0 ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported :
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in rtnh_ok include/net/nexthop.h:11 [inline]
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in fib_count_nexthops net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:469 [inline]
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in fib_create_info+0x554/0x8d20 net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:1091
@remaining is an integer, coming from user space.
If it is negative we want rtnh_ok() to return false.
Fixes: 4e902c5741 ("[IPv4]: FIB configuration using struct fib_config")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=p2Sh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'selinux-pr-20180403' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/selinux
Pull SELinux updates from Paul Moore:
"A bigger than usual pull request for SELinux, 13 patches (lucky!)
along with a scary looking diffstat.
Although if you look a bit closer, excluding the usual minor
tweaks/fixes, there are really only two significant changes in this
pull request: the addition of proper SELinux access controls for SCTP
and the encapsulation of a lot of internal SELinux state.
The SCTP changes are the result of a multi-month effort (maybe even a
year or longer?) between the SELinux folks and the SCTP folks to add
proper SELinux controls. A special thanks go to Richard for seeing
this through and keeping the effort moving forward.
The state encapsulation work is a bit of janitorial work that came out
of some early work on SELinux namespacing. The question of namespacing
is still an open one, but I believe there is some real value in the
encapsulation work so we've split that out and are now sending that up
to you"
* tag 'selinux-pr-20180403' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/selinux:
selinux: wrap AVC state
selinux: wrap selinuxfs state
selinux: fix handling of uninitialized selinux state in get_bools/classes
selinux: Update SELinux SCTP documentation
selinux: Fix ltp test connect-syscall failure
selinux: rename the {is,set}_enforcing() functions
selinux: wrap global selinux state
selinux: fix typo in selinux_netlbl_sctp_sk_clone declaration
selinux: Add SCTP support
sctp: Add LSM hooks
sctp: Add ip option support
security: Add support for SCTP security hooks
netlabel: If PF_INET6, check sk_buff ip header version
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc things
- ocfs2 updates
- the v9fs maintainers have been missing for a long time. I've taken
over v9fs patch slinging.
- most of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (116 commits)
mm,oom_reaper: check for MMF_OOM_SKIP before complaining
mm/ksm: fix interaction with THP
mm/memblock.c: cast constant ULLONG_MAX to phys_addr_t
headers: untangle kmemleak.h from mm.h
include/linux/mmdebug.h: make VM_WARN* non-rvals
mm/page_isolation.c: make start_isolate_page_range() fail if already isolated
mm: change return type to vm_fault_t
mm, oom: remove 3% bonus for CAP_SYS_ADMIN processes
mm, page_alloc: wakeup kcompactd even if kswapd cannot free more memory
kernel/fork.c: detect early free of a live mm
mm: make counting of list_lru_one::nr_items lockless
mm/swap_state.c: make bool enable_vma_readahead and swap_vma_readahead() static
block_invalidatepage(): only release page if the full page was invalidated
mm: kernel-doc: add missing parameter descriptions
mm/swap.c: remove @cold parameter description for release_pages()
mm/nommu: remove description of alloc_vm_area
zram: drop max_zpage_size and use zs_huge_class_size()
zsmalloc: introduce zs_huge_class_size()
mm: fix races between swapoff and flush dcache
fs/direct-io.c: minor cleanups in do_blockdev_direct_IO
...
If kmem case sizes are 32-bit, then usecopy region should be too.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180305200730.15812-21-adobriyan@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
kfifo: fix inaccurate comment
tools/thermal: tmon: fix for segfault
net: Spelling s/stucture/structure/
edd: don't spam log if no EDD information is present
Documentation: Fix early-microcode.txt references after file rename
tracing: Block comments should align the * on each line
treewide: Fix typos in printk
GenWQE: Fix a typo in two comments
treewide: Align function definition open/close braces
Add 'connected' parameter to ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow() and update
the cache only if ip6_sk_dst_check() returns NULL and a socket
is connected.
The function is used as before, the new behavior for UDP sockets
in udpv6_sendmsg() will be enabled in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move commonly used pattern of ip6_dst_store() usage to a separate
function - ip6_sk_dst_store_flow(), which will check the addresses
for equality using the flow information, before saving them.
There is no functional changes in this patch. In addition, it will
be used in the next patch, in ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support offloading wireless authentication to userspace via
NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, from Srinivas Dasari.
2) A lot of work on network namespace setup/teardown from Kirill Tkhai.
Setup and cleanup of namespaces now all run asynchronously and thus
performance is significantly increased.
3) Add rx/tx timestamping support to mv88e6xxx driver, from Brandon
Streiff.
4) Support zerocopy on RDS sockets, from Sowmini Varadhan.
5) Use denser instruction encoding in x86 eBPF JIT, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Support hw offload of vlan filtering in mvpp2 dreiver, from Maxime
Chevallier.
7) Support grafting of child qdiscs in mlxsw driver, from Nogah
Frankel.
8) Add packet forwarding tests to selftests, from Ido Schimmel.
9) Deal with sub-optimal GSO packets better in BBR congestion control,
from Eric Dumazet.
10) Support 5-tuple hashing in ipv6 multipath routing, from David Ahern.
11) Add path MTU tests to selftests, from Stefano Brivio.
12) Various bits of IPSEC offloading support for mlx5, from Aviad
Yehezkel, Yossi Kuperman, and Saeed Mahameed.
13) Support RSS spreading on ntuple filters in SFC driver, from Edward
Cree.
14) Lots of sockmap work from John Fastabend. Applications can use eBPF
to filter sendmsg and sendpage operations.
15) In-kernel receive TLS support, from Dave Watson.
16) Add XDP support to ixgbevf, this is significant because it should
allow optimized XDP usage in various cloud environments. From Tony
Nguyen.
17) Add new Intel E800 series "ice" ethernet driver, from Anirudh
Venkataramanan et al.
18) IP fragmentation match offload support in nfp driver, from Pieter
Jansen van Vuuren.
19) Support XDP redirect in i40e driver, from Björn Töpel.
20) Add BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT program type for accessing the arguments of
tracepoints in their raw form, from Alexei Starovoitov.
21) Lots of striding RQ improvements to mlx5 driver with many
performance improvements, from Tariq Toukan.
22) Use rhashtable for inet frag reassembly, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1678 commits)
net: mvneta: improve suspend/resume
net: mvneta: split rxq/txq init and txq deinit into SW and HW parts
ipv6: frags: fix /proc/sys/net/ipv6/ip6frag_low_thresh
net: bgmac: Fix endian access in bgmac_dma_tx_ring_free()
net: bgmac: Correctly annotate register space
route: check sysctl_fib_multipath_use_neigh earlier than hash
fix typo in command value in drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.
sky2: Increase D3 delay to sky2 stops working after suspend
net/mlx5e: Set EQE based as default TX interrupt moderation mode
ibmvnic: Disable irqs before exiting reset from closed state
net: sched: do not emit messages while holding spinlock
vlan: also check phy_driver ts_info for vlan's real device
Bluetooth: Mark expected switch fall-throughs
Bluetooth: Set HCI_QUIRK_SIMULTANEOUS_DISCOVERY for BTUSB_QCA_ROME
Bluetooth: btrsi: remove unused including <linux/version.h>
Bluetooth: hci_bcm: Remove DMI quirk for the MINIX Z83-4
sh_eth: kill useless check in __sh_eth_get_regs()
sh_eth: add sh_eth_cpu_data::no_xdfar flag
ipv6: factorize sk_wmem_alloc updates done by __ip6_append_data()
ipv4: factorize sk_wmem_alloc updates done by __ip_append_data()
...
Pull removal of in-kernel calls to syscalls from Dominik Brodowski:
"System calls are interaction points between userspace and the kernel.
Therefore, system call functions such as sys_xyzzy() or
compat_sys_xyzzy() should only be called from userspace via the
syscall table, but not from elsewhere in the kernel.
At least on 64-bit x86, it will likely be a hard requirement from
v4.17 onwards to not call system call functions in the kernel: It is
better to use use a different calling convention for system calls
there, where struct pt_regs is decoded on-the-fly in a syscall wrapper
which then hands processing over to the actual syscall function. This
means that only those parameters which are actually needed for a
specific syscall are passed on during syscall entry, instead of
filling in six CPU registers with random user space content all the
time (which may cause serious trouble down the call chain). Those
x86-specific patches will be pushed through the x86 tree in the near
future.
Moreover, rules on how data may be accessed may differ between kernel
data and user data. This is another reason why calling sys_xyzzy() is
generally a bad idea, and -- at most -- acceptable in arch-specific
code.
This patchset removes all in-kernel calls to syscall functions in the
kernel with the exception of arch/. On top of this, it cleans up the
three places where many syscalls are referenced or prototyped, namely
kernel/sys_ni.c, include/linux/syscalls.h and include/linux/compat.h"
* 'syscalls-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/brodo/linux: (109 commits)
bpf: whitelist all syscalls for error injection
kernel/sys_ni: remove {sys_,sys_compat} from cond_syscall definitions
kernel/sys_ni: sort cond_syscall() entries
syscalls/x86: auto-create compat_sys_*() prototypes
syscalls: sort syscall prototypes in include/linux/compat.h
net: remove compat_sys_*() prototypes from net/compat.h
syscalls: sort syscall prototypes in include/linux/syscalls.h
kexec: move sys_kexec_load() prototype to syscalls.h
x86/sigreturn: use SYSCALL_DEFINE0
x86: fix sys_sigreturn() return type to be long, not unsigned long
x86/ioport: add ksys_ioperm() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_ioperm()
mm: add ksys_readahead() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_readahead()
mm: add ksys_mmap_pgoff() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_mmap_pgoff()
mm: add ksys_fadvise64_64() helper; remove in-kernel call to sys_fadvise64_64()
fs: add ksys_fallocate() wrapper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_fallocate()
fs: add ksys_p{read,write}64() helpers; remove in-kernel calls to syscalls
fs: add ksys_truncate() wrapper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_truncate()
fs: add ksys_sync_file_range helper(); remove in-kernel calls to syscall
kernel: add ksys_setsid() helper; remove in-kernel call to sys_setsid()
kernel: add ksys_unshare() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_unshare()
...
As the syscall functions should only be called from the system call table
but not from elsewhere in the kernel, it is sufficient that they are
defined in linux/compat.h.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
Minor conflicts in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c,
we had some overlapping changes:
1) In 'net' MLX5E_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE -->
MLX5E_REP_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE
2) In 'net-next' params->log_rq_size is renamed to be
params->log_rq_mtu_frames.
3) In 'net-next' params->hard_mtu is added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It should be __le16 instead of __u16 since its part of
mgmt API.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Facility to register Inline TLS drivers to net/tls. Setup
TLS_HW_RECORD prot to listen on offload device.
Cases handled
- Inline TLS device exists, setup prot for TLS_HW_RECORD
- Atleast one Inline TLS exists, sets TLS_HW_RECORD.
- If non-inline device establish connection, move to TLS_SW_TX
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-03-31
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add raw BPF tracepoint API in order to have a BPF program type that
can access kernel internal arguments of the tracepoints in their
raw form similar to kprobes based BPF programs. This infrastructure
also adds a new BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN command to BPF syscall which
returns an anon-inode backed fd for the tracepoint object that allows
for automatic detach of the BPF program resp. unregistering of the
tracepoint probe on fd release, from Alexei.
2) Add new BPF cgroup hooks at bind() and connect() entry in order to
allow BPF programs to reject, inspect or modify user space passed
struct sockaddr, and as well a hook at post bind time once the port
has been allocated. They are used in FB's container management engine
for implementing policy, replacing fragile LD_PRELOAD wrapper
intercepting bind() and connect() calls that only works in limited
scenarios like glibc based apps but not for other runtimes in
containerized applications, from Andrey.
3) BPF_F_INGRESS flag support has been added to sockmap programs for
their redirect helper call bringing it in line with cls_bpf based
programs. Support is added for both variants of sockmap programs,
meaning for tx ULP hooks as well as recv skb hooks, from John.
4) Various improvements on BPF side for the nfp driver, besides others
this work adds BPF map update and delete helper call support from
the datapath, JITing of 32 and 64 bit XADD instructions as well as
offload support of bpf_get_prandom_u32() call. Initial implementation
of nfp packet cache has been tackled that optimizes memory access
(see merge commit for further details), from Jakub and Jiong.
5) Removal of struct bpf_verifier_env argument from the print_bpf_insn()
API has been done in order to prepare to use print_bpf_insn() soon
out of perf tool directly. This makes the print_bpf_insn() API more
generic and pushes the env into private data. bpftool is adjusted
as well with the print_bpf_insn() argument removal, from Jiri.
6) Couple of cleanups and prep work for the upcoming BTF (BPF Type
Format). The latter will reuse the current BPF verifier log as
well, thus bpf_verifier_log() is further generalized, from Martin.
7) For bpf_getsockopt() and bpf_setsockopt() helpers, IPv4 IP_TOS read
and write support has been added in similar fashion to existing
IPv6 IPV6_TCLASS socket option we already have, from Nikita.
8) Fixes in recent sockmap scatterlist API usage, which did not use
sg_init_table() for initialization thus triggering a BUG_ON() in
scatterlist API when CONFIG_DEBUG_SG was enabled. This adds and
uses a small helper sg_init_marker() to properly handle the affected
cases, from Prashant.
9) Let the BPF core follow IDR code convention and therefore use the
idr_preload() and idr_preload_end() helpers, which would also help
idr_alloc_cyclic() under GFP_ATOMIC to better succeed under memory
pressure, from Shaohua.
10) Last but not least, a spelling fix in an error message for the
BPF cookie UID helper under BPF sample code, from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put the read-mostly fields in a separate cache line
at the beginning of struct netns_frags, to reduce
false sharing noticed in inet_frag_kill()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some users are willing to provision huge amounts of memory to be able
to perform reassembly reasonnably well under pressure.
Current memory tracking is using one atomic_t and integers.
Switch to atomic_long_t so that 64bit arches can use more than 2GB,
without any cost for 32bit arches.
Note that this patch avoids an overflow error, if high_thresh was set
to ~2GB, since this test in inet_frag_alloc() was never true :
if (... || frag_mem_limit(nf) > nf->high_thresh)
Tested:
$ echo 16000000000 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_high_thresh
<frag DDOS>
$ grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat
FRAG: inuse 14705885 memory 16000002880
$ nstat -n ; sleep 1 ; nstat | grep Reas
IpReasmReqds 3317150 0.0
IpReasmFails 3317112 0.0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is obsolete, after rhashtable addition to inet defrag.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This refactors ip_expire() since one indentation level is removed.
Note: in the future, we should try hard to avoid the skb_clone()
since this is a serious performance cost.
Under DDOS, the ICMP message wont be sent because of rate limits.
Fact that ip6_expire_frag_queue() does not use skb_clone() is
disturbing too. Presumably IPv6 should have the same
issue than the one we fixed in commit ec4fbd6475
("inet: frag: release spinlock before calling icmp_send()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove sum_frag_mem_limit(), ip_frag_mem() & ip6_frag_mem()
Also since we use rhashtable we can bring back the number of fragments
in "grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat /proc/net/sockstat6" that was
removed in commit 434d305405 ("inet: frag: don't account number
of fragment queues")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some applications still rely on IP fragmentation, and to be fair linux
reassembly unit is not working under any serious load.
It uses static hash tables of 1024 buckets, and up to 128 items per bucket (!!!)
A work queue is supposed to garbage collect items when host is under memory
pressure, and doing a hash rebuild, changing seed used in hash computations.
This work queue blocks softirqs for up to 25 ms when doing a hash rebuild,
occurring every 5 seconds if host is under fire.
Then there is the problem of sharing this hash table for all netns.
It is time to switch to rhashtables, and allocate one of them per netns
to speedup netns dismantle, since this is a critical metric these days.
Lookup is now using RCU. A followup patch will even remove
the refcount hold/release left from prior implementation and save
a couple of atomic operations.
Before this patch, 16 cpus (16 RX queue NIC) could not handle more
than 1 Mpps frags DDOS.
After the patch, I reach 9 Mpps without any tuning, and can use up to 2GB
of storage for the fragments (exact number depends on frags being evicted
after timeout)
$ grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat
FRAG: inuse 1966916 memory 2140004608
A followup patch will change the limits for 64bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to simplify the API, add a pointer to struct inet_frags.
This will allow us to make things less complex.
These functions no longer have a struct inet_frags parameter :
inet_frag_destroy(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frag_put(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frag_kill(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frags_exit_net(struct netns_frags *nf /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
ip6_expire_frag_queue(struct net *net, struct frag_queue *fq)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will soon initialize one rhashtable per struct netns_frags
in inet_frags_init_net().
This patch changes the return value to eventually propagate an
error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
csum field in struct frag_queue is not used, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
== The problem ==
See description of the problem in the initial patch of this patch set.
== The solution ==
The patch provides much more reliable in-kernel solution for the 2nd
part of the problem: making outgoing connecttion from desired IP.
It adds new attach types `BPF_CGROUP_INET4_CONNECT` and
`BPF_CGROUP_INET6_CONNECT` for program type
`BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK_ADDR` that can be used to override both
source and destination of a connection at connect(2) time.
Local end of connection can be bound to desired IP using newly
introduced BPF-helper `bpf_bind()`. It allows to bind to only IP though,
and doesn't support binding to port, i.e. leverages
`IP_BIND_ADDRESS_NO_PORT` socket option. There are two reasons for this:
* looking for a free port is expensive and can affect performance
significantly;
* there is no use-case for port.
As for remote end (`struct sockaddr *` passed by user), both parts of it
can be overridden, remote IP and remote port. It's useful if an
application inside cgroup wants to connect to another application inside
same cgroup or to itself, but knows nothing about IP assigned to the
cgroup.
Support is added for IPv4 and IPv6, for TCP and UDP.
IPv4 and IPv6 have separate attach types for same reason as sys_bind
hooks, i.e. to prevent reading from / writing to e.g. user_ip6 fields
when user passes sockaddr_in since it'd be out-of-bound.
== Implementation notes ==
The patch introduces new field in `struct proto`: `pre_connect` that is
a pointer to a function with same signature as `connect` but is called
before it. The reason is in some cases BPF hooks should be called way
before control is passed to `sk->sk_prot->connect`. Specifically
`inet_dgram_connect` autobinds socket before calling
`sk->sk_prot->connect` and there is no way to call `bpf_bind()` from
hooks from e.g. `ip4_datagram_connect` or `ip6_datagram_connect` since
it'd cause double-bind. On the other hand `proto.pre_connect` provides a
flexible way to add BPF hooks for connect only for necessary `proto` and
call them at desired time before `connect`. Since `bpf_bind()` is
allowed to bind only to IP and autobind in `inet_dgram_connect` binds
only port there is no chance of double-bind.
bpf_bind() sets `force_bind_address_no_port` to bind to only IP despite
of value of `bind_address_no_port` socket field.
bpf_bind() sets `with_lock` to `false` when calling to __inet_bind()
and __inet6_bind() since all call-sites, where bpf_bind() is called,
already hold socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Refactor `bind()` code to make it ready to be called from BPF helper
function `bpf_bind()` (will be added soon). Implementation of
`inet_bind()` and `inet6_bind()` is separated into `__inet_bind()` and
`__inet6_bind()` correspondingly. These function can be used from both
`sk_prot->bind` and `bpf_bind()` contexts.
New functions have two additional arguments.
`force_bind_address_no_port` forces binding to IP only w/o checking
`inet_sock.bind_address_no_port` field. It'll allow to bind local end of
a connection to desired IP in `bpf_bind()` w/o changing
`bind_address_no_port` field of a socket. It's useful since `bpf_bind()`
can return an error and we'd need to restore original value of
`bind_address_no_port` in that case if we changed this before calling to
the helper.
`with_lock` specifies whether to lock socket when working with `struct
sk` or not. The argument is set to `true` for `sk_prot->bind`, i.e. old
behavior is preserved. But it will be set to `false` for `bpf_bind()`
use-case. The reason is all call-sites, where `bpf_bind()` will be
called, already hold that socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree. This batch comes with more input sanitization for xtables to
address bug reports from fuzzers, preparation works to the flowtable
infrastructure and assorted updates. In no particular order, they are:
1) Make sure userspace provides a valid standard target verdict, from
Florian Westphal.
2) Sanitize error target size, also from Florian.
3) Validate that last rule in basechain matches underflow/policy since
userspace assumes this when decoding the ruleset blob that comes
from the kernel, from Florian.
4) Consolidate hook entry checks through xt_check_table_hooks(),
patch from Florian.
5) Cap ruleset allocations at 512 mbytes, 134217728 rules and reject
very large compat offset arrays, so we have a reasonable upper limit
and fuzzers don't exercise the oom-killer. Patches from Florian.
6) Several WARN_ON checks on xtables mutex helper, from Florian.
7) xt_rateest now has a hashtable per net, from Cong Wang.
8) Consolidate counter allocation in xt_counters_alloc(), from Florian.
9) Earlier xt_table_unlock() call in {ip,ip6,arp,eb}tables, patch
from Xin Long.
10) Set FLOW_OFFLOAD_DIR_* to IP_CT_DIR_* definitions, patch from
Felix Fietkau.
11) Consolidate code through flow_offload_fill_dir(), also from Felix.
12) Inline ip6_dst_mtu_forward() just like ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward()
to remove a dependency with flowtable and ipv6.ko, from Felix.
13) Cache mtu size in flow_offload_tuple object, this is safe for
forwarding as f87c10a8aa describes, from Felix.
14) Rename nf_flow_table.c to nf_flow_table_core.o, to simplify too
modular infrastructure, from Felix.
15) Add rt0, rt2 and rt4 IPv6 routing extension support, patch from
Ahmed Abdelsalam.
16) Remove unused parameter in nf_conncount_count(), from Yi-Hung Wei.
17) Support for counting only to nf_conncount infrastructure, patch
from Yi-Hung Wei.
18) Add strict NFT_CT_{SRC_IP,DST_IP,SRC_IP6,DST_IP6} key datatypes
to nft_ct.
19) Use boolean as return value from ipt_ah and from IPVS too, patch
from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
20) Remove useless parameters in nfnl_acct_overquota() and
nf_conntrack_broadcast_help(), from Taehee Yoo.
21) Use ipv6_addr_is_multicast() from xt_cluster, also from Taehee Yoo.
22) Statify nf_tables_obj_lookup_byhandle, patch from Fengguang Wu.
23) Fix typo in xt_limit, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
24) Do no use VLAs in Netfilter code, again from Gustavo.
25) Use ADD_COUNTER from ebtables, from Taehee Yoo.
26) Bitshift support for CONNMARK and MARK targets, from Jack Ma.
27) Use pr_*() and add pr_fmt(), from Arushi Singhal.
28) Add synproxy support to ctnetlink.
29) ICMP type and IGMP matching support for ebtables, patches from
Matthias Schiffer.
30) Support for the revision infrastructure to ebtables, from
Bernie Harris.
31) String match support for ebtables, also from Bernie.
32) Documentation for the new flowtable infrastructure.
33) Use generic comparison functions in ebt_stp, from Joe Perches.
34) Demodularize filter chains in nftables.
35) Register conntrack hooks in case nftables NAT chain is added.
36) Merge assignments with return in a couple of spots in the
Netfilter codebase, also from Arushi.
37) Document that xtables percpu counters are stored in the same
memory area, from Ben Hutchings.
38) Revert mark_source_chains() sanity checks that break existing
rulesets, from Florian Westphal.
39) Use is_zero_ether_addr() in the ipset codebase, from Joe Perches.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, driver registers it from pernet_operations::init method,
and this breaks modularity, because initialization of net namespace
and netdevice notifiers are orthogonal actions. We don't have
per-namespace netdevice notifiers; all of them are global for all
devices in all namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register conntrack hooks if the user adds NAT chains. Users get confused
with the existing behaviour since they will see no packets hitting this
chain until they add the first rule that refers to conntrack.
This patch adds new ->init() and ->free() indirections to chain types
that can be used by NAT chains to invoke the conntrack dependency.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
One module per supported filter chain family type takes too much memory
for very little code - too much modularization - place all chain filter
definitions in one single file.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use WARN_ON() instead since it should not happen that neither family
goes over NFPROTO_NUMPROTO nor there is already a chain of this type
already registered.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use nft_ prefix. By when I added chain types, I forgot to use the
nftables prefix. Rename enum nft_chain_type to enum nft_chain_types too,
otherwise there is an overlap.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support for the BPF_F_INGRESS flag in sk_msg redirect helper.
To do this add a scatterlist ring for receiving socks to check
before calling into regular recvmsg call path. Additionally, because
the poll wakeup logic only checked the skb recv queue we need to
add a hook in TCP stack (similar to write side) so that we have
a way to wake up polling socks when a scatterlist is redirected
to that sock.
After this all that is needed is for the redirect helper to
push the scatterlist into the psock receive queue.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
first bullet here:
* EAPoL-over-nl80211 from Denis - this will let us fix
some long-standing issues with bridging, races with
encryption and more
* DFS offload support from the qtnfmac folks
* regulatory database changes for the new ETSI adaptivity
requirements
* various other fixes and small enhancements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=hI0F
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-03-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have a fair number of patches, but many of them are from the
first bullet here:
* EAPoL-over-nl80211 from Denis - this will let us fix
some long-standing issues with bridging, races with
encryption and more
* DFS offload support from the qtnfmac folks
* regulatory database changes for the new ETSI adaptivity
requirements
* various other fixes and small enhancements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_lock() is used everywhere, and contention is very high.
When someone wants to iterate over alive net namespaces,
he/she has no a possibility to do that without exclusive lock.
But the exclusive rtnl_lock() in such places is overkill,
and it just increases the contention. Yes, there is already
for_each_net_rcu() in kernel, but it requires rcu_read_lock(),
and this can't be sleepable. Also, sometimes it may be need
really prevent net_namespace_list growth, so for_each_net_rcu()
is not fit there.
This patch introduces new rw_semaphore, which will be used
instead of rtnl_mutex to protect net_namespace_list. It is
sleepable and allows not-exclusive iterations over net
namespaces list. It allows to stop using rtnl_lock()
in several places (what is made in next patches) and makes
less the time, we keep rtnl_mutex. Here we just add new lock,
while the explanation of we can remove rtnl_lock() there are
in next patches.
Fine grained locks generally are better, then one big lock,
so let's do that with net_namespace_list, while the situation
allows that.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit implements the TX side of NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
Userspace provides the raw EAPoL frame using NL80211_ATTR_FRAME.
Userspace should also provide the destination address and the protocol
type to use when sending the frame. This is used to implement TX of
Pre-authentication frames. If CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE_NO_ENCRYPT is
specified, then the driver will be asked not to encrypt the outgoing
frame.
A new EXT_FEATURE flag is introduced so that nl80211 code can check
whether a given wiphy has capability to pass EAPoL frames over nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This commit also adds cfg80211_rx_control_port function. This is used
to generate a CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME event out to userspace. The
conn_owner_nlportid is used as the unicast destination. This means that
userspace must specify NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag if control port
over nl80211 routing is requested in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_START_AP or IBSS/mesh join.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
[johannes: fix return value of cfg80211_rx_control_port()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In general regulatory self managed devices maintain their own
regulatory profiles thus it doesn't have to query the regulatory database
on country change.
ETSI has recently introduced a new channel access mechanism for 5GHz
that all wlan devices need to comply with.
These values are stored in the regulatory database.
There are self managed devices which can't maintain these
values on their own. Add API to allow self managed regulatory devices
to query the regulatory database for high band wmm rule.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[johannes: fix documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ETSI EN 301 893 v2.1.1 (2017-05) standard defines a new channel access
mechanism that all devices (WLAN and LAA) need to comply with.
The regulatory database can now be loaded into the kernel and also
has the option to load optional data.
In order to be able to comply with ETSI standard, we add wmm_rule into
regulatory rule and add the option to read its value from the regulatory
database.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[johannes: fix memory leak in error path]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently bw and smps_mode are u8 type value in sta_opmode_info
structure. This values filled in mac80211 from ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth
and ieee80211_smps_mode. These enum values are specific to mac80211 and
userspace/cfg80211 doesn't know about that. This will lead to incorrect
result/assumption by the user space application.
Change bw and smps_mode parameters to their respective enums in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In rxrpc and afs, use the debug_ids that are monotonically allocated to
various objects as they're allocated rather than pointers as kernel
pointers are now hashed making them less useful. Further, the debug ids
aren't reused anywhere nearly as quickly.
In addition, allow kernel services that use rxrpc, such as afs, to take
numbers from the rxrpc counter, assign them to their own call struct and
pass them in to rxrpc for both client and service calls so that the trace
lines for each will have the same ID tag.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
This adds comments to different places to improve
readability.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_sem is some undefined area name, so it will be better
to make the area more defined.
Rename it to pernet_ops_rwsem for better readability and
better intelligibility.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronous pernet_operations are not allowed anymore.
All are asynchronous. So, drop the structure member.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
llc_conn_send_pdu() pushes the skb into write queue and
calls llc_conn_send_pdus() to flush them out. However, the
status of dev_queue_xmit() is not returned to caller,
in this case, llc_conn_state_process().
llc_conn_state_process() needs hold the skb no matter
success or failure, because it still uses it after that,
therefore we should hold skb before dev_queue_xmit() when
that skb is the one being processed by llc_conn_state_process().
For other callers, they can just pass NULL and ignore
the return value as they are.
Reported-by: Noam Rathaus <noamr@beyondsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Commit dae399d7fd ("sctp: hold transport instead of assoc
when lookup assoc in rx path"), it put transport instead of asoc
in sctp_has_association. Variable 'asoc' is not used any more.
So this patch is to remove it, while at it, it also changes the
return type of sctp_has_association to bool, and does the same
for it's caller sctp_endpoint_is_peeled_off.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In similar fashion to ipmr, support fib notifications for ip6mr mfc and
vif related events. This would later allow drivers to react to said
notifications and offload the IPv6 mroutes.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the qdisc lock was dropped in pfifo_fast we allow multiple
enqueue threads and dequeue threads to run in parallel. On the
enqueue side the skb bit ooo_okay is used to ensure all related
skbs are enqueued in-order. On the dequeue side though there is
no similar logic. What we observe is with fewer queues than CPUs
it is possible to re-order packets when two instances of
__qdisc_run() are running in parallel. Each thread will dequeue
a skb and then whichever thread calls the ndo op first will
be sent on the wire. This doesn't typically happen because
qdisc_run() is usually triggered by the same core that did the
enqueue. However, drivers will trigger __netif_schedule()
when queues are transitioning from stopped to awake using the
netif_tx_wake_* APIs. When this happens netif_schedule() calls
qdisc_run() on the same CPU that did the netif_tx_wake_* which
is usually done in the interrupt completion context. This CPU
is selected with the irq affinity which is unrelated to the
enqueue operations.
To resolve this we add a RUNNING bit to the qdisc to ensure
only a single dequeue per qdisc is running. Enqueue and dequeue
operations can still run in parallel and also on multi queue
NICs we can still have a dequeue in-flight per qdisc, which
is typically per CPU.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Reported-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The biggest changes are the bluetooth related patches to the rsi
driver. It adds a new bluetooth driver which communicates directly
with the wireless driver and the interface is defined in
include/net/rsi_91x.h.
Major changes:
wl1251
* read the MAC address from the NVS file
rtlwifi
* enable mac80211 fast-tx support
mt76
* add capability to select tx/rx antennas
mt7601
* let mac80211 validate rx CCMP Packet Number (PN)
rsi
* bluetooth: add new btrsi driver
* btcoex support with the new btrsi driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJatkBHAAoJEG4XJFUm622bKuwH/1cPOfTDDd/kFdRSht0rkj0J
PJ+OxdlbnPuXU7R9juDo5r3WeNoyiXvsdKNYGchn9XIEq2BN1jzOzcE7FYs1IwKs
UPZ6gUgF4+wD5eL1tmiWd+P8CSMVVYAdUGE+CjXOdUT08s5NsIm4Uv86ry/nm7gI
DkrkdlRjqDb6Dx8M35kX9AguR1QHz2KmOu2htPomHzDONrD99z8FaqZQHg4oyNAX
yIvidDcDRYmMoHfkifJiuuUxnRgD935tM6QECYjGKXLnCDb9KklCaabe77lAH39M
EGI7Z6teZrvv5IozpGgPnUjr+hjgoiXxfQmFyXOZAmuSDHbxudYMfOd7KtQ18W0=
=ySDb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2018-03-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.17
The biggest changes are the bluetooth related patches to the rsi
driver. It adds a new bluetooth driver which communicates directly
with the wireless driver and the interface is defined in
include/net/rsi_91x.h.
Major changes:
wl1251
* read the MAC address from the NVS file
rtlwifi
* enable mac80211 fast-tx support
mt76
* add capability to select tx/rx antennas
mt7601
* let mac80211 validate rx CCMP Packet Number (PN)
rsi
* bluetooth: add new btrsi driver
* btcoex support with the new btrsi driver
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Don't pick fixed hash implementation for NFT_SET_EVAL sets, otherwise
userspace hits EOPNOTSUPP with valid rules using the meter statement,
from Florian Westphal.
2) If you send a batch that flushes the existing ruleset (that contains
a NAT chain) and the new ruleset definition comes with a new NAT
chain, don't bogusly hit EBUSY. Also from Florian.
3) Missing netlink policy attribute validation, from Florian.
4) Detach conntrack template from skbuff if IP_NODEFRAG is set on,
from Paolo Abeni.
5) Cache device names in flowtable object, otherwise we may end up
walking over devices going aways given no rtnl_lock is held.
6) Fix incorrect net_device ingress with ingress hooks.
7) Fix crash when trying to read more data than available in UDP
packets from the nf_socket infrastructure, from Subash.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_cleanup() is no more used, so remove it.
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rx path for tls software implementation.
recvmsg, splice_read, and poll implemented.
An additional sockopt TLS_RX is added, with the same interface as
TLS_TX. Either TLX_RX or TLX_TX may be provided separately, or
together (with two different setsockopt calls with appropriate keys).
Control messages are passed via CMSG in a similar way to transmit.
If no cmsg buffer is passed, then only application data records
will be passed to userspace, and EIO is returned for other types of
alerts.
EBADMSG is passed for decryption errors, and EMSGSIZE is passed for
framing too big, and EBADMSG for framing too small (matching openssl
semantics). EINVAL is returned for TLS versions that do not match the
original setsockopt call. All are unrecoverable.
strparser is used to parse TLS framing. Decryption is done directly
in to userspace buffers if they are large enough to support it, otherwise
sk_cow_data is called (similar to ipsec), and buffers are decrypted in
place and copied. splice_read always decrypts in place, since no
buffers are provided to decrypt in to.
sk_poll is overridden, and only returns POLLIN if a full TLS message is
received. Otherwise we wait for strparser to finish reading a full frame.
Actual decryption is only done during recvmsg or splice_read calls.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several config variables are prefixed with tx, drop the prefix
since these will be used for both tx and rx.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass EBADMSG explicitly to tls_err_abort. Receive path will
pass additional codes - EMSGSIZE if framing is larger than max
TLS record size, EINVAL if TLS version mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate tx crypto parameters to a separate cipher_context struct.
The same parameters will be used for rx using the same struct.
tls_advance_record_sn is modified to only take the cipher info.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier change missed the path where CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK is disabled.
Thanks to Jiri for spotting.
Fixes: 145307460b ("devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to devlink_resource_register")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With drivers implementing rate control in driver or firmware
rate_control_send_low() may not get called, and thus the
driver needs to know about changes in the multicast rate.
Add and use a new BSS change flag for this.
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since ra_chain is per-net, we may use per-net mutexes
to protect them in ip_ra_control(). This improves
scalability.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is optimization, which makes ip_call_ra_chain()
iterate less sockets to find the sockets it's looking for.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
top_hierarchy arg can be determined by comparing parent_resource_id to
DEVLINK_RESOURCE_ID_PARENT_TOP so it does not need to be a separate
argument.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds struct uevent_sock to struct net. Since struct uevent_sock
records the position of the uevent socket in the uevent socket list we can
trivially remove it from the uevent socket list during cleanup. This speeds
up the old removal codepath.
Note, list_del() will hit __list_del_entry_valid() in its call chain which
will validate that the element is a member of the list. If it isn't it will
take care that the list is not modified.
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices going away have to grab the nfnl_lock from the netdev event path
to avoid races with control plane updates.
However, netlink dumps in netfilter do not hold nfnl_lock mutex. Cache
the device name into the objects to avoid an use-after-free situation
for a device that is going away.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-03-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a BPF hook for sendmsg and sendfile by reusing the ULP infrastructure
and sockmap. Three helpers are added along with this, bpf_msg_apply_bytes(),
bpf_msg_cork_bytes(), and bpf_msg_pull_data(). The first is used to tell
for how many bytes the verdict should be applied to, the second to tell
that x bytes need to be queued first to retrigger the BPF program for a
verdict, and the third helper is mainly for the sendfile case to pull in
data for making it private for reading and/or writing, from John.
2) Improve address to symbol resolution of user stack traces in BPF stackmap.
Currently, the latter stores the address for each entry in the call trace,
however to map these addresses to user space files, it is necessary to
maintain the mapping from these virtual addresses to symbols in the binary
which is not practical for system-wide profiling. Instead, this option for
the stackmap rather stores the ELF build id and offset for the call trace
entries, from Song.
3) Add support that allows BPF programs attached to perf events to read the
address values recorded with the perf events. They are requested through
PERF_SAMPLE_ADDR via perf_event_open(). Main motivation behind it is to
support building memory or lock access profiling and tracing tools with
the help of BPF, from Teng.
4) Several improvements to the tools/bpf/ Makefiles. The 'make bpf' in the
tools directory does not provide the standard quiet output except for
bpftool and it also does not respect specifying a build output directory.
'make bpf_install' command neither respects specified destination nor
prefix, all from Jiri. In addition, Jakub fixes several other minor issues
in the Makefiles on top of that, e.g. fixing dependency paths, phony
targets and more.
5) Various doc updates e.g. add a comment for BPF fs about reserved names
to make the dentry lookup from there a bit more obvious, and a comment
to the bpf_devel_QA file in order to explain the diff between native
and bpf target clang usage with regards to pointer size, from Quentin
and Daniel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7b6ddeaf27 ("mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing") added an
argument qos_ok to ieee80211_nullfunc_get to support QoS NDP. Despite
the claim in the commit log "Change all the drivers to *not* allow
QoS NDP for now, even though it looks like most of them should be OK
with that", this commit enables QoS NDP in response to beacons (see
change to mlme.c:ieee80211_send_nullfunc), causing ath9k_htc to lose
IP connectivity. See:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10241109/https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=891060
Introduce a hardware flag to allow such buggy drivers to override the
correct default behaviour of mac80211 of sending QoS NDP packets.
Signed-off-by: Ben Caradoc-Davies <ben@transient.nz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove parameter 'family' in nf_conncount_count() and count_tree().
It is because the parameter is not useful after commit 625c556118
("netfilter: connlimit: split xt_connlimit into front and backend").
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The current implementation of sk_alloc_sg expects scatterlist to always
start at entry 0 and complete at entry MAX_SKB_FRAGS.
Future patches will want to support starting at arbitrary offset into
scatterlist so add an additional sg_start parameters and then default
to the current values in TLS code paths.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The TLS ULP module builds scatterlists from a sock using
page_frag_refill(). This is going to be useful for other ULPs
so move it into sock file for more general use.
In the process remove useless goto at end of while loop.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
use proc_remove_subtree() for subtree removal, both on setup failure
halfway through and on teardown. No need to make simple things
complex...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the udp_rmem_min, udp_wmem_min
to namespace and init the udp_l3mdev_accept explicitly.
The udp_rmem_min/udp_wmem_min affect udp rx/tx queue,
with this patch namespaces can set them differently.
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_chk_addr_and_flags determines if an address is a local address and
optionally if it is an address on a specific device. For example, it is
called by ip6_route_info_create to determine if a given gateway address
is a local address. The address check currently does not consider L3
domains and as a result does not allow a route to be added in one VRF
if the nexthop points to an address in a second VRF. e.g.,
$ ip route add 2001:db8:1::/64 vrf r2 via 2001:db8:102::23
Error: Invalid gateway address.
where 2001:db8:102::23 is an address on an interface in vrf r1.
ipv6_chk_addr_and_flags needs to allow callers to always pass in a device
with a separate argument to not limit the address to the specific device.
The device is used used to determine the L3 domain of interest.
To that end add an argument to skip the device check and update callers
to always pass a device where possible and use the new argument to mean
any address in the domain.
Update a handful of users of ipv6_chk_addr with a NULL dev argument. This
patch handles the change to these callers without adding the domain check.
ip6_validate_gw needs to handle 2 cases - one where the device is given
as part of the nexthop spec and the other where the device is resolved.
There is at least 1 VRF case where deferring the check to only after
the route lookup has resolved the device fails with an unintuitive error
"RTNETLINK answers: No route to host" as opposed to the preferred
"Error: Gateway can not be a local address." The 'no route to host'
error is because of the fallback to a full lookup. The check is done
twice to avoid this error.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add SCTP_AUTH_NO_AUTH type for AUTHENTICATION_EVENT,
as described in section 6.1.8 of RFC6458.
SCTP_AUTH_NO_AUTH: This report indicates that the peer does not
support SCTP authentication as defined in [RFC4895].
Note that the implementation is quite similar as that of
SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add sockopt SCTP_AUTH_DEACTIVATE_KEY, as described in
section 8.3.4 of RFC6458.
This set option indicates that the application will no longer send user
messages using the indicated key identifier.
Note that RFC requires that only deactivated keys that are no longer used
by an association can be deleted, but for the backward compatibility, it
is not to check deactivated when deleting or replacing one sh_key.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for SCTP AUTH Information for sendmsg,
as described in section 5.3.8 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can provide shared key identifier used for
sending the user message.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Note that it reuses sinfo->sinfo_tsn to indicate if this option is
set and sinfo->sinfo_ssn to save the shkey ID which can be 0.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With refcnt support for sh_key, chunks auth sh_keys can be decided
before enqueuing it. Changing the active key later will not affect
the chunks already enqueued.
Furthermore, this is necessary when adding the support for authinfo
for sendmsg in next patch.
Note that struct sctp_chunk can't be grown due to that performance
drop issue on slow cpu, so it just reuses head_skb memory for shkey
in sctp_chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to the rework of PMTU information storage in commit
2c8cec5c10 ("ipv4: Cache learned PMTU information in inetpeer."),
when a PMTU event advertising a PMTU smaller than
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu was received, we would disable setting the DF
flag on packets by locking the MTU metric, and set the PMTU to
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu.
Since then, we don't disable DF, and set PMTU to
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu, so the intermediate router that has this link
with a small MTU will have to drop the packets.
This patch reestablishes pre-2.6.39 behavior by splitting
rtable->rt_pmtu into a bitfield with rt_mtu_locked and rt_pmtu.
rt_mtu_locked indicates that we shouldn't set the DF bit on that path,
and is checked in ip_dont_fragment().
One possible workaround is to set net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu to a value low
enough to accommodate the lowest MTU encountered.
Fixes: 2c8cec5c10 ("ipv4: Cache learned PMTU information in inetpeer.")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redpine bluetooth driver is a thin driver which depends on
'rsi_91x' driver for transmitting and receiving packets
to/from device. It creates hci interface when attach() is
called from 'rsi_91x' module.
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With BT support, driver has to handle two streams of data
(i.e. wlan and BT). Actual coex implementation is in firmware.
Coex module just schedule the packets to firmware by taking them
from the corresponding paths.
Structures for module and protocol operations are introduced for
this purpose. Protocol operations structure is global structure
which can be shared among different modules. Move initialization
of coex and operating mode values to rsi_91x_init().
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The common parameters used by wlan and bt modules are add
to a new header file "rsi_91x.h" defined in 'include/net'
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make locking scheme be visible for users, and provide
a comment what for we are need exit_batch() methods,
and when it should be used.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2018-03-13
1) Refuse to insert 32 bit userspace socket policies on 64
bit systems like we do it for standard policies. We don't
have a compat layer, so inserting socket policies from
32 bit userspace will lead to a broken configuration.
2) Make the policy hold queue work without the flowcache.
Dummy bundles are not chached anymore, so we need to
generate a new one on each lookup as long as the SAs
are not yet in place.
3) Fix the validation of the esn replay attribute. The
The sanity check in verify_replay() is bypassed if
the XFRM_STATE_ESN flag is not set. Fix this by doing
the sanity check uncoditionally.
From Florian Westphal.
4) After most of the dst_entry garbage collection code
is removed, we may leak xfrm_dst entries as they are
neither cached nor tracked somewhere. Fix this by
reusing the 'uncached_list' to track xfrm_dst entries
too. From Xin Long.
5) Fix a rcu_read_lock/rcu_read_unlock imbalance in
xfrm_get_tos() From Xin Long.
6) Fix an infinite loop in xfrm_get_dst_nexthop. On
transport mode we fetch the child dst_entry after
we continue, so this pointer is never updated.
Fix this by fetching it before we continue.
7) Fix ESN sequence number gap after IPsec GSO packets.
We accidentally increment the sequence number counter
on the xfrm_state by one packet too much in the ESN
case. Fix this by setting the sequence number to the
correct value.
8) Reset the ethernet protocol after decapsulation only if a
mac header was set. Otherwise it breaks configurations
with TUN devices. From Yossi Kuperman.
9) Fix __this_cpu_read() usage in preemptible code. Use
this_cpu_read() instead in ipcomp_alloc_tfms().
From Greg Hackmann.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to abstract away access to the
ipv6.sysctl.multipath_hash_policy variable, which is not available on
systems compiled without IPv6 support, introduce a wrapper function
ip6_multipath_hash_policy() that falls back to 0 on non-IPv6 systems.
Use this wrapper from mlxsw/spectrum_router instead of a direct
reference.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when using 'ss' in iproute, kernel would try to load all _diag
modules, which also causes corresponding family and proto modules
to be loaded as well due to module dependencies.
Like after running 'ss', sctp, dccp, af_packet (if it works as a module)
would be loaded.
For example:
$ lsmod|grep sctp
$ ss
$ lsmod|grep sctp
sctp_diag 16384 0
sctp 323584 5 sctp_diag
inet_diag 24576 4 raw_diag,tcp_diag,sctp_diag,udp_diag
libcrc32c 16384 3 nf_conntrack,nf_nat,sctp
As these family and proto modules are loaded unintentionally, it
could cause some problems, like:
- Some debug tools use 'ss' to collect the socket info, which loads all
those diag and family and protocol modules. It's noisy for identifying
issues.
- Users usually expect to drop sctp init packet silently when they
have no sense of sctp protocol instead of sending abort back.
- It wastes resources (especially with multiple netns), and SCTP module
can't be unloaded once it's loaded.
...
In short, it's really inappropriate to have these family and proto
modules loaded unexpectedly when just doing debugging with inet_diag.
This patch is to introduce sock_load_diag_module() where it loads
the _diag module only when it's corresponding family or proto has
been already registered.
Note that we can't just load _diag module without the family or
proto loaded, as some symbols used in _diag module are from the
family or proto module.
v1->v2:
- move inet proto check to inet_diag to avoid a compiling err.
v2->v3:
- define sock_load_diag_module in sock.c and export one symbol
only.
- improve the changelog.
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new callback in tc_action_ops, it will be needed by the tc actions
to compute its size when a ADD/DELETE notification message is constructed.
This routine has to take into account optional/variable size TLVs specific
per action.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new function argument to carry total attributes size for
correct allocation of skb in event messages.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fallback tunnels (like tunl0, gre0, gretap0, erspan0, sit0,
ip6tnl0, ip6gre0) are automatically created when the corresponding
module is loaded.
These tunnels are also automatically created when a new network
namespace is created, at a great cost.
In many cases, netns are used for isolation purposes, and these
extra network devices are a waste of resources. We are using
thousands of netns per host, and hit the netns creation/delete
bottleneck a lot. (Many thanks to Kirill for recent work on this)
Add a new sysctl so that we can opt-out from this automatic creation.
Note that these tunnels are still created for the initial namespace,
to be the least intrusive for typical setups.
Tested:
lpk43:~# cat add_del_unshare.sh
for i in `seq 1 40`
do
(for j in `seq 1 100` ; do unshare -n /bin/true >/dev/null ; done) &
done
wait
lpk43:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/core/fb_tunnels_only_for_init_net
lpk43:~# time ./add_del_unshare.sh
real 0m37.521s
user 0m0.886s
sys 7m7.084s
lpk43:~# echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/core/fb_tunnels_only_for_init_net
lpk43:~# time ./add_del_unshare.sh
real 0m4.761s
user 0m0.851s
sys 1m8.343s
lpk43:~#
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we exceed current packets limit and we have more than one
segment in the list returned by skb_gso_segment(), netem drops
only the first one, skipping the rest, hence kmemleak reports:
unreferenced object 0xffff880b5d23b600 (size 1024):
comm "softirq", pid 0, jiffies 4384527763 (age 2770.629s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 80 23 5d 0b 88 ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ..#]............
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<00000000d8a19b9d>] __alloc_skb+0xc9/0x520
[<000000001709b32f>] skb_segment+0x8c8/0x3710
[<00000000c7b9bb88>] tcp_gso_segment+0x331/0x1830
[<00000000c921cba1>] inet_gso_segment+0x476/0x1370
[<000000008b762dd4>] skb_mac_gso_segment+0x1f9/0x510
[<000000002182660a>] __skb_gso_segment+0x1dd/0x620
[<00000000412651b9>] netem_enqueue+0x1536/0x2590 [sch_netem]
[<0000000005d3b2a9>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x1167/0x2120
[<00000000fc5f7327>] ip_finish_output2+0x998/0xf00
[<00000000d309e9d3>] ip_output+0x1aa/0x2c0
[<000000007ecbd3a4>] tcp_transmit_skb+0x18db/0x3670
[<0000000042d2a45f>] tcp_write_xmit+0x4d4/0x58c0
[<0000000056a44199>] tcp_tasklet_func+0x3d9/0x540
[<0000000013d06d02>] tasklet_action+0x1ca/0x250
[<00000000fcde0b8b>] __do_softirq+0x1b4/0x5a3
[<00000000e7ed027c>] irq_exit+0x1e2/0x210
Fix it by adding the rest of the segments, if any, to skb 'to_free'
list. Add new __qdisc_drop_all() and qdisc_drop_all() functions
because they can be useful in the future if we need to drop segmented
GSO packets in other places.
Fixes: 6071bd1aa1 ("netem: Segment GSO packets on enqueue")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for Destination IPv4/6 Address options
for sendmsg, as described in section 5.3.9/10 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can provide more than one destination addrs
to sendmsg when creating asoc, like sctp_connectx.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for PR-SCTP Information for sendmsg,
as described in section 5.3.7 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can specify pr_policy and pr_value for user
data in sendmsg.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the
resouce size_params have become a struct member rather
than a pointer to such an object.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by Eric, we need to make the xt_rateest
hash table and its lock per netns to reduce lock
contentions.
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
parameter protoff in nf_conntrack_broadcast_help is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This fixes the following kernel-doc warning:
./include/net/dst.h:366: warning: Function parameter or member 'net' not described in 'skb_tunnel_rx'
Fixes: ea23192e8e ("tunnels: harmonize cleanup done on skb on rx path")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Neuschäfer <j.neuschaefer@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The other dst_cache_{get,set}_ip{4,6} functions, and the doc comment for
dst_cache_set_ip6 use 'saddr' for their source address parameter. Rename
the parameter to increase consistency.
This fixes the following kernel-doc warnings:
./include/net/dst_cache.h:58: warning: Function parameter or member 'addr' not described in 'dst_cache_set_ip6'
./include/net/dst_cache.h:58: warning: Excess function parameter 'saddr' description in 'dst_cache_set_ip6'
Fixes: 911362c70d ("net: add dst_cache support")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Neuschäfer <j.neuschaefer@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing the port, we allow different ports to have different
statistics. This is useful since some ports have SERDES interfaces
with their own statistic counters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__get_hash_from_flowi6 is still used for flowlabels, but the IPv4
variant and the wrappers to both are not used. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some operators prefer IPv6 path selection to use a standard 5-tuple
hash rather than just an L3 hash with the flow the label. To that end
add support to IPv6 for multipath hash policy similar to bf4e0a3db9
("net: ipv4: add support for ECMP hash policy choice"). The default
is still L3 which covers source and destination addresses along with
flow label and IPv6 protocol.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 does path selection for multipath routes deep in the lookup
functions. The next patch adds L4 hash option and needs the skb
for the forward path. To get the skb to the relevant FIB lookup
functions it needs to go through the fib rules layer, so add a
lookup_data argument to the fib_lookup_arg struct.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename NETEVENT_MULTIPATH_HASH_UPDATE to
NETEVENT_IPV4_MPATH_HASH_UPDATE to denote it relates to a change
in the IPv4 hash policy.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_multipath_hash only needs net struct to check a sysctl. Make it
clear by passing net instead of fib_info. In the end this allows
alignment between the ipv4 and ipv6 versions.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* hwsim net namespace stuff from Kirill Tkhai
* A-MSDU support in fast-RX
* 4-addr mode support in fast-RX
* support for a spec quirk in Add-BA negotiation
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=BTxG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-03-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Only a few new things:
* hwsim net namespace stuff from Kirill Tkhai
* A-MSDU support in fast-RX
* 4-addr mode support in fast-RX
* support for a spec quirk in Add-BA negotiation
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is second part of dealing with suboptimal device gso parameters.
In first patch (350c9f484b "tcp_bbr: better deal with suboptimal GSO")
we dealt with devices having low gso_max_segs
Some devices lower gso_max_size from 64KB to 16 KB (r8152 is an example)
In order to probe an optimal cwnd, we want BBR being not sensitive
to whatever GSO constraint a device can have.
This patch removes tso_segs_goal() CC callback in favor of
min_tso_segs() for CC wanting to override sysctl_tcp_min_tso_segs
Next patch will remove bbr->tso_segs_goal since it does not have
to be persistent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently these Dayna cards don't have a pseudoslot declaration ROM
which means they can't be probed like NuBus cards.
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: bfff486265 ("net: fib_rules: support for match on ip_proto, sport and dport")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix trivial spelling mistake "greater then" -> "greater than".
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following previous changes to ip6mr, mr_table and mr6_table are
basically the same [up to mr6_table having additional '6' suffixes to
its variable names].
Move the common structure definition into a common header; This
requires renaming all references in ip6mr to variables that had the
distinct suffix.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dissect flow in fwd path if fib rules require it. Controlled by
a flag to avoid penatly for the common case. Flag is set when fib
rules with sport, dport and proto match that require flow dissect
are installed. Also passes the dissected hash keys to the multipath
hash function when applicable to avoid dissecting the flow again.
icmp packets will continue to use inner header for hash
calculations.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dissect flow in fwd path if fib rules require it. Controlled by
a flag to avoid penatly for the common case. Flag is set when fib
rules with sport, dport and proto match that require flow dissect
are installed. Also passes the dissected hash keys to the multipath
hash function when applicable to avoid dissecting the flow again.
icmp packets will continue to use inner header for hash
calculations (Thanks to Nikolay Aleksandrov for some review here).
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
uapi for ip_proto, sport and dport range match
in fib rules.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down
to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed
pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables and
also memcpy size_params during devlink resource registration.
Also, introduce a convenient size_param_init helper.
Fixes: ef3116e540 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload sch_prio graft command for capable drivers.
Warn in case of a failure, unless the graft was done as part of a destroy
operation (the new qdisc is a noop) or if all the qdiscs (the parent, the
old child, and the new one) are not offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ran simple script to find/remove trailing whitespace and blank lines
at EOF because that kind of stuff git whines about and editors leave
behind.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initializing struct flowi4 is useful for drivers that need to emulate
routing decisions made by a tunnel interface. Publish the
function (appropriately renamed) so that the drivers in question don't
need to cut'n'paste it around.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determining whether a device is a GRE device is easily done by
inspecting struct net_device.type. However, for the tap variants, the
type is just ARPHRD_ETHER.
Therefore introduce two predicate functions that use netdev_ops to tell
the tap devices.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only works if the IV was stripped from packets. Create a smaller
variant of ieee80211_rx_h_amsdu, which bypasses checks already done
within the fast-rx context.
In order to do so, update cfg80211's ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr()
to take the offset between header and snap.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add security hooks allowing security modules to exercise access control
over SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Richard Haines <richard_c_haines@btinternet.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Add ip option support to allow LSM security modules to utilise CIPSO/IPv4
and CALIPSO/IPv6 services.
Signed-off-by: Richard Haines <richard_c_haines@btinternet.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
For ages iproute2 has used `struct rtmsg` as the ancillary header for
FIB rules and in the process set the protocol value to RTPROT_BOOT.
Until ca56209a66 ("net: Allow a rule to track originating protocol")
the kernel rules code ignored the protocol value sent from userspace
and always returned 0 in notifications. To avoid incompatibility with
existing iproute2, send the protocol as a new attribute.
Fixes: cac56209a6 ("net: Allow a rule to track originating protocol")
Signed-off-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One thing to note: I've included a new ethertype
that wireless uses (ETH_P_PREAUTH) in if_ether.h.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=A6XK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-02-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various updates across wireless.
One thing to note: I've included a new ethertype
that wireless uses (ETH_P_PREAUTH) in if_ether.h.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211: fix cfg80211_beacon_dup
-> old bug in this code
cfg80211: clear wep keys after disconnection
-> certain ways of disconnecting left the keys
mac80211: round IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM up to multiple of 4
-> alignment issues with using 14 bytes
mac80211: Do not disconnect on invalid operating class
-> if the AP has a bogus operating class, let it be
mac80211: Fix sending ADDBA response for an ongoing session
-> don't send the same frame twice
cfg80211: use only 1Mbps for basic rates in mesh
-> interop issue with old versions of our code
mac80211_hwsim: don't use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
-> it causes splats because it flushes work on a non-reclaim WQ
regulatory: add NUL to request alpha2
-> nla_put_string() issue from Kees
mac80211: mesh: fix wrong mesh TTL offset calculation
-> protocol issue
mac80211: fix a possible leak of station stats
-> error path might leak memory
mac80211: fix calling sleeping function in atomic context
-> percpu allocations need to be made with gfp flags
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAlqPIu8ACgkQB8qZga/f
l8R6ww/+NWuu2T3rXSqfp0hDI/CYCwpMV12wsD/4BGC+6idZBicwLVwNyey7Frzh
IUb8vpuUR0+gvacY9ogSsBGBlU/IjydJWGpXiXIlruB/WNdMTHor9LZHr8dH2jDn
m8rYwzOdpnp73IvME3krtvLv24NrJmOjBlkGTZ236403yRtYqX5k/bn/AriYSqMm
bGbXTM9acs3WTygvR8KwCpOPjuosw3VL/54nu52MIegkORAHKA7SOm6O8PCjaG2Q
4pRopztpvGAIQOe+VzYt8n47uW2a8g6FGQnRZOusAzf98xZLgfTBric5y5Vtf4j4
WiSFnECCugoC0se8op5C5OgPmPEK7cN0j22PrJ0wJzd8cFuZSnw+MoHQuvvaH3WF
4DtLNOs9uWyNqN3PJES6hhQJi1WXMKAV2GNOLsp/P2jmZya/TrHFiBH8nIAGqJhj
3rARKmamI1qMUBs62fQfpXl+iOzLzKNIy6RzDr81Rh3Jhavx/xR7uJKIyy4xwQc0
NfvBABT21WwI6+KC7EEyOqbti+Ldee3hd0fKift4Uww9j+P7c8UXTrWeGlq31M+v
QSX8YstmBcDAk/llAwK/nM+9t1gXLBS9ZDv2M+ag7be0wZIORDlehsMBE987T3AB
UrPgpxCM8Yrk10yHbpaq3sstZo9xWLGzrwhAUFIw2WzbWFDrd8A=
=kwiY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-02-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various fixes across the tree, the shortlog basically says it all:
cfg80211: fix cfg80211_beacon_dup
-> old bug in this code
cfg80211: clear wep keys after disconnection
-> certain ways of disconnecting left the keys
mac80211: round IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM up to multiple of 4
-> alignment issues with using 14 bytes
mac80211: Do not disconnect on invalid operating class
-> if the AP has a bogus operating class, let it be
mac80211: Fix sending ADDBA response for an ongoing session
-> don't send the same frame twice
cfg80211: use only 1Mbps for basic rates in mesh
-> interop issue with old versions of our code
mac80211_hwsim: don't use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
-> it causes splats because it flushes work on a non-reclaim WQ
regulatory: add NUL to request alpha2
-> nla_put_string() issue from Kees
mac80211: mesh: fix wrong mesh TTL offset calculation
-> protocol issue
mac80211: fix a possible leak of station stats
-> error path might leak memory
mac80211: fix calling sleeping function in atomic context
-> percpu allocations need to be made with gfp flags
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi channel scenarios, when disassociating from the AP before a
beacon was heard from the AP, it is not guaranteed that the virtual
interface is granted air time for the transmission of the
deauthentication frame. This in turn can lead to various issues as
the AP might never get the deauthentication frame.
To mitigate such possible issues, add a HW flag indicating that the
driver requires mac80211 to call the mgd_prep_tx() driver callback
to make sure that the virtual interface is granted immediate airtime
to be able to transmit the frame, in case that no beacon was heard
from the AP.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Similar to the ancient commit a5fe8e7695 ("regulatory: add NUL
to alpha2"), add another byte to alpha2 in the request struct so
that when we use nla_put_string(), we don't overrun anything.
Fixes: 73d54c9e74 ("cfg80211: add regulatory netlink multicast group")
Reported-by: Kees Cook <keescook@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow a rule that is being added/deleted/modified or
dumped to contain the originating protocol's id.
The protocol is handled just like a routes originating
protocol is. This is especially useful because there
is starting to be a plethora of different user space
programs adding rules.
Allow the vrf device to specify that the kernel is the originator
of the rule created for this device.
Signed-off-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCPF_ macro depends on the definition of TCP_ macro.
So it is better to define them with TCP_ marco.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since TCP relies on GSO, we do not need this helper anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Oleksandr Natalenko reported performance issues with BBR without FQ
packet scheduler that were root caused to lack of SG and GSO/TSO on
his configuration.
In this mode, TCP internal pacing has to setup a high resolution timer
for each MSS sent.
We could implement in TCP a strategy similar to the one adopted
in commit fefa569a9d ("net_sched: sch_fq: account for schedule/timers drifts")
or decide to finally switch TCP stack to a GSO only mode.
This has many benefits :
1) Most TCP developments are done with TSO in mind.
2) Less high-resolution timers needs to be armed for TCP-pacing
3) GSO can benefit of xmit_more hint
4) Receiver GRO is more effective (as if TSO was used for real on sender)
-> Lower ACK traffic
5) Write queues have less overhead (one skb holds about 64KB of payload)
6) SACK coalescing just works.
7) rtx rb-tree contains less packets, SACK is cheaper.
This patch implements the minimum patch, but we can remove some legacy
code as follow ups.
Tested:
On 40Gbit link, one netperf -t TCP_STREAM
BBR+fq:
sg on: 26 Gbits/sec
sg off: 15.7 Gbits/sec (was 2.3 Gbit before patch)
BBR+pfifo_fast:
sg on: 24.2 Gbits/sec
sg off: 14.9 Gbits/sec (was 0.66 Gbit before patch !!! )
BBR+fq_codel:
sg on: 24.4 Gbits/sec
sg off: 15 Gbits/sec (was 0.66 Gbit before patch !!! )
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This resolves an old bug that constrained this driver to no more than
one card.
Tested-by: Stan Johnson <userm57@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After adding size validation logic into core cleanup is required.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This simplifies cleanup queueing and makes cleanup lists
to use llist primitives. Since llist has its own cmpxchg()
ordering, cleanup_list_lock is not more need.
Also, struct llist_node is smaller, than struct list_head,
so we save some bytes in struct net with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We take net_mutex, when there are !async pernet_operations
registered, and read locking of net_sem is not enough. But
we may get rid of taking the mutex, and just change the logic
to write lock net_sem in such cases. This obviously reduces
the number of lock operations, we do.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows users to get ack signal strength of
last transmitted frame.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch provides support to get ack signal in probe client response
and in station info from user.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
[squash in compilation fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This ensures that mac80211 allocated management frames are properly
aligned, which makes copying them more efficient.
For instance, mt76 uses iowrite32_copy to copy beacon frames to beacon
template memory on the chip.
Misaligned 32-bit accesses cause CPU exceptions on MIPS and should be
avoided.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds extack handling for a common used TC act function
"tcf_generic_walker()" to add an extack message on failures.
The tcf_generic_walker() function can fail if get a invalid command
different than DEL and GET. The naming "action" here is wrong, the
correct naming would be command.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act walker callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act lookup callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act init callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since UDP-Lite is always using checksum, the following path is
triggered when calculating pseudo header for it:
udp4_csum_init() or udp6_csum_init()
skb_checksum_init_zero_check()
__skb_checksum_validate_complete()
The problem can appear if skb->len is less than CHECKSUM_BREAK. In
this particular case __skb_checksum_validate_complete() also invokes
__skb_checksum_complete(skb). If UDP-Lite is using partial checksum
that covers only part of a packet, the function will return bad
checksum and the packet will be dropped.
It can be fixed if we skip skb_checksum_init_zero_check() and only
set the required pseudo header checksum for UDP-Lite with partial
checksum before udp4_csum_init()/udp6_csum_init() functions return.
Fixes: ed70fcfcee ("net: Call skb_checksum_init in IPv4")
Fixes: e4f45b7f40 ("net: Call skb_checksum_init in IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In early time, when freeing a xdst, it would be inserted into
dst_garbage.list first. Then if it's refcnt was still held
somewhere, later it would be put into dst_busy_list in
dst_gc_task().
When one dev was being unregistered, the dev of these dsts in
dst_busy_list would be set with loopback_dev and put this dev.
So that this dev's removal wouldn't get blocked, and avoid the
kmsg warning:
kernel:unregister_netdevice: waiting for veth0 to become \
free. Usage count = 2
However after Commit 52df157f17 ("xfrm: take refcnt of dst
when creating struct xfrm_dst bundle"), the xdst will not be
freed with dst gc, and this warning happens.
To fix it, we need to find these xdsts that are still held by
others when removing the dev, and free xdst's dev and set it
with loopback_dev.
But unfortunately after flow_cache for xfrm was deleted, no
list tracks them anymore. So we need to save these xdsts
somewhere to release the xdst's dev later.
To make this easier, this patch is to reuse uncached_list to
track xdsts, so that the dev refcnt can be released in the
event NETDEV_UNREGISTER process of fib_netdev_notifier.
Thanks to Florian, we could move forward this fix quickly.
Fixes: 52df157f17 ("xfrm: take refcnt of dst when creating struct xfrm_dst bundle")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Remove rt_table_id from rtable. It was added for getroute to return the
table id that was hit in the lookup. With the changes for fibmatch the
table id can be extracted from the fib_info returned in the fib_result
so it no longer needs to be in rtable directly.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 uses set_lwt_redirect to set the lwtunnel redirect functions as
needed. Move it to lwtunnel.h as lwtunnel_set_redirect and change
IPv6 to also use it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the
switch driver.
On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp.
This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp.
On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the
underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior
of skb_tx_timestamp.
Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone
in the same central function by Richard Cochran
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that
switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the
ethtool timestamp-info interface.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
배석진 reported that in some situations, packets for a given 5-tuple
end up being processed by different CPUS.
This involves RPS, and fragmentation.
배석진 is seeing packet drops when a SYN_RECV request socket is
moved into ESTABLISH state. Other states are protected by socket lock.
This is caused by a CPU losing the race, and simply not caring enough.
Since this seems to occur frequently, we can do better and perform
a second lookup.
Note that all needed memory barriers are already in the existing code,
thanks to the spin_lock()/spin_unlock() pair in inet_ehash_insert()
and reqsk_put(). The second lookup must find the new socket,
unless it has already been accepted and closed by another cpu.
Note that the fragmentation could be avoided in the first place by
use of a correct TCP MSS option in the SYN{ACK} packet, but this
does not mean we can not be more robust.
Many thanks to 배석진 for a very detailed analysis.
Reported-by: 배석진 <soukjin.bae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds new pernet_operations::async flag to indicate operations,
which ->init(), ->exit() and ->exit_batch() methods are allowed
to be executed in parallel with the methods of any other pernet_operations.
When there are only asynchronous pernet_operations in the system,
net_mutex won't be taken for a net construction and destruction.
Also, remove BUG_ON(mutex_is_locked()) from net_assign_generic()
without replacing with the equivalent net_sem check, as there is
one more lockdep assert below.
v3: Add comment near net_mutex.
Suggested-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes since v1:
Added changes in these files:
drivers/infiniband/hw/usnic/usnic_transport.c
drivers/staging/lustre/lnet/lnet/lib-socket.c
drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_login.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
fs/dlm/lowcomms.c
fs/ocfs2/cluster/tcp.c
security/tomoyo/network.c
Before:
All these functions either return a negative error indicator,
or store length of sockaddr into "int *socklen" parameter
and return zero on success.
"int *socklen" parameter is awkward. For example, if caller does not
care, it still needs to provide on-stack storage for the value
it does not need.
None of the many FOO_getname() functions of various protocols
ever used old value of *socklen. They always just overwrite it.
This change drops this parameter, and makes all these functions, on success,
return length of sockaddr. It's always >= 0 and can be differentiated
from an error.
Tests in callers are changed from "if (err)" to "if (err < 0)", where needed.
rpc_sockname() lost "int buflen" parameter, since its only use was
to be passed to kernel_getsockname() as &buflen and subsequently
not used in any way.
Userspace API is not changed.
text data bss dec hex filename
30108430 2633624 873672 33615726 200ef6e vmlinux.before.o
30108109 2633612 873672 33615393 200ee21 vmlinux.o
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the mindless scripted replacement of kernel use of POLL*
variables as described by Al, done by this script:
for V in IN OUT PRI ERR RDNORM RDBAND WRNORM WRBAND HUP RDHUP NVAL MSG; do
L=`git grep -l -w POLL$V | grep -v '^t' | grep -v /um/ | grep -v '^sa' | grep -v '/poll.h$'|grep -v '^D'`
for f in $L; do sed -i "-es/^\([^\"]*\)\(\<POLL$V\>\)/\\1E\\2/" $f; done
done
with de-mangling cleanups yet to come.
NOTE! On almost all architectures, the EPOLL* constants have the same
values as the POLL* constants do. But they keyword here is "almost".
For various bad reasons they aren't the same, and epoll() doesn't
actually work quite correctly in some cases due to this on Sparc et al.
The next patch from Al will sort out the final differences, and we
should be all done.
Scripted-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-02-09
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Two fixes for BPF sockmap in order to break up circular map references
from programs attached to sockmap, and detaching related sockets in
case of socket close() event. For the latter we get rid of the
smap_state_change() and plug into ULP infrastructure, which will later
also be used for additional features anyway such as TX hooks. For the
second issue, dependency chain is broken up via map release callback
to free parse/verdict programs, all from John.
2) Fix a libbpf relocation issue that was found while implementing XDP
support for Suricata project. Issue was that when clang was invoked
with default target instead of bpf target, then various other e.g.
debugging relevant sections are added to the ELF file that contained
relocation entries pointing to non-BPF related sections which libbpf
trips over instead of skipping them. Test cases for libbpf are added
as well, from Jesper.
3) Various misc fixes for bpftool and one for libbpf: a small addition
to libbpf to make sure it recognizes all standard section prefixes.
Then, the Makefile in bpftool/Documentation is improved to explicitly
check for rst2man being installed on the system as we otherwise risk
installing empty man pages; the man page for bpftool-map is corrected
and a set of missing bash completions added in order to avoid shipping
bpftool where the completions are only partially working, from Quentin.
4) Fix applying the relocation to immediate load instructions in the
nfp JIT which were missing a shift, from Jakub.
5) Two fixes for the BPF kernel selftests: handle CONFIG_BPF_JIT_ALWAYS_ON=y
gracefully in test_bpf.ko module and mark them as FLAG_EXPECTED_FAIL
in this case; and explicitly delete the veth devices in the two tests
test_xdp_{meta,redirect}.sh before dismantling the netnses as when
selftests are run in batch mode, then workqueue to handle destruction
might not have finished yet and thus veth creation in next test under
same dev name would fail, from Yonghong.
6) Fix test_kmod.sh to check the test_bpf.ko module path before performing
an insmod, and fallback to modprobe. Especially the latter is useful
when having a device under test that has the modules installed instead,
from Naresh.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for you net tree, they
are:
1) Restore __GFP_NORETRY in xt_table allocations to mitigate effects of
large memory allocation requests, from Michal Hocko.
2) Release IPv6 fragment queue in case of error in fragmentation header,
this is a follow up to amend patch 83f1999cae, from Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.
3) Flowtable infrastructure depends on NETFILTER_INGRESS as it registers
a hook for each flowtable, reported by John Crispin.
4) Missing initialization of info->priv in xt_cgroup version 1, from
Cong Wang.
5) Give a chance to garbage collector to run after scheduling flowtable
cleanup.
6) Releasing flowtable content on nft_flow_offload module removal is
not required at all, there is not dependencies between this module
and flowtables, remove it.
7) Fix missing xt_rateest_mutex grabbing for hash insertions, also from
Cong Wang.
8) Move nf_flow_table_cleanup() routine to flowtable core, this patch is
a dependency for the next patch in this list.
9) Flowtable resources are not properly released on removal from the
control plane. Fix this resource leak by scheduling removal of all
entries and explicit call to the garbage collector.
10) nf_ct_nat_offset() declaration is dead code, this function prototype
is not used anywhere, remove it. From Taehee Yoo.
11) Fix another flowtable resource leak on entry insertion failures,
this patch also fixes a possible use-after-free. Patch from Felix
Fietkau.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_offload_del frees the flow, so all associated resource must be
freed before.
Since the ct entry in struct flow_offload_entry was allocated by
flow_offload_alloc, it should be freed by flow_offload_free to take care
of the error handling path when flow_offload_add fails.
While at it, make flow_offload_del static, since it should never be
called directly, only from the gc step
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Every flow_offload entry is added into the table twice. Because of this,
rhashtable_free_and_destroy can't be used, since it would call kfree for
each flow_offload object twice.
This patch cleans up the flowtable via nf_flow_table_iterate() to
schedule removal of entries by setting on the dying bit, then there is
an explicitly invocation of the garbage collector to release resources.
Based on patch from Felix Fietkau.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the flowtable cleanup routines to nf_flow_table and expose the
nf_flow_table_cleanup() helper function.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit d350a82302 ("net: erspan: create erspan metadata uapi header")
moves the erspan 'version' in front of the 'struct erspan_md2' for
later extensibility reason. This breaks the existing erspan metadata
extraction code because the erspan_md2 then has a 4-byte offset
to between the erspan_metadata and erspan_base_hdr. This patch
fixes it.
Fixes: 1a66a836da ("gre: add collect_md mode to ERSPAN tunnel")
Fixes: ef7baf5e08 ("ip6_gre: add ip6 erspan collect_md mode")
Fixes: 1d7e2ed22f ("net: erspan: refactor existing erspan code")
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The selftests test_maps program was leaving dangling BPF sockmap
programs around because not all psock elements were removed from
the map. The elements in turn hold a reference on the BPF program
they are attached to causing BPF programs to stay open even after
test_maps has completed.
The original intent was that sk_state_change() would be called
when TCP socks went through TCP_CLOSE state. However, because
socks may be in SOCK_DEAD state or the sock may be a listening
socket the event is not always triggered.
To resolve this use the ULP infrastructure and register our own
proto close() handler. This fixes the above case.
Fixes: 174a79ff95 ("bpf: sockmap with sk redirect support")
Reported-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Create a UID field and enum that can be used to assign ULPs to
sockets. This saves a set of string comparisons if the ULP id
is known.
For sockmap, which is added in the next patches, a ULP is used to
hook into TCP sockets close state. In this case the ULP being added
is done at map insert time and the ULP is known and done on the kernel
side. In this case the named lookup is not needed. Because we don't
want to expose psock internals to user space socket options a user
visible flag is also added. For TLS this is set for BPF it will be
cleared.
Alos remove pr_notice, user gets an error code back and should check
that rather than rely on logs.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
cache objects. This is good, but still leaves a lot of kernel memory
available to be copied to/from userspace in the face of bugs. To further
restrict what memory is available for copying, this creates a way to
whitelist specific areas of a given slab cache object for copying to/from
userspace, allowing much finer granularity of access control. Slab caches
that are never exposed to userspace can declare no whitelist for their
objects, thereby keeping them unavailable to userspace via dynamic copy
operations. (Note, an implicit form of whitelisting is the use of constant
sizes in usercopy operations and get_user()/put_user(); these bypass all
hardened usercopy checks since these sizes cannot change at runtime.)
This new check is WARN-by-default, so any mistakes can be found over the
next several releases without breaking anyone's system.
The series has roughly the following sections:
- remove %p and improve reporting with offset
- prepare infrastructure and whitelist kmalloc
- update VFS subsystem with whitelists
- update SCSI subsystem with whitelists
- update network subsystem with whitelists
- update process memory with whitelists
- update per-architecture thread_struct with whitelists
- update KVM with whitelists and fix ioctl bug
- mark all other allocations as not whitelisted
- update lkdtm for more sensible test overage
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>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=tzmJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usercopy-v4.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull hardened usercopy whitelisting from Kees Cook:
"Currently, hardened usercopy performs dynamic bounds checking on slab
cache objects. This is good, but still leaves a lot of kernel memory
available to be copied to/from userspace in the face of bugs.
To further restrict what memory is available for copying, this creates
a way to whitelist specific areas of a given slab cache object for
copying to/from userspace, allowing much finer granularity of access
control.
Slab caches that are never exposed to userspace can declare no
whitelist for their objects, thereby keeping them unavailable to
userspace via dynamic copy operations. (Note, an implicit form of
whitelisting is the use of constant sizes in usercopy operations and
get_user()/put_user(); these bypass all hardened usercopy checks since
these sizes cannot change at runtime.)
This new check is WARN-by-default, so any mistakes can be found over
the next several releases without breaking anyone's system.
The series has roughly the following sections:
- remove %p and improve reporting with offset
- prepare infrastructure and whitelist kmalloc
- update VFS subsystem with whitelists
- update SCSI subsystem with whitelists
- update network subsystem with whitelists
- update process memory with whitelists
- update per-architecture thread_struct with whitelists
- update KVM with whitelists and fix ioctl bug
- mark all other allocations as not whitelisted
- update lkdtm for more sensible test overage"
* tag 'usercopy-v4.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux: (38 commits)
lkdtm: Update usercopy tests for whitelisting
usercopy: Restrict non-usercopy caches to size 0
kvm: x86: fix KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG ioctl
kvm: whitelist struct kvm_vcpu_arch
arm: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
arm64: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
x86: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
fork: Provide usercopy whitelisting for task_struct
fork: Define usercopy region in thread_stack slab caches
fork: Define usercopy region in mm_struct slab caches
net: Restrict unwhitelisted proto caches to size 0
sctp: Copy struct sctp_sock.autoclose to userspace using put_user()
sctp: Define usercopy region in SCTP proto slab cache
caif: Define usercopy region in caif proto slab cache
ip: Define usercopy region in IP proto slab cache
net: Define usercopy region in struct proto slab cache
scsi: Define usercopy region in scsi_sense_cache slab cache
cifs: Define usercopy region in cifs_request slab cache
vxfs: Define usercopy region in vxfs_inode slab cache
ufs: Define usercopy region in ufs_inode_cache slab cache
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Significantly shrink the core networking routing structures. Result
of http://vger.kernel.org/~davem/seoul2017_netdev_keynote.pdf
2) Add netdevsim driver for testing various offloads, from Jakub
Kicinski.
3) Support cross-chip FDB operations in DSA, from Vivien Didelot.
4) Add a 2nd listener hash table for TCP, similar to what was done for
UDP. From Martin KaFai Lau.
5) Add eBPF based queue selection to tun, from Jason Wang.
6) Lockless qdisc support, from John Fastabend.
7) SCTP stream interleave support, from Xin Long.
8) Smoother TCP receive autotuning, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Lots of erspan tunneling enhancements, from William Tu.
10) Add true function call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
11) Add explicit support for GRO HW offloading, from Michael Chan.
12) Support extack generation in more netlink subsystems. From Alexander
Aring, Quentin Monnet, and Jakub Kicinski.
13) Add 1000BaseX, flow control, and EEE support to mvneta driver. From
Russell King.
14) Add flow table abstraction to netfilter, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
15) Many improvements and simplifications to the NFP driver bpf JIT,
from Jakub Kicinski.
16) Support for ipv6 non-equal cost multipath routing, from Ido
Schimmel.
17) Add resource abstration to devlink, from Arkadi Sharshevsky.
18) Packet scheduler classifier shared filter block support, from Jiri
Pirko.
19) Avoid locking in act_csum, from Davide Caratti.
20) devinet_ioctl() simplifications from Al viro.
21) More TCP bpf improvements from Lawrence Brakmo.
22) Add support for onlink ipv6 route flag, similar to ipv4, from David
Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1925 commits)
tls: Add support for encryption using async offload accelerator
ip6mr: fix stale iterator
net/sched: kconfig: Remove blank help texts
openvswitch: meter: Use 64-bit arithmetic instead of 32-bit
tcp_nv: fix potential integer overflow in tcpnv_acked
r8169: fix RTL8168EP take too long to complete driver initialization.
qmi_wwan: Add support for Quectel EP06
rtnetlink: enable IFLA_IF_NETNSID for RTM_NEWLINK
ipmr: Fix ptrdiff_t print formatting
ibmvnic: Wait for device response when changing MAC
qlcnic: fix deadlock bug
tcp: release sk_frag.page in tcp_disconnect
ipv4: Get the address of interface correctly.
net_sched: gen_estimator: fix lockdep splat
net: macb: Handle HRESP error
net/mlx5e: IPoIB, Fix copy-paste bug in flow steering refactoring
ipv6: addrconf: break critical section in addrconf_verify_rtnl()
ipv6: change route cache aging logic
i40e/i40evf: Update DESC_NEEDED value to reflect larger value
bnxt_en: cleanup DIM work on device shutdown
...
Async crypto accelerators (e.g. drivers/crypto/caam) support offloading
GCM operation. If they are enabled, crypto_aead_encrypt() return error
code -EINPROGRESS. In this case tls_do_encryption() needs to wait on a
completion till the time the response for crypto offload request is
received.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ht/vht action frames will be sent to AP from station to notify
change of its ht/vht opmode(max bandwidth, smps mode or nss) modified
values. Currently these valuse used by driver/firmware for rate control
algorithm. This patch introduces NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED
command to notify those modified/current supported values(max bandwidth,
smps mode, max nss) to userspace application. This will be useful for the
application like steering, which closely monitoring station's capability
changes. Since the application has taken these values during station
association.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This interface allows the host driver to offload the authentication to
user space. This is exclusively defined for host drivers that do not
define separate commands for authentication and association, but rely on
userspace SME (e.g., in wpa_supplicant for the ~WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME
case) for the authentication to happen. This can be used to implement
SAE without full implementation in the kernel/firmware while still being
able to use NL80211_CMD_CONNECT with driver-based BSS selection.
Host driver sends NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to start/abort
authentication to the port on which connect is triggered and status
of authentication is further indicated by user space to host
driver through the same command response interface.
User space entities advertise this capability through the
NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPP flag in the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request.
Host drivers shall look at this capability to offload the authentication.
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add socket connection ownership check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull poll annotations from Al Viro:
"This introduces a __bitwise type for POLL### bitmap, and propagates
the annotations through the tree. Most of that stuff is as simple as
'make ->poll() instances return __poll_t and do the same to local
variables used to hold the future return value'.
Some of the obvious brainos found in process are fixed (e.g. POLLIN
misspelled as POLL_IN). At that point the amount of sparse warnings is
low and most of them are for genuine bugs - e.g. ->poll() instance
deciding to return -EINVAL instead of a bitmap. I hadn't touched those
in this series - it's large enough as it is.
Another problem it has caught was eventpoll() ABI mess; select.c and
eventpoll.c assumed that corresponding POLL### and EPOLL### were
equal. That's true for some, but not all of them - EPOLL### are
arch-independent, but POLL### are not.
The last commit in this series separates userland POLL### values from
the (now arch-independent) kernel-side ones, converting between them
in the few places where they are copied to/from userland. AFAICS, this
is the least disruptive fix preserving poll(2) ABI and making epoll()
work on all architectures.
As it is, it's simply broken on sparc - try to give it EPOLLWRNORM and
it will trigger only on what would've triggered EPOLLWRBAND on other
architectures. EPOLLWRBAND and EPOLLRDHUP, OTOH, are never triggered
at all on sparc. With this patch they should work consistently on all
architectures"
* 'misc.poll' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (37 commits)
make kernel-side POLL... arch-independent
eventpoll: no need to mask the result of epi_item_poll() again
eventpoll: constify struct epoll_event pointers
debugging printk in sg_poll() uses %x to print POLL... bitmap
annotate poll(2) guts
9p: untangle ->poll() mess
->si_band gets POLL... bitmap stored into a user-visible long field
ring_buffer_poll_wait() return value used as return value of ->poll()
the rest of drivers/*: annotate ->poll() instances
media: annotate ->poll() instances
fs: annotate ->poll() instances
ipc, kernel, mm: annotate ->poll() instances
net: annotate ->poll() instances
apparmor: annotate ->poll() instances
tomoyo: annotate ->poll() instances
sound: annotate ->poll() instances
acpi: annotate ->poll() instances
crypto: annotate ->poll() instances
block: annotate ->poll() instances
x86: annotate ->poll() instances
...
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes relate to making lock_is_held() et al (and external
wrappers of them) work on const data types - this requires const
propagation through the depths of lockdep.
This removes a number of ugly type hacks the external helpers used"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
lockdep: Convert some users to const
lockdep: Make lockdep checking constant
lockdep: Assign lock keys on registration
Introduce a new qdisc ops ->change_tx_queue_len() so that
each qdisc could decide how to implement this if it wants.
Previously we simply read dev->tx_queue_len, after pfifo_fast
switches to skb array, we need this API to resize the skb array
when we change dev->tx_queue_len.
To avoid handling race conditions with TX BH, we need to
deactivate all TX queues before change the value and bring them
back after we are done, this also makes implementation easier.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-26
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) A number of extensions to tcp-bpf, from Lawrence.
- direct R or R/W access to many tcp_sock fields via bpf_sock_ops
- passing up to 3 arguments to bpf_sock_ops functions
- tcp_sock field bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags for controlling callbacks
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when RTO fires
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when packet is retransmitted
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when TCP state changes
- access to tclass and sk_txhash
- new selftest
2) div/mod exception handling, from Daniel.
One of the ugly leftovers from the early eBPF days is that div/mod
operations based on registers have a hard-coded src_reg == 0 test
in the interpreter as well as in JIT code generators that would
return from the BPF program with exit code 0. This was basically
adopted from cBPF interpreter for historical reasons.
There are multiple reasons why this is very suboptimal and prone
to bugs. To name one: the return code mapping for such abnormal
program exit of 0 does not always match with a suitable program
type's exit code mapping. For example, '0' in tc means action 'ok'
where the packet gets passed further up the stack, which is just
undesirable for such cases (e.g. when implementing policy) and
also does not match with other program types.
After considering _four_ different ways to address the problem,
we adapt the same behavior as on some major archs like ARMv8:
X div 0 results in 0, and X mod 0 results in X. aarch64 and
aarch32 ISA do not generate any traps or otherwise aborts
of program execution for unsigned divides.
Given the options, it seems the most suitable from
all of them, also since major archs have similar schemes in
place. Given this is all in the realm of undefined behavior,
we still have the option to adapt if deemed necessary.
3) sockmap sample refactoring, from John.
4) lpm map get_next_key fixes, from Yonghong.
5) test cleanups, from Alexei and Prashant.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2018-01-26
One last patch for this development cycle:
1) Add ESN support for IPSec HW offload.
From Yossef Efraim.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds a new uapi header file, erspan.h, and moves
the 'struct erspan_metadata' from internal erspan.h to it.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Originally the erspan fields are defined as a group into a __be16 field,
and use mask and offset to access each field. This is more costly due to
calling ntohs/htons. The patch changes it to use bitfields.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Very few (mlxsw) upstream drivers seem to allow offload of chains
other than 0. Save driver developers typing and add a helper for
checking both if ethtool's TC offload flag is on and if chain is 0.
This helper will set the extack appropriately in both error cases.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for passing up to 4 arguments to sock_ops bpf functions. It
reusues the reply union, so the bpf_sock_ops structures are not
increased in size.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch adds a macro, SOCK_OPS_SET_FIELD, for writing to
struct tcp_sock or struct sock fields. This required adding a new
field "temp" to struct bpf_sock_ops_kern for temporary storage that
is used by sock_ops_convert_ctx_access. It is used to store and recover
the contents of a register, so the register can be used to store the
address of the sk. Since we cannot overwrite the dst_reg because it
contains the pointer to ctx, nor the src_reg since it contains the value
we want to store, we need an extra register to contain the address
of the sk.
Also adds the macro SOCK_OPS_GET_OR_SET_FIELD that calls one of the
GET or SET macros depending on the value of the TYPE field.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Some dst_ops (e.g. md_dst_ops)) doesn't set this handler. It may result to:
"BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)"
Let's add a helper to check if update_pmtu is available before calling it.
Fixes: 52a589d51f ("geneve: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
Fixes: a93bf0ff44 ("vxlan: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
CC: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
CC: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a tcp socket is closed, if it detects that its net namespace is
exiting, close immediately and do not wait for FIN sequence.
For normal sockets, a reference is taken to their net namespace, so it will
never exit while the socket is open. However, kernel sockets do not take a
reference to their net namespace, so it may begin exiting while the kernel
socket is still open. In this case if the kernel socket is a tcp socket,
it will stay open trying to complete its close sequence. The sock's dst(s)
hold a reference to their interface, which are all transferred to the
namespace's loopback interface when the real interfaces are taken down.
When the namespace tries to take down its loopback interface, it hangs
waiting for all references to the loopback interface to release, which
results in messages like:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 1
These messages continue until the socket finally times out and closes.
Since the net namespace cleanup holds the net_mutex while calling its
registered pernet callbacks, any new net namespace initialization is
blocked until the current net namespace finishes exiting.
After this change, the tcp socket notices the exiting net namespace, and
closes immediately, releasing its dst(s) and their reference to the
loopback interface, which lets the net namespace continue exiting.
Link: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1711407
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=97811
Signed-off-by: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users are now converted to tc_cls_common_offload_init().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf now guarantees that only device-bound programs are
allowed with skip_sw. The drivers no longer pay attention to
flags on filter load, therefore the bpf_offload member can be
removed. If flags are needed again they should probably be
added to struct tc_cls_common_offload instead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tc_cls_common_offload_init() helper function to
tc_cls_common_offload_init_deprecated() and add a new implementation
which also takes flags argument. We will only set extack if flags
indicate that offload is forced (skip_sw) otherwise driver errors
should be ignored, as they don't influence the overall filter
installation.
Note that we need the tc_skip_hw() helper for new version, therefore
it is added later in the file.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack to cls->destroy callbacks when called from
non-error paths. On error paths pass NULL to avoid overwriting
the failure message.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCF_LAYER_LINK and TCF_LAYER_NETWORK returned the same pointer as
skb->data points to the network header.
Use skb_mac_header instead.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Bumiller <w.bumiller@proxmox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 513674b5a2 ("net: reevalulate autoflowlabel setting after
sysctl setting") removed the initialisation of
ipv6_pinfo::autoflowlabel and added a second flag to indicate
whether this field or the net namespace default should be used.
The getsockopt() handling for this case was not updated, so it
currently returns 0 for all sockets for which IPV6_AUTOFLOWLABEL is
not explicitly enabled. Fix it to return the effective value, whether
that has been set at the socket or net namespace level.
Fixes: 513674b5a2 ("net: reevalulate autoflowlabel setting after sysctl ...")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spin_{,unlock}_bh() to protect concurrent read/write on
act_csum configuration, to reduce the effects of contention in the data
path when multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a wrapper around tc_can_offload() that takes an additional
extack pointer argument in order to output an error message if TC
offload is disabled on the device.
In this way, the error message is handled by the core and can be the
same for all drivers.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack support for hardware offload of classifiers. In order
to achieve this, a pointer to a struct netlink_ext_ack is added to the
struct tc_cls_common_offload that is passed to the callback for setting
up the classifier. Function tc_cls_common_offload_init() is updated to
support initialization of this new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, a new extension for ip6tables, simplification work of
nf_tables that saves us 500 LoC, allow raw table registration before
defragmentation, conversion of the SNMP helper to use the ASN.1 code
generator, unique 64-bit handle for all nf_tables objects and fixes to
address fallout from previous nf-next batch. More specifically, they
are:
1) Seven patches to remove family abstraction layer (struct nft_af_info)
in nf_tables, this simplifies our codebase and it saves us 64 bytes per
net namespace.
2) Add IPv6 segment routing header matching for ip6tables, from Ahmed
Abdelsalam.
3) Allow to register iptable_raw table before defragmentation, some
people do not want to waste cycles on defragmenting traffic that is
going to be dropped, hence add a new module parameter to enable this
behaviour in iptables and ip6tables. From Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan. This patch needed a couple of follow up patches to
get things tidy from Arnd Bergmann.
4) SNMP helper uses the ASN.1 code generator, from Taehee Yoo. Several
patches for this helper to prepare this change are also part of this
patch series.
5) Add 64-bit handles to uniquely objects in nf_tables, from Harsha
Sharma.
6) Remove log message that several netfilter subsystems print at
boot/load time.
7) Restore x_tables module autoloading, that got broken in a previous
patch to allow singleton NAT hook callback registration per hook
spot, from Florian Westphal. Moreover, return EBUSY to report that
the singleton NAT hook slot is already in instead.
8) Several fixes for the new nf_tables flowtable representation,
including incorrect error check after nf_tables_flowtable_lookup(),
missing Kconfig dependencies that lead to build breakage and missing
initialization of priority and hooknum in flowtable object.
9) Missing NETFILTER_FAMILY_ARP dependency in Kconfig for the clusterip
target. This is due to recent updates in the core to shrink the hook
array size and compile it out if no specific family is enabled via
.config file. Patch from Florian Westphal.
10) Remove duplicated include header files, from Wei Yongjun.
11) Sparse warning fix for the NFPROTO_INET handling from the core
due to missing static function definition, also from Wei Yongjun.
12) Restore ICMPv6 Parameter Problem error reporting when
defragmentation fails, from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
13) Remove obsolete owner field initialization from struct
file_operations, patch from Alexey Dobriyan.
14) Use boolean datatype where needed in the Netfilter codebase, from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
15) Remove double semicolon in dynset nf_tables expression, from
Luis de Bethencourt.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack handling for the tcf_change_indev function which
is common used by TC classifier implementations.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier delete callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcf_exts_validate function calls the act api change callback. For
preparing extack support for act api, this patch adds the extack as
parameter for this function which is common used in cls implementations.
Furthermore the tcf_exts_validate will call action init callback which
prepares the TC action subsystem for extack support.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier change callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes some code style issues pointed out by checkpatch
inside the TC cls subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A persistent connection may send tiny amount of data (e.g. health-check)
for a long period of time. BBR's windowed min RTT filter may only see
RTT samples from delayed ACKs causing BBR to grossly over-estimate
the path delay depending how much the ACK was delayed at the receiver.
This patch skips RTT samples that are likely coming from delayed ACKs. Note
that it is possible the sender never obtains a valid measure to set the
min RTT. In this case BBR will continue to set cwnd to initial window
which seems fine because the connection is thin stream.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_KASAN is set, we can use relatively large amounts of kernel
stack space:
net/caif/cfctrl.c:555:1: warning: the frame size of 1600 bytes is larger than 1280 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
This adds convenience wrappers around cfpkt_extr_head(), which is responsible
for most of the stack growth. With those wrapper functions, gcc apparently
starts reusing the stack slots for each instance, thus avoiding the
problem.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows deletion of objects via unique handle which can be
listed via '-a' option.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Sharma <harshasharmaiitr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These users of lockdep_is_held() either wanted lockdep_is_held to
take a const pointer, or would benefit from providing a const pointer.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180117151414.23686-4-willy@infradead.org
This patch adds ESN support to IPsec device offload.
Adding new xfrm device operation to synchronize device ESN.
Signed-off-by: Yossef Efraim <yossefe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The trailing semicolon is an empty statement that does no operation.
It is completely stripped out by the compiler. Removing it since it doesn't do
anything.
Fixes: 5f35227ea3 ("net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check")
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce two new attributes to be used for qdisc creation and dumping.
One for ingress block, one for egress block. Introduce a set of ops that
qdisc which supports block sharing would implement.
Passing block indexes in qdisc change is not supported yet and it is
checked and forbidded.
In future, these attributes are to be reused for specifying block
indexes for classes as well. As of this moment however, it is not
supported so a check is in place to forbid it.
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During block bind, we need to check tc offload feature. If it is
disabled yet still the block contains offloaded filters, forbid the
bind. Also forbid to register callback for a block that already
contains offloaded filters, as the play back is not supported now.
For keeping track of offloaded filters there is a new counter
introduced, alongside with couple of helpers called from cls_* code.
These helpers set and clear TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW flag.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both are no longer used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple of classifiers call netif_keep_dst directly on q->dev. That is
not possible to do directly for shared blocke where multiple qdiscs are
owning the block. So introduce a infrastructure to keep track of the
block owners in list and use this list to implement block variant of
netif_keep_dst.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow qdiscs to share filter blocks among them. Each qdisc type has to
use block get/put extended modifications that enable sharing.
Shared blocks are tracked within each net namespace and identified
by u32 index. This index is passed from user during the qdisc creation.
If user passes index that is not used by any other qdisc, new block
is created. If user passes index that is already used, the existing
block will be re-used.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, there was possible only to register a single filter chain
pointer to block->chain[0]. However, when the blocks will get shareable,
we need to allow multiple filter chain pointers registration.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0dfb33a0d7 ("sch_red: report backlog information") copied
child's backlog into RED's backlog. Back then RED did not maintain
its own backlog counts. This has changed after commit 2ccccf5fb4
("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too") and commit d7f4f332f0
("sch_red: update backlog as well"). Copying is no longer necessary.
Tested:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth0
qdisc red 1: root refcnt 2 limit 400000b min 30000b max 30000b ecn
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
marked 0 early 0 pdrop 0 other 0
qdisc tbf 2: parent 1: rate 1Kbit burst 15000b lat 3585.0s
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 138 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
Recently RED offload was added. We need to make sure drivers don't
depend on resetting the stats. This means backlog should be treated
like any other statistic:
total_stat = new_hw_stat - prev_hw_stat;
Adjust mlxsw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on fixing another bug, I ran into the following panic
on arm64 by simply attaching clsact qdisc, adding a filter and running
traffic on ingress to it:
[...]
[ 178.188591] Unable to handle kernel read from unreadable memory at virtual address 810fb501f000
[ 178.197314] Mem abort info:
[ 178.200121] ESR = 0x96000004
[ 178.203168] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 178.209095] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 178.212157] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 178.215288] Data abort info:
[ 178.218175] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 178.222019] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 178.224997] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgd = 0000000023cb3f33
[ 178.231531] [0000810fb501f000] *pgd=0000000000000000
[ 178.236508] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 178.311855] CPU: 73 PID: 2497 Comm: ping Tainted: G W 4.15.0-rc7+ #5
[ 178.319413] Hardware name: FOXCONN R2-1221R-A4/C2U4N_MB, BIOS G31FB18A 03/31/2017
[ 178.326887] pstate: 60400005 (nZCv daif +PAN -UAO)
[ 178.331685] pc : __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.336728] lr : __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.341161] sp : ffff00002344b750
[ 178.344465] x29: ffff00002344b750 x28: ffff810fbdfd0580
[ 178.349769] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: ffff000009378000
[...]
[ 178.418715] x1 : 0000000000000054 x0 : 0000000000000000
[ 178.424020] Process ping (pid: 2497, stack limit = 0x000000009f0a3ff4)
[ 178.430537] Call trace:
[ 178.432976] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.437670] __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.441757] process_backlog+0x9c/0x160
[ 178.445584] net_rx_action+0x2f8/0x3f0
[...]
Reason is that sch_ingress and sch_clsact are doing mini_qdisc_pair_init()
which sets up miniq pointers to cpu_{b,q}stats from the underlying qdisc.
Problem is that this cannot work since they are actually set up right after
the qdisc ->init() callback in qdisc_create(), so first packet going into
sch_handle_ingress() tries to call mini_qdisc_bstats_cpu_update() and we
therefore panic.
In order to fix this, allocation of {b,q}stats needs to happen before we
call into ->init(). In net-next, there's already such option through commit
d59f5ffa59 ("net: sched: a dflt qdisc may be used with per cpu stats").
However, the bug needs to be fixed in net still for 4.15. Thus, include
these bits to reduce any merge churn and reuse the static_flags field to
set TCQ_F_CPUSTATS, and remove the allocation from qdisc_create() since
there is no other user left. Prashant Bhole ran into the same issue but
for net-next, thus adding him below as well as co-author. Same issue was
also reported by Sandipan Das when using bcc.
Fixes: 46209401f8 ("net: core: introduce mini_Qdisc and eliminate usage of tp->q for clsact fastpath")
Reference: https://lists.iovisor.org/pipermail/iovisor-dev/2018-January/001190.html
Reported-by: Sandipan Das <sandipan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Co-authored-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Co-authored-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like qdisc_lookup_class() never existed in the tree
in the git era. Remove the prototype from the header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some
internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding
of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per
table's entry are also provided for each table.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for performing driver hot reload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource
is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its
size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its
current occupancy.
In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those
changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload
capability will be introduced in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support.
Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access,
and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink
instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/
resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can
be discarded.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAlpPT5ATHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9tyZB/wNk7hfmWT7qMSq4nB1/l4DvlCVtQR+
7t7jLltd2ld1bqFr62S1/NExWbgm9GXS25wHgLQQn8I0jwCyuFb8K+VIe/+t9vSu
PXOihUlIXCqpJwI9FtvGb/jmIbHV1JbnGv1b/J1q34FzhThsXN3DPX5BI5+T+Hy4
9hnHuYtcveyGlU08RsePyc6WfCzBJafR1YpJYSSsIxmtT6Db0SyRSZjY4MFzv9eA
mV+wvSpvepiw7tDN9XhSdNQJR9HAh/AXkYRgU448BysqhR5tK5oq8QAjsJK2Usy7
X1RY/M32fn1QdcwfWEWw5xB9ZblKMnxRzB3vmGLkyvIuPnP/JGQoq5sW
=BrhI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.16-20180105' of ssh://gitolite.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-12-01,Re: pull-request: can-next
this is a pull request of 7 patches for net-next/master.
All patches are by me. Patch 6 is for the "can_raw" protocol and add
error checking to the bind() function. All other patches clean up the
coding style and remove unused parameters in various CAN drivers and
infrastructure.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP socket event notification subscription information need to be
copied to/from userspace. In support of usercopy hardening, this patch
defines a region in the struct proto slab cache in which userspace copy
operations are allowed. Additionally moves the usercopy fields to be
adjacent for the region to cover both.
example usage trace:
net/sctp/socket.c:
sctp_getsockopt_events(...):
...
copy_to_user(..., &sctp_sk(sk)->subscribe, len)
sctp_setsockopt_events(...):
...
copy_from_user(&sctp_sk(sk)->subscribe, ..., optlen)
sctp_getsockopt_initmsg(...):
...
copy_to_user(..., &sctp_sk(sk)->initmsg, len)
This region is known as the slab cache's usercopy region. Slab caches
can now check that each dynamically sized copy operation involving
cache-managed memory falls entirely within the slab's usercopy region.
This patch is modified from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's PAX_USERCOPY
whitelisting code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my
understanding of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are
mine and don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net>
[kees: split from network patch, move struct members adjacent]
[kees: add SCTPv6 struct whitelist, provide usage trace]
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
In support of usercopy hardening, this patch defines a region in the
struct proto slab cache in which userspace copy operations are allowed.
Some protocols need to copy objects to/from userspace, and they can
declare the region via their proto structure with the new usersize and
useroffset fields. Initially, if no region is specified (usersize ==
0), the entire field is marked as whitelisted. This allows protocols
to be whitelisted in subsequent patches. Once all protocols have been
annotated, the full-whitelist default can be removed.
This region is known as the slab cache's usercopy region. Slab caches
can now check that each dynamically sized copy operation involving
cache-managed memory falls entirely within the slab's usercopy region.
This patch is modified from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's PAX_USERCOPY
whitelisting code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my
understanding of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are
mine and don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net>
[kees: adjust commit log, split off per-proto patches]
[kees: add logic for by-default full-whitelist]
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Map all lookup neigh keys to INADDR_ANY for loopback/point-to-point devices
to avoid making an entry for every remote ip the device needs to talk to.
This used the be the old behavior but became broken in a263b30936
(ipv4: Make neigh lookups directly in output packet path) and later removed
in 0bb4087cbe (ipv4: Fix neigh lookup keying over loopback/point-to-point
devices) because it was broken.
Signed-off-by: Jim Westfall <jwestfall@surrealistic.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since net could be obtained from RCU lists,
and there is a race with net destruction,
the patch converts net::count to refcount_t.
This provides sanity checks for the cases of
incrementing counter of already dead net,
when maybe_get_net() has to used instead
of get_net().
Drivers: allyesconfig and allmodconfig are OK.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sendfile() calls can hang endless with using Kernel TLS if a socket error occurs.
Socket error codes must be inverted by Kernel TLS before returning because
they are stored with positive sign. If returned non-inverted they are
interpreted as number of bytes sent, causing endless looping of the
splice mechanic behind sendfile().
Signed-off-by: Robert Hering <r.hering@avm.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a new radio on the fly, hwsim allows this
to be done with an arbitrary number of channels, but
cfg80211 only supports a limited number of simultaneous
channels, leading to a warning.
Fix this by validating the number - this requires moving
the define for the maximum out to a visible header file.
Reported-by: syzbot+8dd9051ff19940290931@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: b59ec8dd43 ("mac80211_hwsim: fix number of channels in interface combinations")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the ability to offload PRIO qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are three commands for PRIO offloading:
* TC_PRIO_REPLACE: handles set and tune
* TC_PRIO_DESTROY: handles qdisc destroy
* TC_PRIO_STATS: updates the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
Like RED qdisc, the indication of whether PRIO is being offloaded is being
set and updated as part of the dump function. It is so because the driver
could decide to offload or not based on the qdisc parent, which could
change without notifying the qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the name of the stats struct to be generic, so it could be used for
other qdisc offload, that will be added in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of hash-threshold instead of modulo-N makes it trivial to add
support for non-equal-cost multipath.
Instead of dividing the multipath hash function's output space equally
between the nexthops, each nexthop is assigned a region size which is
proportional to its weight.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before we convert IPv6 to use hash-threshold instead of modulo-N, we
first need each nexthop to store its region boundary in the hash
function's output space.
The boundary is calculated by dividing the output space equally between
the different active nexthops. That is, nexthops that are not dead or
linkdown.
The boundaries are rebalanced whenever a nexthop is added or removed to
a multipath route and whenever a nexthop becomes active or inactive.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the infrastructure to register/unregister nft_af_info structure,
this structure stores no useful information anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that we have a single table list for each netns, we can get rid of
one pointer per family and the global afinfo list, thus, shrinking
struct netns for nftables that now becomes 64 bytes smaller.
And call __nft_release_afinfo() from __net_exit path accordingly to
release netnamespace objects on removal.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Place all existing user defined tables in struct net *, instead of
having one list per family. This saves us from one level of indentation
in netlink dump functions.
Place pointer to struct nft_af_info in struct nft_table temporarily, as
we still need this to put back reference module reference counter on
table removal.
This patch comes in preparation for the removal of struct nft_af_info.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already validate the hook through bitmask, so this check is
superfluous. When removing this, this patch is also fixing a bug in the
new flowtable codebase, since ctx->afi points to the table family
instead of the netdev family which is where the flowtable is really
hooked in.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your
net-next tree:
1) Free hooks via call_rcu to speed up netns release path, from
Florian Westphal.
2) Reduce memory footprint of hook arrays, skip allocation if family is
not present - useful in case decnet support is not compiled built-in.
Patches from Florian Westphal.
3) Remove defensive check for malformed IPv4 - including ihl field - and
IPv6 headers in x_tables and nf_tables.
4) Add generic flow table offload infrastructure for nf_tables, this
includes the netlink control plane and support for IPv4, IPv6 and
mixed IPv4/IPv6 dataplanes. This comes with NAT support too. This
patchset adds the IPS_OFFLOAD conntrack status bit to indicate that
this flow has been offloaded.
5) Add secpath matching support for nf_tables, from Florian.
6) Save some code bytes in the fast path for the nf_tables netdev,
bridge and inet families.
7) Allow one single NAT hook per point and do not allow to register NAT
hooks in nf_tables before the conntrack hook, patches from Florian.
8) Seven patches to remove the struct nf_af_info abstraction, instead
we perform direct calls for IPv4 which is faster. IPv6 indirections
are still needed to avoid dependencies with the 'ipv6' module, but
these now reside in struct nf_ipv6_ops.
9) Seven patches to handle NFPROTO_INET from the Netfilter core,
hence we can remove specific code in nf_tables to handle this
pseudofamily.
10) No need for synchronize_net() call for nf_queue after conversion
to hook arrays. Also from Florian.
11) Call cond_resched_rcu() when dumping large sets in ipset to avoid
softlockup. Again from Florian.
12) Pass lockdep_nfnl_is_held() to rcu_dereference_protected(), patch
from Florian Westphal.
13) Fix matching of counters in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
14) Missing nfnl lock protection in the ip_set_net_exit path, also
from Jozsef.
15) Move connlimit code that we can reuse from nf_tables into
nf_conncount, from Florian Westhal.
And asorted cleanups:
16) Get rid of nft_dereference(), it only has one single caller.
17) Add nft_set_is_anonymous() helper function.
18) Remove NF_ARP_FORWARD leftover chain definition in nf_tables_arp.
19) Remove unnecessary comments in nf_conntrack_h323_asn1.c
From Varsha Rao.
20) Remove useless parameters in frag_safe_skb_hp(), from Gao Feng.
21) Constify layer 4 conntrack protocol definitions, function
parameters to register/unregister these protocol trackers, and
timeouts. Patches from Florian Westphal.
22) Remove nlattr_size indirection, from Florian Westphal.
23) Add fall-through comments as -Wimplicit-fallthrough needs this,
from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
24) Use swap() macro to exchange values in ipset, patch from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported a hang involving SCTP, on which it kept flooding dmesg
with the message:
[ 246.742374] sctp: sctp_transport_update_pmtu: Reported pmtu 508 too
low, using default minimum of 512
That happened because whenever SCTP hits an ICMP Frag Needed, it tries
to adjust to the new MTU and triggers an immediate retransmission. But
it didn't consider the fact that MTUs smaller than the SCTP minimum MTU
allowed (512) would not cause the PMTU to change, and issued the
retransmission anyway (thus leading to another ICMP Frag Needed, and so
on).
As IPv4 (ip_rt_min_pmtu=556) and IPv6 (IPV6_MIN_MTU=1280) minimum MTU
are higher than that, sctp_transport_update_pmtu() is changed to
re-fetch the PMTU that got set after our request, and with that, detect
if there was an actual change or not.
The fix, thus, skips the immediate retransmission if the received ICMP
resulted in no change, in the hope that SCTP will select another path.
Note: The value being used for the minimum MTU (512,
SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT) is not right and instead it should be (576,
SCTP_MIN_PMTU), but such change belongs to another patch.
Changes from v1:
- do not disable PMTU discovery, in the light of commit
06ad391919 ("[SCTP] Don't disable PMTU discovery when mtu is small")
and as suggested by Xin Long.
- changed the way to break the rtx loop by detecting if the icmp
resulted in a change or not
Changes from v2:
none
See-also: https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/12/22/811
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a process bound to a VRF to connect to a linklocal address.
Currently, this fails because of a mismatch between the scope of the
linklocal address and the sk_bound_dev_if inherited by the VRF binding:
$ ssh -6 fe80::70b8:cff:fedd:ead8%eth1
ssh: connect to host fe80::70b8:cff:fedd:ead8%eth1 port 22: Invalid argument
Relax the scope check to allow the socket to be bound to the same L3
device as the scope id.
This makes ipv6 linklocal consistent with other relaxed checks enabled
by commits 1ff23beebd ("net: l3mdev: Allow send on enslaved interface")
and 7bb387c5ab ("net: Allow IP_MULTICAST_IF to set index to L3 slave").
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the IPv6 flow table type, that implements the datapath
flow table to forward IPv6 traffic.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the IPv6 flow table type, that implements the datapath
flow table to forward IPv6 traffic.
This patch exports ip6_dst_mtu_forward() that is required to check for
mtu to pass up packets that need PMTUD handling to the classic
forwarding path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch defines the API to interact with flow tables, this allows to
add, delete and lookup for entries in the flow table. This also adds the
generic garbage code that removes entries that have expired, ie. no
traffic has been seen for a while.
Users of the flow table infrastructure can delete entries via
flow_offload_dead(), which sets the dying bit, this signals the garbage
collector to release an entry from user context.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces a netlink control plane to create, delete and dump
flow tables. Flow tables are identified by name, this name is used from
rules to refer to an specific flow table. Flow tables use the rhashtable
class and a generic garbage collector to remove expired entries.
This also adds the infrastructure to add different flow table types, so
we can add one for each layer 3 protocol family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This macro is unnecessary, it just hides details for one single caller.
nfnl_dereference() is just enough.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows to reuse xt_connlimit infrastructure from nf_tables.
The upcoming nf_tables frontend can just pass in an nftables register
as input key, this allows limiting by any nft-supported key, including
concatenations.
For xt_connlimit, pass in the zone and the ip/ipv6 address.
With help from Yi-Hung Wei.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
They don't belong to the family definition, move them to the filter
chain type definition instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since NFPROTO_INET is handled from the core, we don't need to maintain
extra infrastructure in nf_tables to handle the double hook
registration, one for IPv4 and another for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use new native NFPROTO_INET support in netfilter core, this gets rid of
ad-hoc code in the nf_tables API codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of calling this function from the family specific variant, this
reduces the code size in the fast path for the netdev, bridge and inet
families. After this change, we must call nft_set_pktinfo() upfront from
the chain hook indirection.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
2145 208 0 2353 931 net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
2125 208 0 2333 91d net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.o
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to define hook points if the family isn't supported.
Because we need these hooks for either nftables, arp/ebtables
or the 'call-iptables' hack we have in the bridge layer add two
new dependencies, NETFILTER_FAMILY_{ARP,BRIDGE}, and have the
users select them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to define hook points if the family isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Not all families share the same hook count, adjust sizes to what is
needed.
struct net before:
/* size: 6592, cachelines: 103, members: 46 */
after:
/* size: 5952, cachelines: 93, members: 46 */
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
struct net contains:
struct nf_hook_entries __rcu *hooks[NFPROTO_NUMPROTO][NF_MAX_HOOKS];
which store the hook entry point locations for the various protocol
families and the hooks.
Using array results in compact c code when doing accesses, i.e.
x = rcu_dereference(net->nf.hooks[pf][hook]);
but its also wasting a lot of memory, as most families are
not used.
So split the array into those families that are used, which
are only 5 (instead of 13). In most cases, the 'pf' argument is
constant, i.e. gcc removes switch statement.
struct net before:
/* size: 5184, cachelines: 81, members: 46 */
after:
/* size: 4672, cachelines: 73, members: 46 */
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
since commit 960632ece6 ("netfilter: convert hook list to an array")
nfqueue no longer stores a pointer to the hook that caused the packet
to be queued. Therefore no extra synchronize_net() call is needed after
dropping the packets enqueued by the old rule blob.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The param of frag_safe_skb_hp, ipvsh, isn't used now. So remove it and
update the callers' codes too.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
previous patches removed all writes to these structs so we can
now mark them as const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
similar to previous commit, but instead compute this at compile time
and turn nlattr_size into an u16.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We are going to allow dead routes to stay in the FIB tree (e.g., when
they are part of a multipath route, directly connected route with no
carrier) and revive them when their nexthop device gains carrier or when
it is put administratively up.
This is equivalent to the addition of the route to the FIB tree and we
should therefore take care of updating the sernum of all the parent
nodes of the node where the route is stored. Otherwise, we risk sockets
caching and using sub-optimal dst entries.
Export the function that performs the above, so that it could be invoked
from fib6_ifup() later on.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When routes that are a part of a multipath route are evaluated by
fib6_ifdown() in response to NETDEV_DOWN and NETDEV_UNREGISTER events
the state of their sibling routes is not considered.
This will change in subsequent patches in order to align IPv6 with
IPv4's behavior. For example, when the last sibling in a multipath route
becomes dead, the entire multipath route needs to be removed.
To prevent the tree walker from re-evaluating all the sibling routes
each time, we can simply evaluate them once - when the first sibling is
traversed.
If we determine the entire multipath route needs to be removed, then the
'should_flush' bit is set in all the siblings, which will cause the
walker to flush them when it traverses them.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, when the carrier of a netdev changes we should toggle
the 'linkdown' flag on all the nexthops using it as their nexthop
device.
This will later allow us to test for the presence of this flag during
route lookup and dump.
Up until commit 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on
device with address") host and anycast routes used the loopback netdev
as their nexthop device and thus were not marked with the 'linkdown'
flag. The patch preserves this behavior and allows one to ping the local
address even when the nexthop device does not have a carrier and the
'ignore_routes_with_linkdown' sysctl is set.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make IPv6 more in line with IPv4 we need to be able to respond
differently to different netdev events. For example, when a netdev is
unregistered all the routes using it as their nexthop device should be
flushed, whereas when the netdev's carrier changes only the 'linkdown'
flag should be toggled.
Currently, this is not possible, as the function that traverses the
routing tables is not aware of the triggering event.
Propagate the triggering event down, so that it could be used in later
patches.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patch marked nexthops with the 'dead' and 'linkdown' flags.
Clear these flags when the netdev comes back up.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a start of a framework for extending struct xdp_buff without
having the overhead of populating every data at runtime. Idea
is to have a new per-queue struct xdp_rxq_info that holds read
mostly data (currently that is, queue number and a pointer to
the corresponding netdev) which is set up during rxqueue config
time. When a XDP program is invoked, struct xdp_buff holds a
pointer to struct xdp_rxq_info that the BPF program can then
walk. The user facing BPF program that uses struct xdp_md for
context can use these members directly, and the verifier rewrites
context access transparently by walking the xdp_rxq_info and
net_device pointers to load the data, from Jesper.
2) Redo the reporting of offload device information to user space
such that it works in combination with network namespaces. The
latter is reported through a device/inode tuple as similarly
done in other subsystems as well (e.g. perf) in order to identify
the namespace. For this to work, ns_get_path() has been generalized
such that the namespace can be retrieved not only from a specific
task (perf case), but also from a callback where we deduce the
netns (ns_common) from a netdevice. bpftool support using the new
uapi info and extensive test cases for test_offload.py in BPF
selftests have been added as well, from Jakub.
3) Add two bpftool improvements: i) properly report the bpftool
version such that it corresponds to the version from the kernel
source tree. So pick the right linux/version.h from the source
tree instead of the installed one. ii) fix bpftool and also
bpf_jit_disasm build with bintutils >= 2.9. The reason for the
build breakage is that binutils library changed the function
signature to select the disassembler. Given this is needed in
multiple tools, add a proper feature detection to the
tools/build/features infrastructure, from Roman.
4) Implement the BPF syscall command BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY for the
stacktrace map. It is currently unimplemented, but there are
use cases where user space needs to walk all stacktrace map
entries e.g. for dumping or deleting map entries w/o having to
close and recreate the map. Add BPF selftests along with it,
from Yonghong.
5) Few follow-up cleanups for the bpftool cgroup code: i) rename
the cgroup 'list' command into 'show' as we have it for other
subcommands as well, ii) then alias the 'show' command such that
'list' is accepted which is also common practice in iproute2,
and iii) remove couple of newlines from error messages using
p_err(), from Jakub.
6) Two follow-up cleanups to sockmap code: i) remove the unused
bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() function and ii) only build the
sockmap infrastructure when CONFIG_INET is enabled since it's
only aware of TCP sockets at this time, from John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver code qede_free_fp_array() depend on kfree() can be called
with a NULL pointer. This stems from the qede_alloc_fp_array()
function which either (kz)alloc memory for fp->txq or fp->rxq.
This also simplifies error handling code in case of memory allocation
failures, but xdp_rxq_info_unreg need to know the difference.
Introduce xdp_rxq_info_is_reg() to handle if a memory allocation fails
and detect this is the failure path by seeing that xdp_rxq_info was
not registred yet, which first happens after successful alloaction in
qede_init_fp().
Driver hook points for xdp_rxq_info:
* reg : qede_init_fp
* unreg: qede_free_fp_array
Tested on actual hardware with samples/bpf program.
V2: Driver have no proper error path for failed XDP RX-queue info reg, as
qede_init_fp() is a void function.
Cc: everest-linux-l2@cavium.com
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch only introduce the core data structures and API functions.
All XDP enabled drivers must use the API before this info can used.
There is a need for XDP to know more about the RX-queue a given XDP
frames have arrived on. For both the XDP bpf-prog and kernel side.
Instead of extending xdp_buff each time new info is needed, the patch
creates a separate read-mostly struct xdp_rxq_info, that contains this
info. We stress this data/cache-line is for read-only info. This is
NOT for dynamic per packet info, use the data_meta for such use-cases.
The performance advantage is this info can be setup at RX-ring init
time, instead of updating N-members in xdp_buff. A possible (driver
level) micro optimization is that xdp_buff->rxq assignment could be
done once per XDP/NAPI loop. The extra pointer deref only happens for
program needing access to this info (thus, no slowdown to existing
use-cases).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The definition of functions tcf_block_get() and tcf_block_get_ext()
depends of CONFIG_NET_CLS being set. When those functions gained extack
support, only one version of the declaration of those functions was
updated. Function tcf_block_get() was later fixed with commit
3c1490913f ("net: sch: api: fix tcf_block_get").
Change arguments of tcf_block_get_ext() for the case when CONFIG_NET_CLS
is not set.
Fixes: 8d1a77f974 ("net: sch: api: add extack support in tcf_block_get")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a "can_" prefix to the "struct dev_rcv_lists" to better
reflect the meaning and improbe code readability.
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s/struct dev_rcv_lists/struct can_dev_rcv_lists/g" \
net/can/*.[ch] include/net/netns/can.h
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
One thing is notable: I applied two patches and later
reverted them - we'll get back to that once all the driver
situation is sorted out.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=M0gz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-01-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have things all over the place, no point listing them.
One thing is notable: I applied two patches and later
reverted them - we'll get back to that once all the driver
situation is sorted out.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix indentation of reserved_flags2 field in vxlanhdr_gpe.
Fixes: e1e5314de0 ("vxlan: implement GPE")
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv6/ip6_gre.c is a case of parallel adds.
include/trace/events/tcp.h is a little bit more tricky. The removal
of in-trace-macro ifdefs in 'net' paralleled with moving
show_tcp_state_name and friends over to include/trace/events/sock.h
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows checking socket lock ownership with producing lockdep
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The build of mips bcm47xx_defconfig is failing with the error:
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c: In function 'fq_codel_init':
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:487:8: error:
too many arguments to function 'tcf_block_get'
While adding the extack support, the commit missed adding it in the
headers when CONFIG_NET_CLS is not defined.
Fixes: 8d1a77f974 ("net: sch: api: add extack support in tcf_block_get")
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudipm.mukherjee@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-12-22
1) Separate ESP handling from segmentation for GRO packets.
This unifies the IPsec GSO and non GSO codepath.
2) Add asynchronous callbacks for xfrm on layer 2. This
adds the necessary infrastructure to core networking.
3) Allow to use the layer2 IPsec GSO codepath for software
crypto, all infrastructure is there now.
4) Also allow IPsec GSO with software crypto for local sockets.
5) Don't require synchronous crypto fallback on IPsec offloading,
it is not needed anymore.
6) Check for xdo_dev_state_free and only call it if implemented.
From Shannon Nelson.
7) Check for the required add and delete functions when a driver
registers xdo_dev_ops. From Shannon Nelson.
8) Define xfrmdev_ops only with offload config.
From Shannon Nelson.
9) Update the xfrm stats documentation.
From Shannon Nelson.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-12-22
1) Check for valid id proto in validate_tmpl(), otherwise
we may trigger a warning in xfrm_state_fini().
From Cong Wang.
2) Fix a typo on XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK policy attribute.
From Michal Kubecek.
3) Verify the state is valid when encap_type < 0,
otherwise we may crash on IPsec GRO .
From Aviv Heller.
4) Fix stack-out-of-bounds read on socket policy lookup.
We access the flowi of the wrong address family in the
IPv4 mapped IPv6 case, fix this by catching address
family missmatches before we do the lookup.
5) fix xfrm_do_migrate() with AEAD to copy the geniv
field too. Otherwise the state is not fully initialized
and migration fails. From Antony Antony.
6) Fix stack-out-of-bounds with misconfigured transport
mode policies. Our policy template validation is not
strict enough. It is possible to configure policies
with transport mode template where the address family
of the template does not match the selectors address
family. Fix this by refusing such a configuration,
address family can not change on transport mode.
7) Fix a policy reference leak when reusing pcpu xdst
entry. From Florian Westphal.
8) Reinject transport-mode packets through tasklet,
otherwise it is possible to reate a recursion
loop. From Herbert Xu.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of overlapping changes. Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.
Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:
====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking. Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks. This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_create_dflt which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_create_dflt failed. The function qdisc_create_dflt
will also call an init callback which can fail by any per-qdisc specific
handling.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_alloc which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_alloc failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function tcf_block_get which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why tcf_block_get failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_get_rtab which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_get_rtab failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for graft callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for block callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for class change callback api. This prepares
to handle extack support inside each specific class implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for change callback for qdisc ops
structtur to prepare per-qdisc specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for init callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current XFRM code assumes that we've implemented the
xdo_dev_state_free() callback, even if it is meaningless to the driver.
This patch adds a check for it before calling, as done in other APIs,
to prevent a NULL function pointer kernel crash.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
sk_state_load is only used by AF_INET/AF_INET6, so rename it to
inet_sk_state_load and move it into inet_sock.h.
sk_state_store is removed as it is not used any more.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As sk_state is a common field for struct sock, so the state
transition tracepoint should not be a TCP specific feature.
Currently it traces all AF_INET state transition, so I rename this
tracepoint to inet_sock_set_state tracepoint with some minor changes and move it
into trace/events/sock.h.
We dont need to create a file named trace/events/inet_sock.h for this one single
tracepoint.
Two helpers are introduced to trace sk_state transition
- void inet_sk_state_store(struct sock *sk, int newstate);
- void inet_sk_set_state(struct sock *sk, int state);
As trace header should not be included in other header files,
so they are defined in sock.c.
The protocol such as SCTP maybe compiled as a ko, hence export
inet_sk_set_state().
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf used to take care of tracking what offload state a filter
is in, i.e. it would track if offload request succeeded or not.
This information would then be used to issue correct requests to
the driver, e.g. requests for statistics only on offloaded filters,
removing only filters which were offloaded, using add instead of
replace if previous filter was not added etc.
This tracking of offload state no longer functions with the new
callback infrastructure. There could be multiple entities trying
to offload the same filter.
Throw out all the tracking and corresponding commands and simply
pass to the drivers both old and new bpf program. Drivers will
have to deal with offload state tracking by themselves.
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With support of async crypto operations in the GSO codepath
we have everything in place to allow GSO for local sockets.
This patch enables the GSO codepath.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch implements asynchronous crypto callbacks
and a backlog handler that can be used when IPsec
is done at layer 2 in the TX path. It also extends
the skb validate functions so that we can update
the driver transmit return codes based on async
crypto operation or to indicate that we queued the
packet in a backlog queue.
Joint work with: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We change the ESP GSO handlers to only segment the packets.
The ESP handling and encryption is defered to validate_xmit_xfrm()
where this is done for non GRO packets too. This makes the code
more robust and prepares for asynchronous crypto handling.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When CONFIG_PROC_FS is disabled, we will not use the prot_inuse
counter. This adds an #ifdef to hide the variable definition in
that case. This is not a bugfix. But we can save bytes when there
are many network namespace.
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some case, we want to know how many sockets are in use in
different _net_ namespaces. It's a key resource metric.
This patch add a member in struct netns_core. This is a counter
for socket-inuse in the _net_ namespace. The patch will add/sub
counter in the sk_alloc, sk_clone_lock and __sk_free.
This patch will not counter the socket created in kernel.
It's not very useful for userspace to know how many kernel
sockets we created.
The main reasons for doing this are that:
1. When linux calls the 'do_exit' for process to exit, the functions
'exit_task_namespaces' and 'exit_task_work' will be called sequentially.
'exit_task_namespaces' may have destroyed the _net_ namespace, but
'sock_release' called in 'exit_task_work' may use the _net_ namespace
if we counter the socket-inuse in sock_release.
2. socket and sock are in pair. More important, sock holds the _net_
namespace. We counter the socket-inuse in sock, for avoiding holding
_net_ namespace again in socket. It's a easy way to maintain the code.
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the member name will make the code more readable.
This patch will be used in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* hwsim:
- set To-DS bit in some frames missing it
- fix sleeping in atomic
* nl80211:
- doc cleanup
- fix locking in an error path
* build:
- don't append to created certs C files
- ship certificate pre-hexdumped
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=OWs9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-12-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few more fixes:
* hwsim:
- set To-DS bit in some frames missing it
- fix sleeping in atomic
* nl80211:
- doc cleanup
- fix locking in an error path
* build:
- don't append to created certs C files
- ship certificate pre-hexdumped
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit enhances the scan results to report the per chain signal
strength based on the latest BSS update. This provides similar
information to what is already available through STA information.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit e937b8da5a.
Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through
Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some
conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit b0d52ad821.
We need to revert the TXQ scheduling API due to conflicts
with a new driver, and this depends on that API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit ca986ad9bc (nl80211: allow multiple active scheduled scan
requests) removed WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN but left the kerneldoc
description in place, leading to this docs-build warning:
./include/net/cfg80211.h:3278: warning: Excess enum value
'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' description in 'wiphy_flags'
Remove the line and gain a bit of peace.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is an old bugbear of mine:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg03894.html
By crafting special packets, it is possible to cause recursion
in our kernel when processing transport-mode packets at levels
that are only limited by packet size.
The easiest one is with DNAT, but an even worse one is where
UDP encapsulation is used in which case you just have to insert
an UDP encapsulation header in between each level of recursion.
This patch avoids this problem by reinjecting tranport-mode packets
through a tasklet.
Fixes: b05e106698 ("[IPV4/6]: Netfilter IPsec input hooks")
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to skip
ssn for data or mid for idata, called for SCTP_CMD_PROCESS_FWDTSN cmd.
sctp_handle_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_handle_fwdtsn works for
fwdtsn. Note that different from sctp_handle_fwdtsn, sctp_handle_iftsn
could do stream abort pd.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
report_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
skip tsn from tsnmap, remove old events from reasm or lobby queue,
and abort pd for data or idata, called for SCTP_CMD_REPORT_FWDTSN
cmd and asoc reset.
sctp_report_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_report_fwdtsn works
for fwdtsn. Note that sctp_report_iftsn doesn't do asoc abort_pd,
as stream abort_pd will be done when handling ifwdtsn. But when
ftsn is equal with ftsn, which means asoc reset, asoc abort_pd has
to be done.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
validate ssn/chunk type for fwdtsn or mid (message id)/chunk type for
ifwdtsn, called in sctp_sf_eat_fwd_tsn, just as validate_data.
If this check fails, an abort packet will be sent, as said in section
2.3.1 of RFC8260.
As ifwdtsn and fwdtsn chunks have different length, it also defines
ftsn_chunk_len for sctp_stream_interleave to describe the chunk size.
Then it replaces all sizeof(struct sctp_fwdtsn_chunk) with
sctp_ftsnchk_len.
It also adds the process for ifwdtsn in rx path. As Marcelo pointed
out, there's no need to add event table for ifwdtsn, but just share
prsctp_chunk_event_table with fwdtsn's. It would drop fwdtsn chunk
for ifwdtsn and drop ifwdtsn chunk for fwdtsn by calling validate_ftsn
in sctp_sf_eat_fwd_tsn.
After this patch, the ifwdtsn can be accepted.
Note that this patch also removes the sctp.intl_enable check for
idata chunks in sctp_chunk_event_lookup, as it will do this check
in validate_data later.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
generate_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
create fwdtsn or ifwdtsn chunk according to abandoned chunks, called
in sctp_retransmit and sctp_outq_sack.
sctp_generate_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_generate_fwdtsn is
still used for making fwdtsn.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_ifwdtsn_skip, sctp_ifwdtsn_hdr and sctp_ifwdtsn_chunk are used to
define and parse I-FWD TSN chunk format, and sctp_make_ifwdtsn is a
function to build the chunk.
The I-FORWARD-TSN Chunk Format is defined in section 2.3.1 of RFC8260.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdiscs can be offloaded to HW, but current implementation isn't uniform.
Instead, qdiscs either pass information about offload status via their
TCA_OPTIONS or omit it altogether.
Introduce a new attribute - TCA_HW_OFFLOAD that would form a uniform
uAPI for the offloading status of qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to support for ipv4 erspan, this patch adds
erspan v2 to ip6erspan tunnel.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for erspan version 2. Not all features are
supported in this patch. The SGT (security group tag), GRA (timestamp
granularity), FT (frame type) are set to fixed value. Only hardware
ID and direction are configurable. Optional subheader is also not
supported.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch refactors the existing erspan implementation in order
to support erspan version 2, which has additional metadata. So, in
stead of having one 'struct erspanhdr' holding erspan version 1,
breaks it into 'struct erspan_base_hdr' and 'struct erspan_metadata'.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch, active Fast Open is paused on a specific
destination IP address if the previous connections to the
IP address have experienced recurring timeouts . But recent
experiments by Microsoft (https://goo.gl/cykmn7) and Mozilla
browsers indicate the isssue is often caused by broken middle-boxes
sitting close to the client. Therefore it is much better user
experience if Fast Open is disabled out-right globally to avoid
experiencing further timeouts on connections toward other
destinations.
This patch changes the destination-IP disablement to global
disablement if a connection experiencing recurring timeouts
or aborts due to timeout. Repeated incidents would still
exponentially increase the pause time, starting from an hour.
This is extremely conservative but an unfortunate compromise to
minimize bad experience due to broken middle-boxes.
Reported-by: Dragana Damjanovic <ddamjanovic@mozilla.com>
Reported-by: Patrick McManus <mcmanus@ducksong.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3a9b76fd0d ("tcp: allow drivers to tweak TSQ logic")
I gave a code sample to set sk->sk_pacing_shift that was not complete.
Better add a helper that can be used by drivers without worries,
and maybe amended in the future.
A wifi driver might use it from its ndo_start_xmit()
Following call would setup TCP to allow up to ~8ms of queued data per
flow.
sk_pacing_shift_update(skb->sk, 7);
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First, rename __inet_twsk_hashdance() to inet_twsk_hashdance()
Then, remove one inet_twsk_put() by setting tw_refcnt to 3 instead
of 4, but adding a fat warning that we do not have the right to access
tw anymore after inet_twsk_hashdance()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now hold RTNL lock in tc_action_net_exit(), it is good to
batch them to speedup tc action dismantle.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 stack reacts to changes to small MTU, by disabling itself under
RTNL.
But there is a window where threads not using RTNL can see a wrong
device mtu. This can lead to surprises, in igmp code where it is
assumed the mtu is suitable.
Fix this by reading device mtu once and checking IPv4 minimal MTU.
This patch adds missing IPV4_MIN_MTU define, to not abuse
ETH_MIN_MTU anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
guehdr struct is used to build or parse gue packets, which
are always in big endian. It's better to define all guehdr
members as __beXX types.
Also, in validate_gue_flags it's not good to use a __be32
variable for both Standard flags(__be16) and Private flags
(__be32), and pass it to other funcions.
This patch could fix a bunch of sparse warnings from fou.
Fixes: 5024c33ac3 ("gue: Add infrastructure for flags and options")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unordered idata process is more complicated than unordered data:
- It has to add mid into sctp_stream_out to save the next mid value,
which is separated from ordered idata's.
- To support pd for unordered idata, another mid and pd_mode need to
be added to save the message id and pd state in sctp_stream_in.
- To make unordered idata reasm easier, it adds a new event queue
to save frags for idata.
The patch mostly adds the samilar reasm functions for unordered idata
as ordered idata's, and also adjusts some other codes on assign_mid,
abort_pd and ulpevent_data for idata.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
abort_pd is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to abort
partial delivery for data or idata, called in sctp_cmd_assoc_failed.
Since stream interleave allows to do partial delivery for each stream
at the same time, sctp_intl_abort_pd for idata would be very different
from the old function sctp_ulpq_abort_pd for data.
Note that sctp_ulpevent_make_pdapi will support per stream in this
patch by adding pdapi_stream and pdapi_seq in sctp_pdapi_event, as
described in section 6.1.7 of RFC6458.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
start_pd is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
do partial_delivery for data or idata when datalen >= asoc->rwnd
in sctp_eat_data. The codes have been done in last patches, but
they need to be extracted into start_pd, so that it could be used
for SCTP_CMD_PART_DELIVER cmd as well.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
renege_events is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
renege some old data or idata in reasm or lobby queue properly to free
some memory for the new data when there's memory stress.
It defines sctp_renege_events for idata, and leaves sctp_ulpq_renege
as it is for data.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enqueue_event is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
enqueue either data, idata or notification events into user socket rx
queue.
It replaces sctp_ulpq_tail_event used in the other places with
enqueue_event.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ulpevent_data is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
do the most process in ulpq, including to convert data or idata chunk
to event, reasm them in reasm queue and put them in lobby queue in
right order, and deliver them up to user sk rx queue.
This procedure is described in section 2.2.3 of RFC8260.
It adds most functions for idata here to do the similar process as
the old functions for data. But since the details are very different
between them, the old functions can not be reused for idata.
event->ssn and event->ppid settings are moved to ulpevent_data from
sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg, so that sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg could
work for both data and idata.
Note that mid is added in sctp_ulpevent for idata, __packed has to
be used for defining sctp_ulpevent, or it would exceeds the skb cb
that saves a sctp_ulpevent variable for ulp layer process.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_data is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used
to validate ssn/chunk type for data or mid (message id)/chunk type
for idata, called in sctp_eat_data.
If this check fails, an abort packet will be sent, as said in
section 2.2.3 of RFC8260.
It also adds the process for idata in rx path. As Marcelo pointed
out, there's no need to add event table for idata, but just share
chunk_event_table with data's. It would drop data chunk for idata
and drop idata chunk for data by calling validate_data in
sctp_eat_data.
As last patch did, it also replaces sizeof(struct sctp_data_chunk)
with sctp_datachk_len for rx path.
After this patch, the idata can be accepted and delivered to ulp
layer.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
assign_number is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used
to assign ssn for data or mid (message id) for idata, called in
sctp_packet_append_data. sctp_chunk_assign_ssn is left as it is,
and sctp_chunk_assign_mid is added for sctp_stream_interleave_1.
This procedure is described in section 2.2.2 of RFC8260.
All sizeof(struct sctp_data_chunk) in tx path is replaced with
sctp_datachk_len, to make it right for idata as well. And also
adjust sctp_chunk_is_data for SCTP_CID_I_DATA.
After this patch, idata can be built and sent in tx path.
Note that if sp strm_interleave is set, it has to wait_connect in
sctp_sendmsg, as asoc intl_enable need to be known after 4 shake-
hands, to decide if it should use data or idata later. data and
idata can't be mixed to send in one asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid hundreds of checks for the different process on I-DATA chunk,
struct sctp_stream_interleave is defined as a group of functions used
to replace the codes in some place where it needs to do different job
according to if the asoc intl_enabled is set.
With these ops, it only needs to initialize asoc->stream.si with
sctp_stream_interleave_0 for normal data if asoc intl_enable is 0,
or sctp_stream_interleave_1 for idata if asoc intl_enable is set in
sctp_stream_init.
After that, the members in asoc->stream.si can be used directly in
some special places without checking asoc intl_enable.
make_datafrag is the first member for sctp_stream_interleave, it's
used to make data or idata frags, called in sctp_datamsg_from_user.
The old function sctp_make_datafrag_empty needs to be adjust some
to fit in this ops.
Note that as idata and data chunks have different length, it also
defines data_chunk_len for sctp_stream_interleave to describe the
chunk size.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_idatahdr and sctp_idata_chunk are used to define and parse
I-DATA chunk format, and sctp_make_idata is a function to build
the chunk.
The I-DATA Chunk Format is defined in section 2.1 of RFC8260.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds intl_enable in asoc and netns, and strm_interleave in
sctp_sock to indicate if stream interleave is enabled and supported.
netns intl_enable would be set via procfs, but that is not added yet
until all stream interleave codes are completely implemented; asoc
intl_enable will be set when doing 4-shakehands.
sp strm_interleave can be set by sockopt SCTP_INTERLEAVING_SUPPORTED
which is also added in this patch. This socket option is defined in
section 4.3.1 of RFC8260.
Note that strm_interleave can only be set by sockopt when both netns
intl_enable and sp frag_interleave are set.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most callers of rhashtable_walk_start don't care about a resize event
which is indicated by a return value of -EAGAIN. So calls to
rhashtable_walk_start are wrapped wih code to ignore -EAGAIN. Something
like this is common:
ret = rhashtable_walk_start(rhiter);
if (ret && ret != -EAGAIN)
goto out;
Since zero and -EAGAIN are the only possible return values from the
function this check is pointless. The condition never evaluates to true.
This patch changes rhashtable_walk_start to return void. This simplifies
code for the callers that ignore -EAGAIN. For the few cases where the
caller cares about the resize event, particularly where the table can be
walked in mulitple parts for netlink or seq file dump, the function
rhashtable_walk_start_check has been added that returns -EAGAIN on a
resize event.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ
scheduler. A new hardware flag, AIRTIME_ACCOUNTING, is added that
drivers can set if they support reporting airtime usage of
transmissions. When this flag is set, mac80211 will expect the actual
airtime usage to be reported in the tx_time and rx_time fields of the
respective status structs.
When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs
(through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness
between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k
in-driver airtime fairness scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs and changes the
interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling as follows:
- The wake_tx_queue callback interface no longer includes the TXQ. Instead,
the driver is expected to retrieve that from ieee80211_next_txq()
- Two new mac80211 functions are added: ieee80211_next_txq() and
ieee80211_schedule_txq(). The former returns the next TXQ that should be
scheduled, and is how the driver gets a queue to pull packets from. The
latter is called internally by mac80211 to start scheduling a queue, and
the driver is supposed to call it to re-schedule the TXQ after it is
finished pulling packets from it (unless the queue emptied).
The ath9k and ath10k drivers are changed to use the new API.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs
MIC space and not a real MIC.
In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both cfg80211_rx_mgmt and cfg80211_report_obss_beacon functions send
reports to userspace using NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM attribute w/o
any processing of their input signal values. Which means that in
order to match userspace tools expectations, input signal values
for those functions are supposed to be in dBm units.
This patch cleans up comments, variable names, and trace reports
for those functions, replacing confusing 'mBm' by 'dBm'.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally for IBSS.
Add the WEP keys to the IBSS params struct, that will allow the driver
to use the keys in the join flow, and not only after the connection.
Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to set the buffer station extended capability
for TDLS links, with a new hardware flag indicating this.
Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit log/documentation wording]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sch_mq qdisc creates a sub-qdisc per tx queue which are then
called independently for enqueue and dequeue operations. However
statistics are aggregated and pushed up to the "master" qdisc.
This patch adds support for any of the sub-qdiscs to be per cpu
statistic qdiscs. To handle this case add a check when calculating
stats and aggregate the per cpu stats if needed.
Also exports __gnet_stats_copy_queue() to use as a helper function.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qdisc qlen helper routines for lockless qdiscs to use.
The qdisc qlen is no longer used in the hotpath but it is reported
via stats query on the qdisc so it still needs to be tracked. This
adds the per cpu operations needed along with a helper to return
the summation of per cpu stats.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to how gso is handled use skb list for skb_bad_tx this is
required with lockless qdiscs because we may have multiple cores
attempting to push skbs into skb_bad_tx concurrently
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work is preparing the qdisc layer to support egress lockless
qdiscs. If we are running the egress qdisc lockless in the case we
overrun the netdev, for whatever reason, the netdev returns a busy
error code and the skb is parked on the gso_skb pointer. With many
cores all hitting this case at once its possible to have multiple
sk_buffs here so we turn gso_skb into a queue.
This should be the edge case and if we see this frequently then
the netdev/qdisc layer needs to back off.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable dflt qdisc support for per cpu stats before this patch a dflt
qdisc was required to use the global statistics qstats and bstats.
This adds a static flags field to qdisc_ops that is propagated
into qdisc->flags in qdisc allocate call. This allows the allocation
block to completely allocate the qdisc object so we don't have
dangling allocations after qdisc init.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per cpu qstats support was added with per cpu bstat support which
is currently used by the ingress qdisc. This patch adds a set of
helpers needed to make other qdiscs that use qstats per cpu as well.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_direct_xmit() uses qdisc_qlen as a return value but all call sites
of the routine only check if it is zero or not. Simplify the logic so
that we don't need to return an actual queue length value.
This introduces a case now where sch_direct_xmit would have returned
a qlen of zero but now it returns true. However in this case all
call sites of sch_direct_xmit will implement a dequeue() and get
a null skb and abort. This trades tracking qlen in the hotpath for
an extra dequeue operation. Overall this seems to be good for
performance.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a flag for queueing disciplines to indicate the stack
does not need to use the qdisc lock to protect operations. This can
be used to build lockless scheduling algorithms and improving
performance.
The flag is checked in the tx path and the qdisc lock is only taken
if it is not set. For now use a conditional if statement. Later we
could be more aggressive if it proves worthwhile and use a static key
or wrap this in a likely().
Also the lockless case drops the TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS logic. The reason
for this is synchronizing a qlen counter across threads proves to
cost more than doing the enqueue/dequeue operations when tested with
pktgen.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently __qdisc_run calls qdisc_run_end() but does not call
qdisc_run_begin(). This makes it hard to track pairs of
qdisc_run_{begin,end} across function calls.
To simplify reading these code paths this patch moves begin/end calls
into qdisc_run().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2017-12-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your net-next tree.
The main changes are:
1) Detailed documentation of BPF development process from Daniel.
2) Addition of is_fullsock, snd_cwnd and srtt_us fields to bpf_sock_ops
from Lawrence.
3) Minor follow up for bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key() from William.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark tcp_sock during a SACK reneging event and invalidate rate samples
while marked. Such rate samples may overestimate bw by including packets
that were SACKed before reneging.
< ack 6001 win 10000 sack 7001:38001
< ack 7001 win 0 sack 8001:38001 // Reneg detected
> seq 7001:8001 // RTO, SACK cleared.
< ack 38001 win 10000
In above example the rate sample taken after the last ack will count
7001-38001 as delivered while the actual delivery rate likely could
be much lower i.e. 7001-8001.
This patch adds a new field tcp_sock.sack_reneg and marks it when we
declare SACK reneging and entering TCP_CA_Loss, and unmarks it after
the last rate sample was taken before moving back to TCP_CA_Open. This
patch also invalidates rate samples taken while tcp_sock.is_sack_reneg
is set.
Fixes: b9f64820fb ("tcp: track data delivery rate for a TCP connection")
Signed-off-by: Yousuk Seung <ysseung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out
support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration.
Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No one actually uses it.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander Potapenko reported use of uninitialized memory [1]
This happens when inserting a request socket into TCP ehash,
in __sk_nulls_add_node_rcu(), since sk_reuseport is not initialized.
Bug was added by commit d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for
mixed v4/v6 sockets")
Note that d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6
ordering fix") missed the opportunity to get rid of
hlist_nulls_add_tail_rcu() :
Both UDP sockets and TCP/DCCP listeners no longer use
__sk_nulls_add_node_rcu() for their hash insertion.
Since all other sockets have unique 4-tuple, the reuseport status
has no special meaning, so we can always use hlist_nulls_add_head_rcu()
for them and save few cycles/instructions.
[1]
==================================================================
BUG: KMSAN: use of uninitialized memory in inet_ehash_insert+0xd40/0x1050
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.13.0+ #3288
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16
dump_stack+0x185/0x1d0 lib/dump_stack.c:52
kmsan_report+0x13f/0x1c0 mm/kmsan/kmsan.c:1016
__msan_warning_32+0x69/0xb0 mm/kmsan/kmsan_instr.c:766
__sk_nulls_add_node_rcu ./include/net/sock.h:684
inet_ehash_insert+0xd40/0x1050 net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:413
reqsk_queue_hash_req net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:754
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_hash_add+0x1cc/0x300 net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:765
tcp_conn_request+0x31e7/0x36f0 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:6414
tcp_v4_conn_request+0x16d/0x220 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1314
tcp_rcv_state_process+0x42a/0x7210 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:5917
tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xa6a/0xcd0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1483
tcp_v4_rcv+0x3de0/0x4ab0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1763
ip_local_deliver_finish+0x6bb/0xcb0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:216
NF_HOOK ./include/linux/netfilter.h:248
ip_local_deliver+0x3fa/0x480 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:257
dst_input ./include/net/dst.h:477
ip_rcv_finish+0x6fb/0x1540 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:397
NF_HOOK ./include/linux/netfilter.h:248
ip_rcv+0x10f6/0x15c0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:488
__netif_receive_skb_core+0x36f6/0x3f60 net/core/dev.c:4298
__netif_receive_skb net/core/dev.c:4336
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x63c/0x19c0 net/core/dev.c:4497
napi_skb_finish net/core/dev.c:4858
napi_gro_receive+0x629/0xa50 net/core/dev.c:4889
e1000_receive_skb drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:4018
e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x1492/0x1d30
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:4474
e1000_clean+0x43aa/0x5970 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:3819
napi_poll net/core/dev.c:5500
net_rx_action+0x73c/0x1820 net/core/dev.c:5566
__do_softirq+0x4b4/0x8dd kernel/softirq.c:284
invoke_softirq kernel/softirq.c:364
irq_exit+0x203/0x240 kernel/softirq.c:405
exiting_irq+0xe/0x10 ./arch/x86/include/asm/apic.h:638
do_IRQ+0x15e/0x1a0 arch/x86/kernel/irq.c:263
common_interrupt+0x86/0x86
Fixes: d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for mixed v4/v6 sockets")
Fixes: d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6 ordering fix")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Acked-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current dsa_upstream_port() helper still assumes a unique CPU port
in the whole switch fabric. This is becoming wrong, as every port in the
fabric has its dedicated CPU port, thus every port has an upstream port.
Add a port argument to the dsa_upstream_port() helper and fetch its CPU
port instead of the deprecated unique fabric CPU port. A CPU or unused
port has no dedicated CPU port, so return itself in this case.
At the same time, change the return value from u8 to unsigned int since
there is no need to limit the size here.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix checkpatch issues for upcomming patches according to the
sched api file. It changes checking on null pointer, remove unnecessary
brackets, add variable names for parameters and adjust 80 char width.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both Eric and Paolo noticed the rcu_barrier() we use in
tcf_block_put_ext() could be a performance bottleneck when
we have a lot of tc classes.
Paolo provided the following to demonstrate the issue:
tc qdisc add dev lo root htb
for I in `seq 1 1000`; do
tc class add dev lo parent 1: classid 1:$I htb rate 100kbit
tc qdisc add dev lo parent 1:$I handle $((I + 1)): htb
for J in `seq 1 10`; do
tc filter add dev lo parent $((I + 1)): u32 match ip src 1.1.1.$J
done
done
time tc qdisc del dev root
real 0m54.764s
user 0m0.023s
sys 0m0.000s
The rcu_barrier() there is to ensure we free the block after all chains
are gone, that is, to queue tcf_block_put_final() at the tail of workqueue.
We can achieve this ordering requirement by refcnt'ing tcf block instead,
that is, the tcf block is freed only when the last chain in this block is
gone. This also simplifies the code.
Paolo reported after this patch we get:
real 0m0.017s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.017s
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the qmin & qmax values doesn't overflow for the given Wlog value.
Check that qmin <= qmax.
Fixes: a783474591 ("[PKT_SCHED]: Generic RED layer")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not allow delta value to be zero since it is used as a divisor.
Fixes: 8af2a218de ("sch_red: Adaptative RED AQM")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small overlapping change conflict ('net' changed a line,
'net-next' added a line right afterwards) in flexcan.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds read access to snd_cwnd and srtt_us fields of tcp_sock. Since these
fields are only valid if the socket associated with the sock_ops program
call is a full socket, the field is_fullsock is also added to the
bpf_sock_ops struct. If the socket is not a full socket, reading these
fields returns 0.
Note that in most cases it will not be necessary to check is_fullsock to
know if there is a full socket. The context of the call, as specified by
the 'op' field, can sometimes determine whether there is a full socket.
The struct bpf_sock_ops has the following fields added:
__u32 is_fullsock; /* Some TCP fields are only valid if
* there is a full socket. If not, the
* fields read as zero.
*/
__u32 snd_cwnd;
__u32 srtt_us; /* Averaged RTT << 3 in usecs */
There is a new macro, SOCK_OPS_GET_TCP32(NAME), to make it easier to add
read access to more 32 bit tcp_sock fields.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
convert remaining users of rtnl_register to rtnl_register_module
and un-export rtnl_register.
Requested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes __rtnl_register and switches callers to either
rtnl_register or rtnl_register_module.
Also, rtnl_register() will now print an error if memory allocation
failed rather than panic the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add yet another rtnl_register function. It will be used by modules
that can be removed.
The passed module struct is used to prevent module unload while
a netlink dump is in progress or when a DOIT_UNLOCKED doit callback
is called.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this fix : ("tcp: add tcp_v4_fill_cb()/tcp_v4_restore_cb()"),
socket lookups happen while skb->cb[] has not been mangled yet by TCP.
Fixes: a04a480d43 ("net: Require exact match for TCP socket lookups if dif is l3mdev")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current listener hashtable is hashed by port only.
When a process is listening at many IP addresses with the same port (e.g.
[IP1]:443, [IP2]:443... [IPN]:443), the inet[6]_lookup_listener()
performance is degraded to a link list. It is prone to syn attack.
UDP had a similar issue and a second hashtable was added to resolve it.
This patch adds a second hashtable for the listener's sockets.
The second hashtable is hashed by port and address.
It cannot reuse the existing skc_portaddr_node which is shared
with skc_bind_node. TCP listener needs to use skc_bind_node.
Instead, this patch adds a hlist_node 'icsk_listen_portaddr_node' to
the inet_connection_sock which the listener (like TCP) also belongs to.
The new portaddr hashtable may need two lookup (First by IP:PORT.
Second by INADDR_ANY:PORT if the IP:PORT is a not found). Hence,
it implements a similar cut off as UDP such that it will only consult the
new portaddr hashtable if the current port-only hashtable has >10
sk in the link-list.
lhash2 and lhash2_mask are added to 'struct inet_hashinfo'. I take
this chance to plug a 4 bytes hole. It is done by first moving
the existing bind_bucket_cachep up and then add the new
(int lhash2_mask, *lhash2) after the existing bhash_size.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the udp[46]_portaddr_hash()
to net/ip[v6].h. The function name is renamed to
ipv[46]_portaddr_hash().
It will be used by a later patch which adds a second listener
hashtable hashed by the address and port.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a count to the 'struct inet_listen_hashbucket'.
It counts how many sk is hashed to a bucket. It will be
used to decide if the (to-be-added) portaddr listener's hashtable
should be used during inet[6]_lookup_listener().
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new helper returning the local port used to reach an arbitrary
switch port in the fabric.
Its only user at the moment is the dsa_upstream_port helper, which
returns the local port reaching the dedicated CPU port, but it will be
used in cross-chip FDB operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch MDB ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from MDB prepare and add operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch VLAN ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from VLAN prepare and add operations.
At the same time, fix the following checkpatch warning:
WARNING: line over 80 characters
#74: FILE: drivers/net/dsa/dsa_loop.c:177:
+ const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for ERSPAN tunnel over ipv6.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move two erspan functions to header file, erspan.h, so ipv6
erspan implementation can use it.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As rfc3758#section-3.1 demands:
A3) When a TSN is "abandoned", if it is part of a fragmented message,
all other TSN's within that fragmented message MUST be abandoned
at the same time.
Besides, if it couldn't handle this, the rest frags would never get
assembled in peer side.
This patch supports it by adding abandoned flag in sctp_datamsg, when
one chunk is being abandoned, set chunk->msg->abandoned as well. Next
time when checking for abandoned, go checking chunk->msg->abandoned
first.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit d7fb60b9ca ("net_sched: get rid of tcfa_rcu"),
TC actions don't need to respect RCU grace period, because it
is either just detached from tc filter (standalone case) or
it is removed together with tc filter (bound case) in which case
RCU grace period is already respected at filter layer.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have padding to try and align the refcount on a separate cache
line. But after several simplifications the padding has increased
substantially.
So now it's easy to change the layout to get rid of the padding
entirely.
We group the write-heavy __refcnt and __use with less often used
items such as the rcu_head and the error code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The first member of an IPSEC route bundle chain sets it's dst->path to
the underlying ipv4/ipv6 route that carries the bundle.
Stated another way, if one were to follow the xfrm_dst->child chain of
the bundle, the final non-NULL pointer would be the path and point to
either an ipv4 or an ipv6 route.
This is largely used to make sure that PMTU events propagate down to
the correct ipv4 or ipv6 route.
When we don't have the top of an IPSEC bundle 'dst->path == dst'.
Move it down into xfrm_dst and key off of dst->xfrm.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The dst->from value is only used by ipv6 routes to track where
a route "came from".
Any time we clone or copy a core ipv6 route in the ipv6 routing
tables, we have the copy/clone's ->from point to the base route.
This is used to handle route expiration properly.
Only ipv6 uses this mechanism, and only ipv6 code references
it. So it is safe to move it into rt6_info.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
XFRM bundle child chains look like this:
xdst1 --> xdst2 --> xdst3 --> path_dst
All of xdstN are xfrm_dst objects and xdst->u.dst.xfrm is non-NULL.
The final child pointer in the chain, here called 'path_dst', is some
other kind of route such as an ipv4 or ipv6 one.
The xfrm output path pops routes, one at a time, via the child
pointer, until we hit one which has a dst->xfrm pointer which
is NULL.
We can easily preserve the above mechanisms with child sitting
only in the xfrm_dst structure. All children in the chain
before we break out of the xfrm_output() loop have dst->xfrm
non-NULL and are therefore xfrm_dst objects.
Since we break out of the loop when we find dst->xfrm NULL, we
will not try to dereference 'dst' as if it were an xfrm_dst.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will make a future change moving the dst->child pointer less
invasive.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Only IPSEC routes have a non-NULL dst->child pointer. And IPSEC
routes are identified by a non-NULL dst->xfrm pointer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now each stream sched ops is defined in different .c file and
added into the global ops in another .c file, it uses extern
to make this work.
However extern is not good coding style to get them in and
even make C=2 reports errors for this.
This patch adds sctp_sched_ops_xxx_init for each stream sched
ops in their .c file, then get them into the global ops by
calling them when initializing sctp module.
Fixes: 637784ade2 ("sctp: introduce priority based stream scheduler")
Fixes: ac1ed8b82c ("sctp: introduce round robin stream scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp_csum_xxx doesn't really match the param types of these common
csum apis. As sctp_csum_xxx is defined in sctp/checksum.h, many sparse
errors occur when make C=2 not only with M=net/sctp but also with other
modules that include this header file.
This patch is to force them fit in csum apis with the right types.
Fixes: e6d8b64b34 ("net: sctp: fix and consolidate SCTP checksumming code")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* CRYPTO_SHA256 is needed for regdb validation
* mac80211: mesh path metric was wrong in some frames
* mac80211: use QoS null-data packets on QoS connections
* mac80211: tear down RX aggregation sessions first to
drop fewer packets in HW restart scenarios
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAlob6QMACgkQB8qZga/f
l8SAvw/9E4fttLsdBhUT1gUJPoeNWsSXyhdoo0QWHs4Ni//bayNUL/Wx8QL6MGf/
nprgxDygqFXH5iUO2gwpaMl2xeO1N7Px7bpKV/KvrDX/UAaEDyrkg6B87Omx95vT
i584pU0LwLVL40CT+saKpF+kChe3S/rMPrAQR0xBNPntyIlo9w0vdOkdTC+vw0br
/Nl3YJxpAmOmTDa8tiKLWHg4hSIS3Q7stylUjnEKNev4nBjBaPqfBW6sy/3o4NiR
MfSCNvGeipr0QFZT31cHDry1fRZ/RvD23KSYNMggzctpYf6IRuHSEhIS3mW7GLpd
GKZyLa7G7mZJAKXJAXOxb2PBBrXl/nTqSHJfme0VroGsYdqLHThXd47/0qaAB4Oo
Io84WSmQX41kRyy4KNU7z0OFR9RgLbctdW/hwGeODxKEagGNNjuz+lbzql7jtYLn
8UZK3LZHYC+qribCHR4Uf6A5rJP7bAcl36Ub/8l7AXNVesLagiaE0FGGrewGnE6X
6qQLoYznd4/bjLQLVou56R9/t+o1nUuvmcGMkRxAlhvX3hw5nSUxgkWS/TgCdrBg
cKddmM78AfEakjd6e21bH2QI2tG6fXS913lwIOq9JU870yVlNpUEr98t5nwYNP3P
l5kzxr237Yj4W9LMUmeZIWo/laiAtgYEeQZAynAZWNxXNBdOvaA=
=ODX1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-11-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Four fixes:
* CRYPTO_SHA256 is needed for regdb validation
* mac80211: mesh path metric was wrong in some frames
* mac80211: use QoS null-data packets on QoS connections
* mac80211: tear down RX aggregation sessions first to
drop fewer packets in HW restart scenarios
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP
for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this.
Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even
though it looks like most of them should be OK with that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tuntap and similar devices can inject GSO packets. Accept type
VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP, even though not generating UFO natively.
Processes are expected to use feature negotiation such as TUNSETOFFLOAD
to detect supported offload types and refrain from injecting other
packets. This process breaks down with live migration: guest kernels
do not renegotiate flags, so destination hosts need to expose all
features that the source host does.
Partially revert the UFO removal from 182e0b6b5846~1..d9d30adf5677.
This patch introduces nearly(*) no new code to simplify verification.
It brings back verbatim tuntap UFO negotiation, VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP
insertion and software UFO segmentation.
It does not reinstate protocol stack support, hardware offload
(NETIF_F_UFO), SKB_GSO_UDP tunneling in SKB_GSO_SOFTWARE or reception
of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP packets in tuntap.
To support SKB_GSO_UDP reappearing in the stack, also reinstate
logic in act_csum and openvswitch. Achieve equivalence with v4.13 HEAD
by squashing in commit 939912216f ("net: skb_needs_check() removes
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY check for tx.") and reverting commit 8d63bee643
("net: avoid skb_warn_bad_offload false positives on UFO").
(*) To avoid having to bring back skb_shinfo(skb)->ip6_frag_id,
ipv6_proxy_select_ident is changed to return a __be32 and this is
assigned directly to the frag_hdr. Also, SKB_GSO_UDP is inserted
at the end of the enum to minimize code churn.
Tested
Booted a v4.13 guest kernel with QEMU. On a host kernel before this
patch `ethtool -k eth0` shows UFO disabled. After the patch, it is
enabled, same as on a v4.13 host kernel.
A UFO packet sent from the guest appears on the tap device:
host:
nc -l -p -u 8000 &
tcpdump -n -i tap0
guest:
dd if=/dev/zero of=payload.txt bs=1 count=2000
nc -u 192.16.1.1 8000 < payload.txt
Direct tap to tap transmission of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP succeeds,
packets arriving fragmented:
./with_tap_pair.sh ./tap_send_ufo tap0 tap1
(from https://github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/tree/master/tests)
Changes
v1 -> v2
- simplified set_offload change (review comment)
- documented test procedure
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<CAF=yD-LuUeDuL9YWPJD9ykOZ0QCjNeznPDr6whqZ9NGMNF12Mw@mail.gmail.com>
Fixes: fb652fdfe8 ("macvlan/macvtap: Remove NETIF_F_UFO advertisement.")
Reported-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the TLP scheduling logic so that when scheduling a TLP probe, we
ensure that the estimated time at which an RTO would fire accounts for
the fact that ACKs indicating forward progress should push back RTO
times.
After the following fix:
df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
we had an unintentional behavior change in the following kind of
scenario: suppose the RTT variance has been very low recently. Then
suppose we send out a flight of N packets and our RTT is 100ms:
t=0: send a flight of N packets
t=100ms: receive an ACK for N-1 packets
The response before df92c8394e that was:
-> schedule a TLP for now + RTO_interval
The response after df92c8394e is:
-> schedule a TLP for t=0 + RTO_interval
Since RTO_interval = srtt + RTT_variance, this means that we have
scheduled a TLP timer at a point in the future that only accounts for
RTT_variance. If the RTT_variance term is small, this means that the
timer fires soon.
Before df92c8394e this would not happen, because in that code, when
we receive an ACK for a prefix of flight, we did:
1) Near the top of tcp_ack(), switch from TLP timer to RTO
at write_queue_head->paket_tx_time + RTO_interval:
if (icsk->icsk_pending == ICSK_TIME_LOSS_PROBE)
tcp_rearm_rto(sk);
2) In tcp_clean_rtx_queue(), update the RTO to now + RTO_interval:
if (flag & FLAG_ACKED) {
tcp_rearm_rto(sk);
3) In tcp_ack() after tcp_fastretrans_alert() switch from RTO
to TLP at now + RTO_interval:
if (icsk->icsk_pending == ICSK_TIME_RETRANS)
tcp_schedule_loss_probe(sk);
In df92c8394e we removed that 3-phase dance, and instead directly
set the TLP timer once: we set the TLP timer in cases like this to
write_queue_head->packet_tx_time + RTO_interval. So if the RTT
variance is small, then this means that this is setting the TLP timer
to fire quite soon. This means if the ACK for the tail of the flight
takes longer than an RTT to arrive (often due to delayed ACKs), then
the TLP timer fires too quickly.
Fixes: df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Revert regression inducing change to the IPSEC template resolver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Peeloffs can cause the wrong sk to be waken up in SCTP, fix from Xin
Long.
3) Min packet MTU size is wrong in cpsw driver, from Grygorii Strashko.
4) Fix build failure in netfilter ctnetlink, from Arnd Bergmann.
5) ISDN hisax driver checks pnp_irq() for errors incorrectly, from
Arvind Yadav.
6) Fix fealnx driver build failure on MIPS, from Huacai Chen.
7) Fix into leak in SCTP, the scope_id of socket addresses is not
always filled in. From Eric W. Biederman.
8) MTU inheritance between physical function and representor fix in nfp
driver, from Dirk van der Merwe.
9) Fix memory leak in rsi driver, from Colin Ian King.
10) Fix expiration and generation ID handling of cached ipv4 redirect
routes, from Xin Long.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (40 commits)
net: usb: hso.c: remove unneeded DRIVER_LICENSE #define
ibmvnic: fix dma_mapping_error call
ipvlan: NULL pointer dereference panic in ipvlan_port_destroy
route: also update fnhe_genid when updating a route cache
route: update fnhe_expires for redirect when the fnhe exists
sctp: set frag_point in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg correctly
rsi: fix memory leak on buf and usb_reg_buf
net/netlabel: Add list_next_rcu() in rcu_dereference().
nfp: remove false positive offloads in flower vxlan
nfp: register flower reprs for egress dev offload
nfp: inherit the max_mtu from the PF netdev
nfp: fix vlan receive MAC statistics typo
nfp: fix flower offload metadata flag usage
virto_net: remove empty file 'virtio_net.'
net/sctp: Always set scope_id in sctp_inet6_skb_msgname
fealnx: Fix building error on MIPS
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_teles3
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_sedlbauer_isapnp
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_niccy
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_ix1micro
...
Now in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg user_frag or frag_point can be set with
val >= 8 and val <= SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN. But both checks are incorrect.
val >= 8 means frag_point can even be less than SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT.
Then in sctp_datamsg_from_user(), when it's value is greater than cookie
echo len and trying to bundle with cookie echo chunk, the first_len will
overflow.
The worse case is when it's value is equal as cookie echo len, first_len
becomes 0, it will go into a dead loop for fragment later on. In Hangbin
syzkaller testing env, oom was even triggered due to consecutive memory
allocation in that loop.
Besides, SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN is the max size of the whole chunk, it should
deduct the data header for frag_point or user_frag check.
This patch does a proper check with SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT subtracting
the sctphdr and datahdr, SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN subtracting datahdr when
setting frag_point via sockopt. It also improves sctp_setsockopt_maxseg
codes.
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc bits
- ocfs2 updates
- almost all of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (131 commits)
memory hotplug: fix comments when adding section
mm: make alloc_node_mem_map a void call if we don't have CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP
mm: simplify nodemask printing
mm,oom_reaper: remove pointless kthread_run() error check
mm/page_ext.c: check if page_ext is not prepared
writeback: remove unused function parameter
mm: do not rely on preempt_count in print_vma_addr
mm, sparse: do not swamp log with huge vmemmap allocation failures
mm/hmm: remove redundant variable align_end
mm/list_lru.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/shmem.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/page_alloc.c: broken deferred calculation
mm: don't warn about allocations which stall for too long
fs: fuse: account fuse_inode slab memory as reclaimable
mm, page_alloc: fix potential false positive in __zone_watermark_ok
mm: mlock: remove lru_add_drain_all()
mm, sysctl: make NUMA stats configurable
shmem: convert shmem_init_inodecache() to void
Unify migrate_pages and move_pages access checks
mm, pagevec: rename pagevec drained field
...
Patch series "kmemcheck: kill kmemcheck", v2.
As discussed at LSF/MM, kill kmemcheck.
KASan is a replacement that is able to work without the limitation of
kmemcheck (single CPU, slow). KASan is already upstream.
We are also not aware of any users of kmemcheck (or users who don't
consider KASan as a suitable replacement).
The only objection was that since KASAN wasn't supported by all GCC
versions provided by distros at that time we should hold off for 2
years, and try again.
Now that 2 years have passed, and all distros provide gcc that supports
KASAN, kill kmemcheck again for the very same reasons.
This patch (of 4):
Remove kmemcheck annotations, and calls to kmemcheck from the kernel.
[alexander.levin@verizon.com: correctly remove kmemcheck call from dma_map_sg_attrs]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171012192151.26531-1-alexander.levin@verizon.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171007030159.22241-2-alexander.levin@verizon.com
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Cc: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Cc: Vegard Nossum <vegardno@ifi.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add sparse-checked slab_flags_t for struct kmem_cache::flags (SLAB_POISON,
etc).
SLAB is bloated temporarily by switching to "unsigned long", but only
temporarily.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171021100225.GA22428@avx2
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
According to the description, first argument of genlmsg_nlhdr() points to
what genlmsg_put() returns, i.e. beginning of user header. Therefore we
should only subtract size of genetlink header and netlink message header,
not user header.
This also means we don't need to pass the pointer to genetlink family and
the same is true for genl_dump_check_consistent() which is the only caller
of genlmsg_nlhdr(). (Note that at the moment, these functions are only
used for families which do not have user header so that they are not
affected.)
Fixes: 670dc2833d ("netlink: advertise incomplete dumps")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Summary of modules changes for the 4.15 merge window:
- Treewide module_param_call() cleanup, fix up set/get function
prototype mismatches, from Kees Cook
- Minor code cleanups
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=c8vb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-for-v4.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeyu/linux
Pull module updates from Jessica Yu:
"Summary of modules changes for the 4.15 merge window:
- treewide module_param_call() cleanup, fix up set/get function
prototype mismatches, from Kees Cook
- minor code cleanups"
* tag 'modules-for-v4.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeyu/linux:
module: Do not paper over type mismatches in module_param_call()
treewide: Fix function prototypes for module_param_call()
module: Prepare to convert all module_param_call() prototypes
kernel/module: Delete an error message for a failed memory allocation in add_module_usage()
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Maintain the TCP retransmit queue using an rbtree, with 1GB
windows at 100Gb this really has become necessary. From Eric
Dumazet.
2) Multi-program support for cgroup+bpf, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Perform broadcast flooding in hardware in mv88e6xxx, from Andrew
Lunn.
4) Add meter action support to openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.
5) Add a data meta pointer for BPF accessible packets, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Namespace-ify almost all TCP sysctl knobs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Turn on Broadcom Tags in b53 driver, from Florian Fainelli.
8) More work to move the RTNL mutex down, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add 'bpftool' utility, to help with bpf program introspection.
From Jakub Kicinski.
10) Add new 'cpumap' type for XDP_REDIRECT action, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) Support 'blocks' of transformations in the packet scheduler which
can span multiple network devices, from Jiri Pirko.
12) TC flower offload support in cxgb4, from Kumar Sanghvi.
13) Priority based stream scheduler for SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
14) Thunderbolt networking driver, from Amir Levy and Mika Westerberg.
15) Add RED qdisc offloadability, and use it in mlxsw driver. From
Nogah Frankel.
16) eBPF based device controller for cgroup v2, from Roman Gushchin.
17) Add some fundamental tracepoints for TCP, from Song Liu.
18) Remove garbage collection from ipv6 route layer, this is a
significant accomplishment. From Wei Wang.
19) Add multicast route offload support to mlxsw, from Yotam Gigi"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2177 commits)
tcp: highest_sack fix
geneve: fix fill_info when link down
bpf: fix lockdep splat
net: cdc_ncm: GetNtbFormat endian fix
openvswitch: meter: fix NULL pointer dereference in ovs_meter_cmd_reply_start
netem: remove unnecessary 64 bit modulus
netem: use 64 bit divide by rate
tcp: Namespace-ify sysctl_tcp_default_congestion_control
net: Protect iterations over net::fib_notifier_ops in fib_seq_sum()
ipv6: set all.accept_dad to 0 by default
uapi: fix linux/tls.h userspace compilation error
usbnet: ipheth: prevent TX queue timeouts when device not ready
vhost_net: conditionally enable tx polling
uapi: fix linux/rxrpc.h userspace compilation errors
net: stmmac: fix LPI transitioning for dwmac4
atm: horizon: Fix irq release error
net-sysfs: trigger netlink notification on ifalias change via sysfs
openvswitch: Using kfree_rcu() to simplify the code
openvswitch: Make local function ovs_nsh_key_attr_size() static
openvswitch: Fix return value check in ovs_meter_cmd_features()
...
Make default TCP default congestion control to a per namespace
value. This changes default congestion control to a pointer to congestion ops
(rather than implicit as first element of available lsit).
The congestion control setting of new namespaces is inherited
from the current setting of the root namespace.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move inclusion of a private kernel header <net/tcp.h>
from uapi/linux/tls.h to its only user - net/tls.h,
to fix the following linux/tls.h userspace compilation error:
/usr/include/linux/tls.h:41:21: fatal error: net/tcp.h: No such file or directory
As to this point uapi/linux/tls.h was totaly unusuable for userspace,
cleanup this header file further by moving other redundant includes
to net/tls.h.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ("tls: kernel TLS support")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.13+
Signed-off-by: Dmitry V. Levin <ldv@altlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move tls_make_aad as it is going to be reused
by the device offload code and rx path.
Remove unused recv parameter.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously the TLS ulp context would leak if we attached a TLS ulp
to a socket but did not use the TLS_TX setsockopt,
or did use it but it failed.
This patch solves the issue by overriding prot[TLS_BASE_TX].close
and fixing tls_sk_proto_close to work properly
when its called with ctx->tx_conf == TLS_BASE_TX.
This patch also removes ctx->free_resources as we can use ctx->tx_conf
to obtain the relevant information.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ('tls: kernel TLS support')
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx configuration is now stored in ctx->tx_conf.
And sk->sk_prot is updated trough a function
This will simplify things when we add rx
and support for different possible
tx and rx cross configurations.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I had many reports that TSQ logic breaks wifi aggregation.
Current logic is to allow up to 1 ms of bytes to be queued into qdisc
and drivers queues.
But Wifi aggregation needs a bigger budget to allow bigger rates to
be discovered by various TCP Congestion Controls algorithms.
This patch adds an extra socket field, allowing wifi drivers to select
another log scale to derive TCP Small Queue credit from current pacing
rate.
Initial value is 10, meaning that this patch does not change current
behavior.
We expect wifi drivers to set this field to smaller values (tests have
been done with values from 6 to 9)
They would have to use following template :
if (skb->sk && skb->sk->sk_pacing_shift != MY_PACING_SHIFT)
skb->sk->sk_pacing_shift = MY_PACING_SHIFT;
Ref: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1670041
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Cc: Kir Kolyshkin <kir@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull core locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle are:
- Another attempt at enabling cross-release lockdep dependency
tracking (automatically part of CONFIG_PROVE_LOCKING=y), this time
with better performance and fewer false positives. (Byungchul Park)
- Introduce lockdep_assert_irqs_enabled()/disabled() and convert
open-coded equivalents to lockdep variants. (Frederic Weisbecker)
- Add down_read_killable() and use it in the VFS's iterate_dir()
method. (Kirill Tkhai)
- Convert remaining uses of ACCESS_ONCE() to
READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE(). Most of the conversion was Coccinelle
driven. (Mark Rutland, Paul E. McKenney)
- Get rid of lockless_dereference(), by strengthening Alpha atomics,
strengthening READ_ONCE() with smp_read_barrier_depends() and thus
being able to convert users of lockless_dereference() to
READ_ONCE(). (Will Deacon)
- Various micro-optimizations:
- better PV qspinlocks (Waiman Long),
- better x86 barriers (Michael S. Tsirkin)
- better x86 refcounts (Kees Cook)
- ... plus other fixes and enhancements. (Borislav Petkov, Juergen
Gross, Miguel Bernal Marin)"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (70 commits)
locking/x86: Use LOCK ADD for smp_mb() instead of MFENCE
rcu: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
netpoll: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/posix-cpu-timers: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
sched/clock, sched/cputime: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq_work: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq/timings: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
perf/core: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
x86: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
smp/core: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/hrtimer: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/nohz: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
workqueue: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq/softirqs: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
locking/lockdep: Add IRQs disabled/enabled assertion APIs: lockdep_assert_irqs_enabled()/disabled()
locking/pvqspinlock: Implement hybrid PV queued/unfair locks
locking/rwlocks: Fix comments
x86/paravirt: Set up the virt_spin_lock_key after static keys get initialized
block, locking/lockdep: Assign a lock_class per gendisk used for wait_for_completion()
workqueue: Remove now redundant lock acquisitions wrt. workqueue flushes
...
Add a new type: DSA_TAG_PROTO_PREPEND which allows us to support for the
4-bytes Broadcom tag that we already support, but in a format where it
is pre-pended to the packet instead of located between the MAC SA and
the Ethertyper (DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers want to check whether the configured CPU port is a
possible configuration for enabling tagging, pass down the CPU port
number so they verify that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_frag_id was only used by UFO, which has been removed.
ipv6_proxy_select_ident() only existed to set ip6_frag_id and has no
in-tree callers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FACK loss detection has been disabled by default and the
successor RACK subsumed FACK and can handle reordering better.
This patch removes FACK to simplify TCP loss recovery.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the TIPC RPS dissector is based only on the incoming packets'
source node address, hence steering all traffic from a node to the same
core. We have seen that this makes the links vulnerable to starvation
and unnecessary resets when we turn down the link tolerance to very low
values.
To reduce the risk of this happening, we exempt probe and probe replies
packets from the convergence to one core per source node. Instead, we do
the opposite, - we try to diverge those packets across as many cores as
possible, by randomizing the flow selector key.
To make such packets identifiable to the dissector, we add a new
'is_keepalive' bit to word 0 of the LINK_PROTOCOL header. This bit is
set both for PROBE and PROBE_REPLY messages, and only for those.
It should be noted that these packets are not part of any flow anyway,
and only constitute a minuscule fraction of all packets sent across a
link. Hence, there is no risk that this will affect overall performance.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a spinlock in the VLAN action causes performance issues when the VLAN
action is used on multiple cores. Rewrote the VLAN action to use RCU read
locking for reads and updates instead.
All functions now use an RCU dereferenced pointer to access the VLAN action
context. Modified helper functions used by other modules, to use the RCU as
opposed to directly accessing the structure.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that when a new netns is created, it inherits its
sysctl_tcp_rmem and sysctl_tcp_wmem from initial netns.
This change is needed so that we can refine TCP rcvbuf autotuning,
to take RTT into consideration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we want to gradually implement per netns sysctl_rmem and sysctl_wmem
on per protocol basis, add two new fields in struct proto,
and two new helpers : sk_get_wmem0() and sk_get_rmem0()
First user will be TCP. Then UDP and SCTP can be easily converted,
while DECNET probably wont get this support.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the host joins or leaves a multicast group, use switchdev to add
an object to the hardware to forward traffic for the group to the
host.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple cases of overlapping changes in the packet scheduler.
Must easier to resolve this time.
Which probably means that I screwed it up somehow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of holding netns refcnt in tc actions, we can minimize
the holding time by saving it in struct tcf_exts instead. This
means we can just hold netns refcnt right before call_rcu() and
release it after tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
However, because on netns cleanup path we call tcf_proto_destroy()
too, obviously we can not hold netns for a zero refcnt, in this
case we have to do cleanup synchronously. It is fine for RCU too,
the caller cleanup_net() already waits for a grace period.
For other cases, refcnt is non-zero and we can safely grab it as
normal and release it after we are done.
This patch provides two new API for each filter to use:
tcf_exts_get_net() and tcf_exts_put_net(). And all filters now can
use the following pattern:
void __destroy_filter() {
tcf_exts_destroy();
tcf_exts_put_net(); // <== release netns refcnt
kfree();
}
void some_work() {
rtnl_lock();
__destroy_filter();
rtnl_unlock();
}
void some_rcu_callback() {
tcf_queue_work(some_work);
}
if (tcf_exts_get_net()) // <== hold netns refcnt
call_rcu(some_rcu_callback);
else
__destroy_filter();
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ceffcc5e25.
If we hold that refcnt, the netns can never be destroyed until
all actions are destroyed by user, this breaks our netns design
which we expect all actions are destroyed when we destroy the
whole netns.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown
functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message
when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown.
At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to
true.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp
member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
v16->17
- Fixed disputed check code: keep them in nsh_push and nsh_pop
but also add them in __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v15->v16
- Add csum recalculation for nsh_push, nsh_pop and set_nsh
pointed out by Pravin
- Move nsh key into the union with ipv4 and ipv6 and add
check for nsh key in match_validate pointed out by Pravin
- Add nsh check in validate_set and __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v14->v15
- Check size in nsh_hdr_from_nlattr
- Fixed four small issues pointed out By Jiri and Eric
v13->v14
- Rename skb_push_nsh to nsh_push per Dave's comment
- Rename skb_pop_nsh to nsh_pop per Dave's comment
v12->v13
- Fix NSH header length check in set_nsh
v11->v12
- Fix missing changes old comments pointed out
- Fix new comments for v11
v10->v11
- Fix the left three disputable comments for v9
but not fixed in v10.
v9->v10
- Change struct ovs_key_nsh to
struct ovs_nsh_key_base base;
__be32 context[NSH_MD1_CONTEXT_SIZE];
- Fix new comments for v9
v8->v9
- Fix build error reported by daily intel build
because nsh module isn't selected by openvswitch
v7->v8
- Rework nested value and mask for OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
- Change pop_nsh to adapt to nsh kernel module
- Fix many issues per comments from Jiri Benc
v6->v7
- Remove NSH GSO patches in v6 because Jiri Benc
reworked it as another patch series and they have
been merged.
- Change it to adapt to nsh kernel module added by NSH
GSO patch series
v5->v6
- Fix the rest comments for v4.
- Add NSH GSO support for VxLAN-gpe + NSH and
Eth + NSH.
v4->v5
- Fix many comments by Jiri Benc and Eric Garver
for v4.
v3->v4
- Add new NSH match field ttl
- Update NSH header to the latest format
which will be final format and won't change
per its author's confirmation.
- Fix comments for v3.
v2->v3
- Change OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH to nested key to handle
length-fixed attributes and length-variable
attriubte more flexibly.
- Remove struct ovs_action_push_nsh completely
- Add code to handle nested attribute for SET_MASKED
- Change PUSH_NSH to use the nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
to transfer NSH header data.
- Fix comments and coding style issues by Jiri and Eric
v1->v2
- Change encap_nsh and decap_nsh to push_nsh and pop_nsh
- Dynamically allocate struct ovs_action_push_nsh for
length-variable metadata.
OVS master and 2.8 branch has merged NSH userspace
patch series, this patch is to enable NSH support
in kernel data path in order that OVS can support
NSH in compat mode by porting this.
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Speed up table replacement on busy systems with large tables
(and many cores) in x_tables. Now xt_replace_table() synchronizes by
itself by waiting until all cpus had an even seqcount and we use no
use seqlock when fetching old counters, from Florian Westphal.
2) Add nf_l4proto_log_invalid() and nf_ct_l4proto_log_invalid() to speed
up packet processing in the fast path when logging is not enabled, from
Florian Westphal.
3) Precompute masked address from configuration plane in xt_connlimit,
from Florian.
4) Don't use explicit size for set selection if performance set policy
is selected.
5) Allow to get elements from an existing set in nf_tables.
6) Fix incorrect check in nft_hash_deactivate(), from Florian.
7) Cache netlink attribute size result in l4proto->nla_size, from
Florian.
8) Handle NFPROTO_INET in nf_ct_netns_get() from conntrack core.
9) Use power efficient workqueue in conntrack garbage collector, from
Vincent Guittot.
10) Remove unnecessary parameter, in conntrack l4proto functions, also
from Florian.
11) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l3proto definitions, from Florian.
12) Remove all typedefs in nf_conntrack_h323 via coccinelle semantic
patch, from Harsha Sharma.
13) Don't store address in the rbtree nodes in xt_connlimit, they are
never used, from Florian.
14) Fix out of bound access in the conntrack h323 helper, patch from
Eric Sesterhenn.
15) Print symbols for the address returned with %pS in IPVS, from
Helge Deller.
16) Proc output should only display its own netns in IPVS, from
KUWAZAWA Takuya.
17) Small clean up in size_entry_mwt(), from Colin Ian King.
18) Use test_and_clear_bit from nf_nat_proto_clean() instead of separated
non-atomic test and then clear bit, from Florian Westphal.
19) Consolidate prefix length maps in ipset, from Aaron Conole.
20) Fix sparse warnings in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
21) Simplify list_set_memsize(), from simran singhal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload RED qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are four commands for RED offloading:
* TC_RED_SET: handles set and change.
* TC_RED_DESTROY: handle qdisc destroy.
* TC_RED_STATS: update the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
* TC_RED_XSTAT: returns red xstats.
Whether RED is being offloaded is being determined every time dump action
is being called because parent change of this qdisc could change its
offload state but doesn't require any RED function to be called.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new get operation to look up for specific elements in
a set via netlink interface. You can also use it to check if an interval
already exists.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently call ->nlattr_tuple_size() once at register time and
cache result in l4proto->nla_size.
nla_size is the only member that is written to, avoiding this would
allow to make l4proto trackers const.
We can use ->nlattr_tuple_size() at run time, and cache result in
the individual trackers instead.
This is an intermediate step, next patch removes nlattr_size()
callback and computes size at compile time, then removes nla_size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently TCP RACK loss detection does not work well if packets are
being reordered beyond its static reordering window (min_rtt/4).Under
such reordering it may falsely trigger loss recoveries and reduce TCP
throughput significantly.
This patch improves that by increasing and reducing the reordering
window based on DSACK, which is now supported in major TCP implementations.
It makes RACK's reo_wnd adaptive based on DSACK and no. of recoveries.
- If DSACK is received, increment reo_wnd by min_rtt/4 (upper bounded
by srtt), since there is possibility that spurious retransmission was
due to reordering delay longer than reo_wnd.
- Persist the current reo_wnd value for TCP_RACK_RECOVERY_THRESH (16)
no. of successful recoveries (accounts for full DSACK-based loss
recovery undo). After that, reset it to default (min_rtt/4).
- At max, reo_wnd is incremented only once per rtt. So that the new
DSACK on which we are reacting, is due to the spurious retx (approx)
after the reo_wnd has been updated last time.
- reo_wnd is tracked in terms of steps (of min_rtt/4), rather than
absolute value to account for change in rtt.
In our internal testing, we observed significant increase in throughput,
in scenarios where reordering exceeds min_rtt/4 (previous static value).
Signed-off-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to
"index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less
than 0.
u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to
be propagated up to the tree index.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define the DSA switch index as an unsigned int, because it will never be
less than 0.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IN6_ADDR_HSIZE is private to addrconf.c, move it here to avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Hopefully this is the last batch of networking fixes for 4.14
Fingers crossed...
1) Fix stmmac to use the proper sized OF property read, from Bhadram
Varka.
2) Fix use after free in net scheduler tc action code, from Cong
Wang.
3) Fix SKB control block mangling in tcp_make_synack().
4) Use proper locking in fib_dump_info(), from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix IPG encodings in systemport driver, from Florian Fainelli.
6) Fix division by zero in NV TCP congestion control module, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
7) Fix use after free in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tejaswi Tanikella"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: systemport: Correct IPG length settings
tcp: do not mangle skb->cb[] in tcp_make_synack()
fib: fib_dump_info can no longer use __in_dev_get_rtnl
stmmac: use of_property_read_u32 instead of read_u8
net_sched: hold netns refcnt for each action
net_sched: acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
net: vrf: correct FRA_L3MDEV encode type
tcp_nv: fix division by zero in tcpnv_acked()
netfilter: nf_reject_ipv4: Fix use-after-free in send_reset
netfilter: nft_set_hash: disable fast_ops for 2-len keys
In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a callback that is to be called whenever head of the chain changes.
Also provide a callback for the default case when the caller gets a
block using non-extended getter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices performing IPv4 forwarding need to update their multipath hash
policy whenever it is changed.
Inform these devices by generating a netevent.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions have been destroyed asynchronously for a long time,
previously in a RCU callback and now in a workqueue. If we
don't hold a refcnt for its netns, we could use the per netns
data structure, struct tcf_idrinfo, after it has been freed by
netns workqueue.
Hold refcnt to ensure netns destroy happens after all actions
are gone.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
which leads that action ops->cleanup() is not always
called with RTNL. This usually is not a big deal because
this function is called after all netns refcnt are gone,
but given RTNL protects more than just actions, add it
for safety and consistency.
Also add an assertion to catch other potential bugs.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 8200 (IPv6) defines Hop-by-Hop options and Destination options
extension headers. Both of these carry a list of TLVs which is
only limited by the maximum length of the extension header (2048
bytes). By the spec a host must process all the TLVs in these
options, however these could be used as a fairly obvious
denial of service attack. I think this could in fact be
a significant DOS vector on the Internet, one mitigating
factor might be that many FWs drop all packets with EH (and
obviously this is only IPv6) so an Internet wide attack might not
be so effective (yet!).
By my calculation, the worse case packet with TLVs in a standard
1500 byte MTU packet that would be processed by the stack contains
1282 invidual TLVs (including pad TLVS) or 724 two byte TLVs. I
wrote a quick test program that floods a whole bunch of these
packets to a host and sure enough there is substantial time spent
in ip6_parse_tlv. These packets contain nothing but unknown TLVS
(that are ignored), TLV padding, and bogus UDP header with zero
payload length.
25.38% [kernel] [k] __fib6_clean_all
21.63% [kernel] [k] ip6_parse_tlv
4.21% [kernel] [k] __local_bh_enable_ip
2.18% [kernel] [k] ip6_pol_route.isra.39
1.98% [kernel] [k] fib6_walk_continue
1.88% [kernel] [k] _raw_write_lock_bh
1.65% [kernel] [k] dst_release
This patch adds configurable limits to Destination and Hop-by-Hop
options. There are three limits that may be set:
- Limit the number of options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Limit the byte length of a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Disallow unrecognized options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination
options extension header.
The limits are set in corresponding sysctls:
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_len
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_len
If a max_*_opts_cnt is less than zero then unknown TLVs are disallowed.
The number of known TLVs that are allowed is the absolute value of
this number.
If a limit is exceeded when processing an extension header the packet is
dropped.
Default values are set to 8 for options counts, and set to INT_MAX
for maximum length. Note the choice to limit options to 8 is an
arbitrary guess (roughly based on the fact that the stack supports
three HBH options and just one destination option).
These limits have being proposed in draft-ietf-6man-rfc6434-bis.
Tested (by Martin Lau)
I tested out 1 thread (i.e. one raw_udp process).
I changed the net.ipv6.max_dst_(opts|hbh)_number between 8 to 2048.
With sysctls setting to 2048, the softirq% is packed to 100%.
With 8, the softirq% is almost unnoticable from mpstat.
v2;
- Code and documention cleanup.
- Change references of RFC2460 to be RFC8200.
- Add reference to RFC6434-bis where the limits will be in standard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Since tc_can_offload is always called from block callback or egdev
callback, no need to check if ndo_setup_tc exists.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-11-01
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.15 kernel.
- New NFA344A device entry for btusb drvier
- Fix race conditions in hci_ldisc
- Fix for isochronous interface assignments in btusb driver
- A few other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on SNMP values provided by Roman, Yuchung made the observation
that some crashes in tcp_sacktag_walk() might be caused by MTU probing.
Looking at tcp_mtu_probe(), I found that when a new skb was placed
in front of the write queue, we were not updating tcp highest sack.
If one skb is freed because all its content was copied to the new skb
(for MTU probing), then tp->highest_sack could point to a now freed skb.
Bad things would then happen, including infinite loops.
This patch renames tcp_highest_sack_combine() and uses it
from tcp_mtu_probe() to fix the bug.
Note that I also removed one test against tp->sacked_out,
since we want to replace tp->highest_sack regardless of whatever
condition, since keeping a stale pointer to freed skb is a recipe
for disaster.
Fixes: a47e5a988a ("[TCP]: Convert highest_sack to sk_buff to allow direct access")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the error messages displayed in kernel log to include
hwaddress of the source machine that caused ipv6 duplicate address
detection failures.
Examples:
a) When we receive a NA packet from another machine advertising our
address:
ICMPv6: NA: 34🆎cd:56:11:e8 advertised our address 2001:db8:: on eth0!
b) When we detect DAD failure during address assignment to an interface:
IPv6: eth0: IPv6 duplicate address 2001:db8:: used by 34🆎cd:56:11:e8
detected!
v2:
Changed %pI6 to %pI6c in ndisc_recv_na()
Chaged the v6 address in the commit message to 2001:db8::
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-10-30
1) Change some variables that can't be negative
from int to unsigned int. From Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Remove a redundant header initialization in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
3) Some BUG to BUG_ON conversions.
From Gustavo A. R. Silva.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to fib_notifier_info and plumb through stack to
call_fib_rule_notifiers, call_fib_entry_notifiers and
call_fib6_entry_notifiers. This allows notifer handlers to
return messages to user.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several function prototypes for the set/get functions defined by
module_param_call() have a slightly wrong argument types. This fixes
those in an effort to clean up the calls when running under type-enforced
compiler instrumentation for CFI. This is the result of running the
following semantic patch:
@match_module_param_call_function@
declarer name module_param_call;
identifier _name, _set_func, _get_func;
expression _arg, _mode;
@@
module_param_call(_name, _set_func, _get_func, _arg, _mode);
@fix_set_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._set_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _set_func(
-_val_type _val
+const char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
@fix_get_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._get_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _get_func(
-_val_type _val
+char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
Two additional by-hand changes are included for places where the above
Coccinelle script didn't notice them:
drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
fs/lockd/svc.c
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of using BT_ERR and BT_INFO, convert to bt_dev_err and
bt_dev_info when possible. This allows for controller specific
reporting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the connection timeout for LE connections that are
triggered by the advertising report to 4 seconds.
It has been observed that devices equipped with wifi+bt combo SoC fail
to create a connection with BLE devices due to their coexistence issues.
Increasing this timeout gives them enough time to complete the
connection with success.
Signed-off-by: Konrad Zapałowicz <konrad.zapalowicz@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian when coding stream
reconf patches.
Since commit c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for
reconf_enable") enabled stream reconf feature for users, the
Fixes tag below would use it.
Fixes: c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for reconf_enable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-27
This patchset is a proposal of how the Traffic Control subsystem can
be used to offload the configuration of the Credit Based Shaper
(defined in the IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2) into supported
network devices.
As part of this work, we've assessed previous public discussions
related to TSN enabling: patches from Henrik Austad (Cisco), the
presentation from Eric Mann at Linux Plumbers 2012, patches from
Gangfeng Huang (National Instruments) and the current state of the
OpenAVNU project (https://github.com/AVnu/OpenAvnu/).
Overview
========
Time-sensitive Networking (TSN) is a set of standards that aim to
address resources availability for providing bandwidth reservation and
bounded latency on Ethernet based LANs. The proposal described here
aims to cover mainly what is needed to enable the following standards:
802.1Qat and 802.1Qav.
The initial target of this work is the Intel i210 NIC, but other
controllers' datasheet were also taken into account, like the Renesas
RZ/A1H RZ/A1M group and the Synopsis DesignWare Ethernet QoS
controller.
Proposal
========
Feature-wise, what is covered here is the configuration interfaces for
HW implementations of the Credit-Based shaper (CBS, 802.1Qav). CBS is
a per-queue shaper. Given that this feature is related to traffic
shaping, and that the traffic control subsystem already provides a
queueing discipline that offloads config into the device driver (i.e.
mqprio), designing a new qdisc for the specific purpose of offloading
the config for the CBS shaper seemed like a good fit.
For steering traffic into the correct queues, we use the socket option
SO_PRIORITY and then a mechanism to map priority to traffic classes /
Tx queues. The qdisc mqprio is currently used in our tests.
As for the CBS config interface, this patchset is proposing a new
qdisc called 'cbs'. Its 'tc' cmd line is:
$ tc qdisc add dev IFACE parent ID cbs locredit N hicredit M sendslope S \
idleslope I
Note that the parameters for this qdisc are the ones defined by the
802.1Q-2014 spec, so no hardware specific functionality is exposed here.
Per-stream shaping, as defined by IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 34.6.1, is
not yet covered by this proposal.
v2: Merged patch 6 of the original series into patch 4 based on feedback
from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB program types use bpf_compute_data to store the end of the
packet data. However, bpf_compute_data assumes the cb is stored in the
qdisc layer format. But, for SK_SKB this is the wrong layer of the
stack for this type.
It happens to work (sort of!) because in most cases nothing happens
to be overwritten today. This is very fragile and error prone.
Fortunately, we have another hole in tcp_skb_cb we can use so lets
put the data_end value there.
Note, SK_SKB program types do not use data_meta, they are failed by
sk_skb_is_valid_access().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
two extra #include are not necessary in tcp.h
Remove them.
Fixes: 40304b2a15 ("bpf: BPF support for sock_ops")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove an obsolete comment about TCP pacing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA exposes an enumerated type for the ports, we can use them
directly instead of checking bitmaps, which is more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames dsa_is_normal_port to dsa_is_user_port because "user"
is the correct term in the DSA terminology, not "normal".
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to know if a port is of type user, dsa_is_normal_port checks
that the given port is not of type DSA nor CPU. This is not enough
because a port can be unused.
Without the previous fix, this caused the unused mv88e6xxx ports to be
configured in normal mode.
The ds->enabled_port_mask reports the user ports, so check this instead.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the comment above the chunk states, the b53 driver attempts to
disable the unused ports. But using ds->enabled_port_mask is misleading,
because this mask reports in fact the user ports.
To avoid confusion and fix this, this patch introduces an explicit
dsa_is_unused_port helper which ensures the corresponding bit is not
masked in any of the switch port masks.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that sysctl_tcp_thin_dupack was not used, I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6b1o
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2017-10-25
Here are:
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 0da4af00b2 ("ipv6: only update __use and lastusetime
once per jiffy at most"), updating the dst lastuse field is an
unlikely action: it happens at most once per jiffy, out of
potentially millions of calls per second.
Mark explicitly the code as such, and let the compiler generate
better code.
Note: gcc 7.2 and several older versions do actually generate
different - better - code when the unlikely() hint is in place,
avoid jump in the fast path and keeping better code locality.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMC protocol [1] relies on the use of a new TCP experimental
option [2, 3]. With this option, SMC capabilities are exchanged
between peers during the TCP three way handshake. This patch adds
support for this experimental option to TCP.
References:
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
[2] Shared Use of TCP Experimental Options RFC 6994:
https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6994.txt
[3] IANA ExID SMCR:
http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters/tcp-parameters.xhtml#tcp-exids
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In my first attempt to fix the lockdep splat, I forgot we could
enter inet_csk_route_req() with a freshly allocated request socket,
for which refcount has not yet been elevated, due to complex
SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU rules.
We either are in rcu_read_lock() section _or_ we own a refcount on the
request.
Correct RCU verb to use here is rcu_dereference_check(), although it is
not possible to prove we actually own a reference on a shared
refcount :/
In v2, I added ireq_opt_deref() helper and use in three places, to fix other
possible splats.
[ 49.844590] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xea/0xf3
[ 49.846487] inet_csk_route_req+0x53/0x14d
[ 49.848334] tcp_v4_route_req+0xe/0x10
[ 49.850174] tcp_conn_request+0x31c/0x6a0
[ 49.851992] ? __lock_acquire+0x614/0x822
[ 49.854015] tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.855957] ? tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.858052] tcp_rcv_state_process+0x98/0xdcc
[ 49.859990] ? sk_filter_trim_cap+0x2f6/0x307
[ 49.862085] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.864055] ? tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.866173] tcp_v4_rcv+0x5ab/0xaf9
[ 49.868029] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x1af/0x2e7
[ 49.870064] ip_local_deliver+0x1b2/0x1c5
[ 49.871775] ? inet_del_offload+0x45/0x45
[ 49.873916] ip_rcv_finish+0x3f7/0x471
[ 49.875476] ip_rcv+0x3f1/0x42f
[ 49.876991] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x2e7/0x2e7
[ 49.878791] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x6d3/0x950
[ 49.880701] ? process_backlog+0x7e/0x216
[ 49.882589] __netif_receive_skb+0x1d/0x5e
[ 49.884122] process_backlog+0x10c/0x216
[ 49.885812] net_rx_action+0x147/0x3df
Fixes: a6ca7abe53 ("tcp/dccp: fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()")
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts netlink and netfilter code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-7-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event
process back to rtnetlink_event', bond_lower_state_changed would
generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event which would send a notification
to userspace in rtnetlink_event.
There's no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification
any more. So this patch is to remove it from these places after
bond_lower_state_changed.
Besides, after this, rtmsg_ifinfo is not needed to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sock lock may be taken in the message timer function which is a
problem since timers run in BH. Instead of timers use delayed_work.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Fixes: bbb03029a8 ("strparser: Generalize strparser")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
Add a wrapper for the previous patch that extracs the information
from nf_conn and passes it to nf_l4proto_log_invalid().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
As a first step, add and use a new log function for this, similar to
nf_ct_helper_log().
Add __cold annotation -- invalid packets should be infrequent so
gcc can consider all call paths that lead to such a function as
unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already allow to enable TFO without a cookie by using the
fastopen-sysctl and setting it to TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_REQD (or
TFO_CLIENT_NO_COOKIE).
This is safe to do in certain environments where we know that there
isn't a malicous host (aka., data-centers) or when the
application-protocol already provides an authentication mechanism in the
first flight of data.
A server however might be providing multiple services or talking to both
sides (public Internet and data-center). So, this server would want to
enable cookie-less TFO for certain services and/or for connections that
go to the data-center.
This patch exposes a socket-option and a per-route attribute to enable such
fine-grained configurations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark hlist node in sk rcu iterator as protected by the rcu.
hlist_next_rcu accomplishes this and silences the warnings
sparse throws.
Found with make C=1 net/ipv4/udp.o on linux-next tag
next-20171009.
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring IPv6 in par with IPv4 :
- Use net_hash_mix() to spread addresses a bit more.
- Use 256 slots hash table instead of 16
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers are no longer in use by drivers, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
